10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023

OR

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ___to___.

Commission file number: 1-34167

ePlus inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	54-1817218
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

13595 Dulles Technology Drive, Herndon, VA 20171-3413

(Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (703) 984-8400

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	Trading Symbol(s)	Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $.01 par value	PLUS	NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes ☒  No ☐

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 of Section 15(d) of the Act.

Yes ☐  No ☒

 Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes ☒  No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (Section 229.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).

Yes ☒  No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See definition of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company”, and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:

Large accelerated filer ☒	Accelerated filer ☐
Non-accelerated filer ☐	Smaller reporting company ☐
Emerging growth company ☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262 (b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Yes ☐  No ☒

The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of ePlus, computed by reference to the closing price at which the stock was sold as of September 30, 2022, was $1,091,738,162. The outstanding number of shares of common stock of ePlus as of May 22, 2023, was 26,827,465.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

The following documents are incorporated by reference into the indicated parts of this Form 10-K:

Portions of the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement relating to its 2023 annual meeting of stockholders (the “2023 Proxy Statement”) are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K where indicated. The 2023 Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the Company’s fiscal year end to which this report relates.

Table of Contents

		Page
Cautionary Language About Forward-Looking Statements		1
Part I
Item 1.	Business	3
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	13
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	23
Item 2.	Properties	23
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	24
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	24
Part II
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	25
Item 6.	[RESERVED]	25
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	26
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	46
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	47
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	47
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	47
Item 9B.	Other Information	48
Item 9C.	Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections	48
Part III
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance	48
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	49
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	49
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	49
Item 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services	49
Part IV
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	49
Item 16.	Form 10-K Summary	52
Signatures		53

CAUTIONARY LANGUAGE ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains certain statements that are, or may be deemed to be, “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or “Exchange Act,” and are made in reliance upon the protections provided by such acts for forward-looking statements. Such statements are not based on historical fact but are based upon numerous assumptions about future conditions that may not occur. Forward-looking statements are generally identifiable by use of forward-looking words such as “may,” “should,” “would,” “intend,” “estimate,” “will,” “potential,” “possible,” “could,” “believe,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “project,” and similar expressions. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf. Forward-looking statements are made based upon information that is currently available or management’s current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects upon us, speak only as of the date hereof, and are subject to certain risks and uncertainties. We do not undertake any obligation to publicly update or correct any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that subsequently occur, or of which we hereafter become aware. Actual events, transactions and results may materially differ from the anticipated events, transactions, or results described in such statements. Our ability to consummate such transactions and achieve such events or results is subject to certain risks and uncertainties. Such risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the matters set forth below:

• significant adverse changes in, reductions in, or loss of one or more of our larger volume customers or vendors;

• supply chain issues, including a shortage of Information Technology (“IT”) products, may increase our costs or cause a delay in fulfilling customer orders, or increase our need for working capital, or completing professional services, or purchasing IT products or services needed to support our internal infrastructure or operations, resulting in an adverse impact on our financial results;

• our dependence on key personnel to maintain certain customer relationships, and our ability to hire, train, and retain sufficient qualified personnel;

• maintaining and increasing advanced professional services by recruiting and retaining highly skilled, competent personnel, and vendor certifications;

• our ability to secure our own and our customers’ electronic and other confidential information, while maintaining compliance with evolving data privacy and regulatory laws and regulations;

• ongoing remote work trends, and the increase in cybersecurity attacks that have occurred while employees work remotely;

• loss of our credit facility or credit lines with our vendors may restrict our current and future operations;

• our ability to raise capital, maintain or increase as needed our lines of credit with vendors or floor planning facility, obtain debt for our financing transactions, or the effect of those changes on our common stock price;

• rising interest rates or the loss of key lenders or the constricting of credit markets;

• our ability to manage a diverse product set of solutions in highly competitive markets with a number of key vendors;

• reliance on third-parties to perform some of our service obligations to our customers, and the reliance on a small number of key vendors in our supply chain with whom we do not have long-term supply agreements, guaranteed price agreements, or assurance of stock availability;

• the possibility of a reduction of vendor incentives provided to us;

• our dependency on continued innovations in hardware, software, and services offerings by our vendors and our ability to partner with them;

• our ability to remain secure during a cybersecurity attack, including both disruptions in our or our vendors’ IT systems and data and audio communication networks;

• our ability to identify acquisition candidates, or perform sufficient due diligence prior to completing an acquisition, or failure to integrate a completed acquisition our earnings may be affected;

• national and international political instability fostering uncertainty and volatility in the global economy including exposure to fluctuation in foreign currency rates, interest rates, and inflation, including increases in our costs and our ability to increase prices to our customers which may result in adverse changes in our gross profit;

• significant and rapid inflation may cause price, wage, and interest rate increases, as well as increases in operating costs that may impact the arrangements that have pricing commitments over the term of the agreement;

• a natural disaster or other adverse event at one of our primary configuration centers, data center, or a third-party provider location could negatively impact our business;

• a possible decrease in the capital spending budgets of our customers or a decrease in purchases from us;

1

• changes in the IT industry and/or rapid changes in product offerings, including the proliferation of the cloud, infrastructure as a service (“IaaS”), software as a service (“SaaS”) and platform as a service (“PaaS”);

• our ability to increase the total number of customers using integrated solutions by up-selling within our customer base and gaining new customers;

• our ability to increase the total number of customers who use our managed services and professional services and continuing to enhance our managed services offerings to remain competitive in the marketplace;

• our ability to perform professional and managed services competently;

• our ability to implement comprehensive plans for the integration of sales forces, cost containment, asset rationalization, systems integration, and other key strategies;

• exposure to changes in, interpretations of, or enforcement trends in, and customer and vendor actions in anticipation of or response to, legislation and regulatory matters;

• domestic and international economic regulations uncertainty (e.g., tariffs, sanctions, and trade agreements);

• our contracts may not be adequate to protect us, we are subject to audit which we may not pass, and our professional and liability insurance policies coverage may be insufficient to cover a claim;

• failure to comply with public sector contracts, or applicable laws or regulations;

• our ability to maintain our proprietary software and update our technology infrastructure to remain competitive in the marketplace;

• fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates may impact our results of operation and financial position; and

• our ability to protect our intellectual property rights and successfully defend any challenges to the validity of our patents or allegations that we are infringing upon any third-party patents, and the costs associated with those actions, and, when appropriate, the costs associated with licensing required technology.

We cannot be certain that our business strategy will be successful or that we will successfully address these and other challenges, risks, and uncertainties. For a further list and description of various risks, relevant factors, and uncertainties that could cause future results or events to differ materially from those expressed or implied in our forward-looking statements, see Item 1A, “Risk Factors” and Item 2, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections contained elsewhere in this report, as well as other reports that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

2

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

GENERAL

ePlus inc., sometimes referred to in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as “we,” “our,” “us,” “ourselves,” or “ePlus.”, was founded in 1990. We conduct our operations through two business segments. Our technology segment sells IT hardware products, third-party software and maintenance contracts, our own and third-party advanced professional and managed services, and our proprietary software. Our financing segment operations primarily consist of the financing of IT equipment, software, and related services. Both segments sell to commercial entities, state and local governments, government contractors, and educational institutions.

OUR BUSINESS

We are a leading provider of technology solutions across the spectrum spanning security, cloud, data center, networking, collaboration, artificial intelligence, and emerging solutions, to domestic and foreign organizations across all industry segments.

Our solutions are comprised of world class leading technologies from partners such as Amazon Web Services, Arista Networks, Check Point, Cisco Systems, Citrix, Commvault, Crowdstrike, Deepwatch, Dell EMC, F5 Networks, Foresite, Fortinet, Gigamon, HPE, Juniper Networks, Lenovo, Microsoft, NetApp, Nutanix, NVIDIA, Oracle, Palo Alto Networks, Proficio, Pure Storage, Rubrik, Splunk, Varonis, and VMware, among many others. We possess top-level engineering certifications with a broad range of leading IT technologies that enable us to offer multi-vendor IT solutions that are optimized for each of our customers’ specific requirements. Underpinning the broader areas of cloud, security, networking, data center and collaboration are specific skills in orchestration and automation, application modernization, DevSecOps, zero-trust architectures, data management, data visualization, analytics, network modernization, edge compute and other advanced and emerging technologies.

We also provide consulting, professional, and managed services, IT staff augmentation, and complete lifecycle management services in the areas of security, cloud, networking, data center, collaboration, and emerging technologies.

For over 30 years, we have also offered a wide portfolio of technology and other capital asset financing solutions to customers across commercial and government enterprises, designing programs that are tailored to fit their unique processes, structures, and requirements. Our expertise in core and emerging technologies, buttressed by our robust portfolio of consulting, professional, and managed services, has enabled ePlus to remain a trusted advisor for our customers.

Our scale and financial resources have enabled us to continue investing in engineering and technology resources to stay at the forefront of technology trends. Our cloud/hosted, proprietary software solutions are focused on giving our customers more control over their IT supply chain, by automating and optimizing the procurement and management of their owned, leased, and consumption-based assets. These solutions have expanded to include private marketplace experiences to our customers to support platforms such as those on AWS marketplace.

Our go-to-market strategy focuses primarily on diverse end-markets for middle market to large enterprises. We serve customers in markets including telecom, media and entertainment, technology, state and local government and educational institutions (“SLED”), healthcare, and financial services. For the year ended March 31, 2023, the percentage of revenue by customer end market within our technology segment includes 26% for the telecommunications, media and entertainment industry, 20% for the technology industry, 14% for healthcare, 14% for state and local government, and educational institutions (“SLED”), and 8% for financial services. Sales to Verizon Communications Inc. represented 22%, 24%, and 19% of our net sales for the years ended March 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively. We sell to customers in the United States (“US”), which accounts for most of our sales, and to customers in select international markets including the United Kingdom (“UK”), the European Union (“EU”), India, Singapore, and Israel. Our technology segment accounted for 97% of our net sales, and 84% of our operating income, while our financing segment accounted for 3% of our net sales, and 16% of our operating income for the year ended March 31, 2023.

OUR INDUSTRY BACKGROUND AND MARKET OPPORTUNITY

We have identified and focused on several specific trends that we believe will create higher growth in the broader US IT market:

3

MULTI-CLOUD STRATEGY

Over the past several years, public, private and hybrid cloud architectures and cloud-enabled frameworks have become a core foundation of modern IT. Our strategy is to assist our customers in aligning cloud strategy with business objectives, creating an enterprise cloud foundation, enabling multi-cloud capabilities, accelerating cloud migrations, modernizing the datacenter, and optimizing cloud deployments for cost and security. We focus on being a guide to customers on their Journey to Modernization of applications, data, and platforms. This strategy leverages our strength in deploying private clouds, extending them to public cloud and incorporating the necessary elements of networking, security, and automation. By understanding our customers’ environment, applications, and business requirements, we deploy solutions that leverage the most appropriate technology on the most appropriate platform with the most appropriate consumption model. For example, we may build a private cloud solution to host mission critical applications, while utilizing a public cloud solution for development, collaboration, or disaster recovery. As the market matures, we will continue to build and acquire skills that align with DevOps, application refactoring, and analytics. Our cloud strategy is tightly aligned with all of our key strategic initiatives, including data center, security, networking, collaboration, and emerging technology.

INCREASING SOPHISTICATION AND INCIDENCES OF IT SECURITY BREACHES AND CYBERATTACKS

Over the last decade, cyberattacks have become more sophisticated, numerous, and invasive. Organizations are finding it increasingly difficult to effectively safeguard their information assets and business operations from a constant stream of advanced threats. Cyber threats have shifted from uncoordinated individual efforts to highly coordinated and well-funded attacks by criminal organizations and nation-state actors. Additional drivers include data privacy concerns of both user data and machine data as companies continue to pursue digital transformation via data science and analytics. We believe our customers are focused on maturing all aspects of cybersecurity, including information and physical security, data protection, threat management and compliance requirements related to industry and government regulations. To meet current and future security threats, enterprises must identify their risks, select and implement security controls and technology solutions that leverage integrated products and services to help monitor, mitigate, and remediate security threats and attacks while ensuring a data-centric security model that is scalable to meet today’s digital demands on premise, at the edge and in the cloud. Our ability to provide value-added and expert services to our customers in these areas helps us to create greater value for the customer via a security posture that extends across all digital technologies within an organization. The complex nature of security controls and their consumption opens opportunities for ePlus to engage in recurring subscription models with our customers that include both technology and the operational services designed and executed to help mitigate risk and mature an organization’s cybersecurity posture.

DISRUPTIVE TECHNOLOGIES ARE CREATING COMPLEXITY AND CHALLENGES FOR CUSTOMERS AND VENDORS

The rapid evolution of disruptive technologies, and the speed by which they impact organizations’ IT platforms, has made it difficult for customers to effectively design, procure, implement, and manage their own IT systems. Disruption also increases the likelihood of security gaps leaving organizations vulnerable to attacks both internally and externally. Moreover, increased budget pressures, fewer internal resources, a fragmented vendor landscape and faster time-to-value expectations make it challenging for customers to design, implement and manage secure, efficient, and cost-effective IT environments. Customers are increasingly turning to IT solutions providers such as ePlus to implement complex IT offerings, including managed services, security architecture, software-defined infrastructure, cloud platforms, converged and hyper-converged infrastructures, big data analytics, and data protection.

CUSTOMER IT DECISION-MAKING IS SHIFTING FROM IT DEPARTMENTS TO LINE-OF-BUSINESS PERSONNEL

As IT consumption shifts from legacy, on-premise infrastructure purchased upfront to agile “on-demand” and “as-a-service” solutions, customer procurement decisions are shifting from traditional IT personnel to lines-of-business personnel, which is changing the customer engagement model and types of consultative services required to fulfill customer needs. Many of these service delivery models are beginning to transition to recurring annuity revenue streams payable over time, rather than upfront revenue. Our partners are also evolving by developing more annuity models through subscription and consumption-based models operating both on-premise and in the cloud, which further enables our offerings.

4

LACK OF SUFFICIENT INTERNAL IT RESOURCES AT MID-SIZED AND LARGE ENTERPRISES, AND SCARCITY OF IT PERSONNEL IN CERTAIN HIGH-DEMAND DISCIPLINES

We believe that IT departments at mid-sized and large enterprises are facing pressure to deliver business outcomes that rely on emerging technologies but lack the professionally trained staff and the ability to hire personnel with high in-demand disciplines such as security, solution architecture and data analytics. At the same time the prevalence of security threats, increased use of cloud platforms, software-defined networking, new architectures, rapid software development frameworks, the proliferation of mobile devices, dispersed workforces, employees working from anywhere, bring-your-own-device (BYOD) policies, and complexity of multi-vendor solutions have made it difficult for IT departments to implement high-quality IT solutions.

REDUCTION IN THE NUMBER OF IT SOLUTIONS PROVIDERS

We believe that customers are seeking to reduce the number of solutions providers they do business with to improve supply chain and internal efficiencies, enhance accountability, improve supplier management practices, and reduce costs. As a result, customers are selecting IT solutions providers that can deliver complex multi-vendor IT solutions. Vendor and tooling consolidation is also trending whereby solutions providers can bundle and enhance the value of offerings while simplifying technology footprints.

INCREASING NEED FOR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES

We believe that customers are relying on third-party service providers, such as ePlus, to manage significant aspects of their IT environment, from design, implementation, pre- and post-sales support, to maintenance, engineering, cloud management, security operations, and other services.

COMPETITION

The market for IT solutions is highly competitive, subject to macro-economic cycles, and the entry of new competitors. Additionally, the market is subject to disruption from consolidation of existing market participants that will create larger competitors, by the introduction of disruptive technologies, and by other activities of industry participants. We expect to continue to compete in all areas of our business against local, regional, national, and international firms, including vendors, consulting firms, international, national, and regional resellers, and service providers. Some of our competitors are direct marketers with little value-add and sell products as commodities, which can place downward pressure on product pricing. In addition, many IT vendors may sell or lease directly to our customers, and our continued ability to compete effectively may be affected by the policies of such vendors. Some Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEMs) are building and launching their own adoption and managed services to better ensure customer satisfaction and retainment. We face indirect competition from potential customers’ reluctance to move away from legacy systems, processes, and solutions providers. As IT consumption shifts from IT personnel and legacy infrastructure to line-of-business based outcomes using off-premise, on-demand, and cloud solutions, the legacy resale model has continued to shift from an upfront sale to a recurring revenue model.

The leasing and financing markets are also competitive and subject to changing economic conditions and market activities of leading industry participants. We expect to continue to compete against local, regional, national, and international firms, including banks, specialty finance companies, private-equity asset managers, vendors’ captive finance companies, and third-party leasing companies. Banks and other large financial services companies sell directly to business customers, particularly larger enterprise customers, and may provide other financial or ancillary services that we do not provide. Vendor captive leasing companies may use internal transfer pricing to effectively lower lease rates and/or bundle equipment sales and leasing to provide highly competitive packages to customers. Third-party leasing companies may have deep customer relationships with contracts in place that are difficult to displace; however, these competitors typically do not provide the breadth of product, service, and software offerings that we provide to our customers. The competitors have access to more capital to fund more originations than we do and may be better able to adapt to a rapidly changing interest rate environment.

In all our markets, some of our competitors have longer operating histories and greater financial, technical, marketing, and other resources than we do. In addition, some of these competitors may be able to respond more quickly to new or changing opportunities, technologies, and customer requirements. Many current and potential competitors also have greater name recognition and engage in more extensive promotional marketing and advertising activities, offer more attractive terms to customers, and adopt more aggressive pricing policies than we do.

5

OUR SOLUTIONS

TECHNOLOGY SEGMENT

We provide a range of IT products and advanced professional and managed services to help our customers improve productivity, profitability, and revenue growth while reducing operating costs. Our technology segment’s products, solutions and services include the following:

Product Revenue:

• IT sales consists of hardware, perpetual and subscription software, maintenance, software assurance, and internally provided and outsourced services. We believe that our customers view technology purchases as integrated solutions, rather than discrete product and service categories, and the majority of our sales are derived from integrated solutions involving our customers’ data center, cloud, network, security, and collaboration infrastructure. We hold various technical and sales-related certifications from leading manufacturers and software publishers, which authorizes us to market their products and enables us to provide advanced professional and managed services. We actively engage with emerging vendors to offer their technologies to our customers. Our flexible platform and customizable catalogs facilitate the addition of new vendors’ products with minimal incremental effort.

Managed Services:

• Managed services proactively monitor and manage a broad range of technologies on-premises and in the cloud with services such as managed infrastructure, service desk, Managed Power Protection, and first call lifecycle support (i.e., eLSS), to ensure support of a broad cross-section of technologies spanning multiple Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) solutions. These solutions are built in a flexible subscription model to monitor, manage, and maximize business critical technologies—including cloud, security, data center, mobility, and collaboration based on an ITIL Framework with SOC 1 Type 2, SOC 2 Type 2, and HIPAA accreditation based. We also provide ePlus® Automated Virtual Assistant (AVA) for Collaboration Spaces. ePlus AVA^TM uses robotic process automation accompanied by ePlus Managed Services to present an exceptional experience for users in video-enabled conference rooms and workspaces.

• Service desk provides outsourced functions including, but not limited to, server and desktop support to respond to our customers’ business demands while minimizing overhead.

• Storage-as-a-Service is a solution powered by Pure Storage Evergreen//One that provides customers with on-premises storage in a consumption-based model with on-demand burst capacity, backed by Service Level Agreements (SLAs), and ePlus expert Enhanced Maintenance Support (EMS). This allows customers to consume storage in a cloud-like model in their data center in a time of uncertainty of what upcoming capacity needs will be due to ongoing cloud migrations.

• Cloud Hosted Services provide cloud-hosted offerings including Cloud Managed Backup and Cloud Disaster Recovery. These data protection offerings, delivered under SOC 2 Type 2 and HIPAA frameworks, are focused on delivering confidence to our customers in their ability to rapidly recover when incidents such as ransomware occur.

• Cloud Managed Services are focused on helping our customers consume public cloud in a way that reduces time-to-market for new applications, lowers their ongoing cloud costs, and increases security. By taking day-to-day cloud management off their hands, our clients can focus on the applications that drive their business.

• Managed Security Services help customers strengthen their information security profile with industry-leading tools, technology, and expertise - often at a fraction of the cost of in-house security resources. Services include Security Operations Center (SOC), Vulnerability Management, Managed Detection and Response (MDR), and Incident Response (IR).

Professional Services:

• Professional services focus on cloud infrastructure, unified communications, collaboration, networking, storage, hyper-converged infrastructure, and virtual desktop infrastructure, supported by security and managed services solutions.

• Staff augmentation services provide customers with flexible headcount options, which may range from service desk to infrastructure to software developer skills. Staff augmentation allows customers to access talent, fill specific technology skill gaps, or provide short-term or long-term IT professional help, which also includes services, such as Virtual Chief Information Officer (vCIO) and Virtual Chief Information Security Officer (vCISO), used to complement existing personnel and build three-to-five-year IT roadmaps.

• Project management services enhance productivity and collaboration management and enable successful implementations and adoption of solutions for our customers.

• Cloud Consulting Services is a global team of architects and consultants focused on assessing customer workloads for cloud, assisting with the selection of the appropriate cloud solution, design and build of cloud platforms, application modernization and migration, automation, and ongoing management and optimization of cloud platforms.

• Security solutions help safeguard our customers’ business and information assets, including:

o Governance, Risk, and Compliance (GRC) services help ensure customers are meeting governance and compliance requirements by leveraging regulatory frameworks, industry best practices, and supporting controls - thereby allowing customers to effectively identify, assess, and mitigate risk.

o Technology Introduction and Deployment services help customers rapidly adopt and integrate key security controls and embrace efficiencies across technology types like network, endpoint, data, and cloud.

6

FINANCING SEGMENT

We specialize in financing arrangements, including sales-type and operating leases; loans, and consumption-based financing arrangements; and underwriting and management and disposal of IT equipment and assets. Our financing operations include sales, pricing, credit, contracts, accounting, risk management, and asset management.

We primarily finance IT equipment, communication-related equipment, and medical equipment. We may also finance industrial machinery and equipment, office furniture and general office equipment, transportation equipment, and other general business equipment. We offer our solutions both directly and through vendors.

We offer enhanced financing solutions, and our business process services approach automates a significant portion of the IT procurement process and reduces our customers’ cost of doing business. The solution incorporates value-added services at every step in the process, including:

• Front-end processing, such as procurement, order aggregation, order automation, vendor performance measurement, ordering, reconciliation, and payment.

• Lifecycle and asset ownership services, including asset management, change management, and property tax filing.

• End-of-life services such as equipment audit, removal, and disposal.

OUR COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

BROAD SKILL SETS THAT CAN SCALE TO SUPPORT LARGE ADDRESSABLE MARKET

We sell IT solutions focusing on the data center, cloud, network, security, virtualization, and mobility segments of the industry, facilitated by our professional and managed service solutions. We primarily target our sales efforts toward middle-market and large commercial entities, state and local governments, education, and healthcare customers throughout the US and in certain markets in Europe and Asia. We believe IT departments in these organizations are facing pressure to deliver higher service levels with fewer resources, increasing their reliance on third-parties who can provide complex, multi-vendor technology solutions, such as our company.

BROAD AND DIVERSE CUSTOMER BASE ACROSS A WIDE RANGE OF END MARKETS

We have a broad and diverse customer base of 4,300 customers across a wide range of end-markets, including education, financial services, healthcare, media and entertainment, state and local government, technology, and telecommunications.

7

DIFFERENTIATED BUSINESS MODEL SERVING ENTIRE IT LIFECYCLE – PROCUREMENT, SOLUTIONS, SERVICES, SOFTWARE, FINANCING

We believe we are a trusted IT advisor to our customers, delivering differentiated products and services to enable our customers to meet increasingly complex IT requirements. We can provide complete, turn-key solutions aligned to the entire IT lifecycle – procurement, products, services, software, and financing. We provide upfront assessments, design and configuration capabilities, installation and implementation, and ongoing services to support our customers’ solutions.

DEEP EXPERTISE IN ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY TO ADDRESS CLOUD, SECURITY, SOFTWARE DEFINED NETWORKING, WIFI/5G, AND OTHER EMERGING IT TRENDS

We believe our customers choose us for their complex IT infrastructure needs based on our track record of delivering best-of-breed solutions, value-added services, and close relationships with both established and emerging vendors. We focus on obtaining and maintaining top-level engineering certifications and professional services expertise in advanced technologies of strategic vendors that we leverage to help our customers achieve positive business outcomes. Across our company, we have more than 700 employees that collectively hold over 5,500 certifications, including over 3,300 technical certifications. Our highly skilled, experienced personnel include account executives, pre-sales and inside-sales staff trained on our broad solutions capabilities and category-focused subject-matter experts. We have over 1,600 unique certification titles, with a heavy concentration in our top vendor partners.

STRATEGIC ABILITY TO DESIGN AND INTEGRATE CLOUD SOLUTIONS ACROSS MULTIPLE VENDORS

We believe our expertise across both data center and cloud architectures allows us to provide differentiated offerings in assisting our customers with their journey to the cloud. Combined with our established practices in networking and security, we are uniquely poised to help customers adopt a multi-cloud strategy utilizing our cloud cost management and FinOps framework to help overcome the inherent challenges. We leverage our strategic partnerships with leading vendors such as Amazon Web Services, Cisco Systems, Dell EMC, Hewlett Packard Enterprise, Microsoft, NetApp, Rubrik, and VMware in conjunction with our professional, managed and lifecycle services to help our customers achieve their desired business outcomes.

STRATEGIC INVESTMENTS IN EXPERIENCED CYBERSECURITY PRACTITIONERS TO GUIDE CUSTOMERS RISK MITIGATION STRATEGIES

We believe our organizational structure and resources in both security advisory services and technology teams best enable our consulting teams to deliver clear business outcomes for our customers looking to identify and mitigate risk to their organizations. While developing threats, new regulations and cyber liability insurance premiums continue to increase, putting pressure on stake holders and stockholders, we continue to invest in our service delivery capabilities and align with industry leading cybersecurity OEMs to help ensure our customers are accelerating their security programs and leveraging the latest capabilities to harden defenses and ensure preparedness against threats to their business.

PROVEN TRACK RECORD OF SUCCESSFULLY INTEGRATING ACQUISITIONS AND ACCELERATING GROWTH

We view acquisitions as a crucial factor in our strategic growth plan. Since 1997, we have successfully integrated nearly 30 acquisitions. Most recently, we have been active in tuck-in acquisitions to broaden our product offerings, sector reach, and geographic footprint.

We generally integrate acquired firms into the ePlus platform immediately, which allows us to maintain customer and vendor relationships, retain key employees from acquired firms, and accelerate growth.

We continue to review new acquisition opportunities to expand our global footprint and expand our offerings.

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERIZED BY GROWTH AND PROFITABILITY

We have focused on achieving top-line revenue growth while maintaining industry-leading gross margins – with a compound annual growth rate of 10.8% on net sales and 11.9% for consolidated gross profit, respectively, from fiscal year 2019 to fiscal year 2023.

Through our organic expansion and acquisitions, we have increased our employee count by 14.1% from March 31, 2019, to March 31, 2023. The increase in our employee base has largely been in customer facing roles, which represented 81.6% of the total increase in headcount over the same period, as we continue to build our sales and services team while leveraging our operational infrastructure.

8

GROWTH STRATEGY

Our goal is to continue to grow as a leading provider of technology solutions. The key elements of our strategy include the following:

BE OUR CUSTOMERS’ PARTNER OF CHOICE FOR COMPREHENSIVE IT AND LIFECYCLE SOLUTIONS, INCLUDING CONSULTING, MANAGED AND PROFESSIONAL SERVICES, AND FINANCING

We seek to become the primary provider of IT solutions and flexible financing solutions for each of our customers, whether on-premise, cloud, hybrid or as a service provider. We strive to provide excellent customer service, pricing, availability, and advanced professional and managed services in an efficient manner. We believe the increasing complexity of the IT ecosystem and the emergence of new technologies, vendors, licensing, and service options are factors that will lead to a growing demand from existing customers. We have many experienced pre-sales engineers who engage with customers about the most advanced technologies. Our account executives are trained on our broad solutions capabilities with access to many category-focused subject-matter experts, which allow them to sell in a consultative business outcome-based manner that increases the likelihood of cross-selling our solutions. Our account executives are supported by experienced and professional inside sales representatives. Our Customer Experience (CX) lifecycle organization helps customers maximize the benefit of their purchases and to cultivate trusting long-term relationships that yield greater agility, better outcomes, faster ROI, and stronger resiliency. We believe that our bundled offerings are an important differentiating factor from our competitors.

We focus on gaining top-level engineering certifications and professional services expertise in advanced technologies of strategic vendors. This expertise helps our customers develop their cloud capabilities including private, public, and hybrid deployments. We provide virtual desktop infrastructure, unified communications, collaboration, networking, security, storage, big data, mobility, converged and hyper-converged infrastructures, and managed services offerings, all of which remain in high demand. We believe our ability to deliver advanced professional services provides benefits in two ways. First, we gain recognition and mindshare of our strategic vendor partners and become the “go-to” partner in selected regional markets as well as the national market. This significantly increases direct and referral sales opportunities for our products and services and allows us to offer competitive pricing levels. Second, within our existing and potential customer base, our advanced professional services are a key differentiator against competitors who cannot provide services or advanced services for these key technologies or across multiple vendor product lines.

Our managed services portfolio expanded this year to include Azure, VMware Cloud on AWS, and Automated Virtual Assistant (AVA) for collaboration in addition to our offerings for Managed SDWAN, Service Desk, Carrier Expense Management, Cloud Cost Optimization, Vulnerability Management as a Service (VMaas), Managed Unified Communication Manager (UCM), Hyperflex, Nutanix, WebEx Calling, WebEx Contact Center, and numerous other managed infrastructure offerings. We continue to increase our breadth and depth of engineering expertise through the integration of recent acquisitions, supplementing our Cisco service offerings, expanding our NetApp and Palo Alto Enhanced Maintenance Support (EMS) portfolio, and adding support for additional market leading security solutions. Our Managed Services portfolio continues to be enhanced so that ePlus annuity-based service solutions are represented within a single service management platform to enhance customer experience. Likewise, we have increased automation of Service Level Target reporting to ensure remediation and response are top-of-mind.

BUILD OUR GEOGRAPHIC FOOTPRINT

We intend to increase our direct sales and go-to-market capabilities in each of our geographic areas. We actively seek to acquire new account relationships through personal relationships, electronic commerce, leveraging our partnerships with vendors, and targeted demand-generation activities to increase awareness of our solutions. We also seek to broaden our customer base, expand our geographic reach, and improve our technology and professional services delivery capabilities. During the last fiscal year, we continued to expand our sales and delivery capabilities across multiple international markets as we see more demand for solutions within this market.

RECRUIT, RETAIN, AND DEVELOP EMPLOYEES

Based on our prior experience, capital structure, and business systems and processes, we believe we are well positioned to hire experienced sales representatives and engineers, make strategic acquisitions that expand our customer facing talent, broaden our customer base, expand our geographic reach, scale our existing operating structure, and/or enhance our product and service offerings. Part of our growth strategy is to hire purposefully and enhance our technical skill base through strategic acquisitions. Once recruited, we believe that our culture, competitive performance-based compensation, policies, and labor practices contribute to strong relations with our employees. We offer a range of affordable and flexible benefits options to assist with health and well-being. As our employees are an important resource to us, we invest in their ongoing professional development. Our education program provides financial support for employees who want to participate in undergraduate and graduate studies, continuing education, skill building including technical certifications, and other professional enrichment related to their position with ePlus. During our previous fiscal year, our stockholders approved an employee stock purchase program (ESPP) pursuant to which our employees may purchase our common stock at a discount.

9

IMPROVE OPERATIONAL EFFICIENCIES

We continue to invest in our internal technology infrastructure and software platforms to scale our infrastructure for growth, while optimizing our operations and engaging in process re-engineering efforts to become more streamlined and cost effective.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

We incur software development costs associated with maintaining, enhancing, or upgrading our proprietary software, which may be performed by internal or external IT development resources or by an offshore software-development company that we use to supplement our internal development team or various US-based consultants.

SALES AND MARKETING

We focus our sales and marketing efforts on becoming the primary provider of IT solutions for each of our customers. We actively seek to acquire new account relationships through personal relationships, electronic commerce, and leveraging our partnerships with vendors and targeted demand-generation activities to increase awareness of our solutions. We target middle-market and large commercial entities and state and local governments, and educational institutions. We undertake direct marketing and leverage digital marketing and social media campaigns to target certain markets in conjunction with our primary vendor partners, who may provide financial reimbursement, outsourced services, and personnel to assist us in these efforts.

Our sales representatives are compensated by a combination of salary and commission, with commission becoming the primary component of compensation as the sales representatives gain experience. To date, we acquired a majority of our customers through the efforts of our direct sales force and acquisitions. We market to different areas within a customer’s organization, including business units as well as the IT department, lines of business, or finance department, depending on the solutions.

As of March 31, 2023, our sales force consisted of 644 sales, marketing and sales support personnel organized regionally across the US, UK, India, and Singapore.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

Our success depends in part upon proprietary business methodologies and technologies that we have licensed and modified. We own certain software programs or have entered into software licensing agreements to provide services to our customers. We rely on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade secret protection, confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements, and licensing arrangements to establish and protect our intellectual property rights. We seek to protect our documentation and other written materials and confidential corporate information under trade secret and copyright laws, which afford only limited protection.

For example, we currently have patents in the US. We cannot provide assurance that any patents, as issued, will prevent the development of competitive products or that our patents will not be successfully challenged by others or invalidated through the administrative process or litigation.

In the US, our registered trademarks include e+®, ePlus®, OneSource®, Where Technology Means More® and GRIT: Girls Re-Imagining Tomorrow®. We also have registered IGXGlobal®, and IGXGlobal an ePlus Technology, inc. Company® and certain variations thereon in the UK and the EU. We intend to use and protect these and our other marks, including common-law marks, as we deem necessary. We have over 20 registered copyrights, in addition to unregistered copyrights in our website content, software, marketing and other written materials. We believe our trademarks and copyrights have significant value and are an important factor in the marketing of our products.

Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of our products or to obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary. Our means of protecting our proprietary rights may not be adequate, and our competitors may independently develop similar technology, duplicate our products or design around our proprietary intellectual property.

10

FINANCIAL AND RISK MANAGEMENT ACTIVITIES

Inventory Management: We do not purchase inventory as stock. We purchase inventory at our customer’s request to order products usually from a purchase order from our customer. In addition, we have drop-shipment arrangements with many of our vendors and distributors, which permit us to offer products to our customers without taking physical delivery of the equipment. Using the distribution systems available, we frequently sell products that are shipped from the vendors or distributors directly to our customers’ locations, which assists us in reducing inventory and minimizing shipping costs. For the year ended March 31, 2023, our three largest distributors accounted for over 20% of our purchases related to our technology segment net sales. Ingram Micro, Arrow Electronics, and TD SYNNEX are our largest distributors.

Risk Management and Process Controls: We use and maintain conservative underwriting policies and disciplined credit approval processes in both our technology and financing segments. We have an executive management review process and other internal controls in place to evaluate transactions’ potential risk.

In our technology segment, we manage our risk by using conservative credit quality analysis and periodic monitoring of customer financial results or third-party risk evaluation tools; monitoring customer accounts receivable balances and payment history; proactively pursuing delinquent accounts; ensuring we have appropriate contractual terms and conditions; perfecting security interests when practicable; requiring prepayment or deposits if indicated; performing fraud checks for new accounts; and evaluating general economic as well as industry specific trends. Our systems automatically decrease trade credit lines based on assigned risk ratings.

In our financing segment, we manage our risk in assets we finance by assigning the contractual payments due under the financing arrangement to third-parties and the continued monitoring of our customers’ credit profile. We also use agency purchase orders to procure equipment for lease to our customers and otherwise take measures to minimize our inventory of financed assets. When our technology segment is the supplier of the assets being financed, we retain certain procurement risks. Our financing arrangements with our customers are generally fixed rate.

BACKLOG

We rely on our vendors or distributors to fulfill a large majority of our shipments to our customers. As of March 31, 2023, our technology segment recorded customer commitments to purchase products or services that remain open until either executed or canceled (“open orders”) of $878.3 million and deferred revenue of $160.9 million. As of March 31, 2022, we had open orders of $973.0 million and deferred revenues of $116.9 million. We expect that most of the open orders as of March 31, 2023, will be recognized within the next 12 months. Our backlog has decreased year over year due to some improvement in the supply chain. A worldwide shortage of certain IT products is resulting from, among other things, shortages in semiconductors and other product components. Like others within our industry, we are experiencing ongoing supply constraints that have affected, and could continue to further affect, lead times for delivery of products, our having to carry more inventory for longer periods, the costs of products, vendor return and cancellation policies, and our ability to meet customer demands.

HUMAN CAPITAL

Our employees are an important resource for us, and their collective dedication and talent enable us to be a trusted advisor to our customers.

As of March 31, 2023, we employed a total of 1,754 employees, including 1,702 in the US, 28 in India, 22 in the UK, and 2 in Singapore. We believe we have a good relationship with our employees. More than one-third of our employees have a tenure of six or more years, and over 20% have a tenure of more than 10 years. None of our employees are represented by a labor union.

OUR CULTURE

We are dedicated to fostering, cultivating, and preserving a culture that represents diversity, enables inclusion, and makes our employees feel comfortable bringing their full, unique selves to work. This includes providing a workplace free of unlawful harassment or discrimination based on race, color, religion/religious creed, sex (including pregnancy, childbirth, or related medical conditions), gender, gender expression, gender identity, transgender, sexual orientation, national origin (including ancestry), age, marital status (including same-sex marriages), genetic information/predisposition/carrier status, physical or mental disability or medical condition, military/veteran status, or any other legally protected characteristic. Through our policies, our training, and the everyday actions of our leadership, we expect our employees to treat each other, our customers, and all our business partners with respect and equality for all persons consistent with our “Be Safe, Be Smart, and Be Kind” motto.

11

Corporate social responsibility is also an important part of our culture, and we focus efforts around supporting the communities in which we live and work. A sample of our efforts include participating in One Tree Planted, Habitat for Humanity, Tech in Pink (which raises money to support the Breast Cancer Research Foundation) and Be the Match. Since 2017, we have sponsored GRIT: Girls Re-Imagining Tomorrow® in partnership with Cisco Systems, Inc. GRIT introduces diverse groups of middle school girls to technology-focused career possibilities, with an emphasis on cybersecurity and artificial intelligence. Students have opportunities to learn about the many possibilities in technology-focused companies and participate in hands-on technology-focused learning with top industry representatives and community mentors. In 2023, GRIT kicked off a new program year at eight schools across the country, with more than 90 students participating. Since its inception, GRIT has graduated over 300 participants and continues to grow each year.

FUNCTIONAL AREAS OF OUR EMPLOYEE BASE

The functional areas of our employees are as follows:

	As of March 31,
	2023		2022		Change
Sales and marketing		644		588		56
Professional services		750		666		84
Administration		354		317		37
Executive management		6		6		-
		1,754		1,577		177

ATTRACTING TALENT

While we operate in a competitive labor environment, we believe that that our culture, policies and labor practices, and our competitive performance-based compensation contribute to strong relations with our employees. We offer a range of affordable and flexible benefits options to assist with health and well-being, and at the request of our employees, in 2022 we adopted an Employee Stock Purchase Plan.  We have continued the flexible work from home strategy we adopted during the COVID-19 pandemic, and we anticipate evolving to varied hybrid models for the future of work.

TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT

As our employees are a crucial resource to us, we invest in their ongoing professional development. Our education program provides financial support for employees who want to participate in undergraduate and graduate studies, continuing education, skill building including technical certifications, and other professional enrichment related to their position with ePlus. New employees are assigned approximately 30 short training videos during their first eight months of employment, covering soft skills, compliance, and our specific business. All employees have access to ePlus University, which offers thousands of on-demand courses, from business and technical skills to leadership to compliance. We also provide live and recorded presentations from numerous in-house leaders and experts in a variety of topics, as well as in-person workshops on management skills and leadership. All employees are supported in, and expected to, remain current in the knowledge areas relevant to their position.

We recognize our employee successes in many ways. We award top performers in our sales and services departments with awards and gifts, including a “President’s Club” trip. We also promote employee engagement and recognition through our ePlus Recognition platform where employees can announce and/or thank other employees for their efforts and receive awards. In addition, we recognize support staff with our annual Executive Choice Awards, and we recognize employees who perform an exceptional act of community service with our CEO Degrees of Excellence award. In addition, we have developed career paths for most functional areas to illustrate the many career paths within ePlus.

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (“SEC”) REPORTS

Our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports, filed with or furnished to the SEC, are available free of charge through our Internet website, www.eplus.com, as soon as reasonably practical after we have electronically filed such material with, or furnished it to, the SEC. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov. The contents on or accessible through these websites are not incorporated into this filing. Further, our references to the URLs for these websites are intended to be inactive textual references only.

12

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Many factors could adversely affect our business, results of operations and cash flows, some of which are beyond our control. The following is a description of some important factors that may cause our business prospects, results of operations and cash flows in future periods to differ materially from those currently expected or desired. Factors not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and cash flows.

RISKS SPECIFIC TO OUR BUSINESS

If we lost one or more of our large volume customers, our earnings may be affected.

The contracts for the provision of products and services from us to our customers are generally non-exclusive agreements without volume purchase commitments and are terminable by either party upon 30 days’ notice. The loss of one or more of our larger customers, the failure of such customers to pay amounts due to us, or a material reduction in the amount of purchases made by such customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows. As of March 31, 2023, and 2022, our accounts receivable-trade balance included approximately 13% and 14%, respectively, concentration of invoices due from Verizon Communications Inc.

Supply chain issues, including a shortage of IT products, may increase our costs or cause a delay in fulfilling customer orders, completing professional services, or purchasing IT products or services needed to support our internal infrastructure or operations, resulting in an adverse impact on our financial results.

We depend upon the supply of products available from our vendors to fulfill orders from our customers on a timely basis. At present, there is a worldwide shortage of certain IT products resulting from shortages in semiconductors and other components of those products. Like others in the industry, we are experiencing ongoing supply constraints that have affected, and could continue to further affect, lead times and the predictability of lead times for delivery of products, the cost of products, and our ability to meet customer demands. As a result of longer lead times, some sales to customers have been deferred and we are carrying more inventory which may result in higher warehouse and interest expenses. Delays in product shipments may delay the completion of related services as well. We believe extended lead times will likely persist through at least the end of the calendar year. As a result, we may be at risk for customers’ cancelling orders due to delays and we may not be able to cancel our order correspondingly with the supplier. If we are unable to mitigate these disruptions, our financial results may be adversely impacted.

Supply chain issues, including a shortage of IT products and available services, may increase our costs or cause a delay in purchasing IT products needed to support our internal infrastructure or operations, resulting in an impact on our technology operations and availability of our IT systems, which could result in a materially adverse effect on our operations and financial results.

We may not be able to hire and/or retain personnel that we need.

To increase market awareness and sales of our offerings, we may need to expand our marketing efforts and sales operations in the future. Our products and services require a sophisticated sales effort and significant technical engineering talent. For example, our sales and engineering candidates must have highly technical hardware and software knowledge to create a customized solution for our customers’ business processes. Competition for qualified sales, marketing and engineering personnel fluctuates depending on market conditions. We are currently experiencing a competitive labor market not only for our sales, marketing, and engineering roles, but for all of our roles including support and administrative positions, and as such are experiencing wage increases. New laws requiring public posting of compensation information may also contribute to wage increases. If we are unable to pass these increases to our customers, our financial results may be adversely affected. We provide certain professional and managed services under fixed price contracts. If we fail to accurately estimate our costs, including due to wage or other inflation, the profitability of our contracts may be adversely affected. Wage inflation may adversely impact our ability to hire and retain personnel, which may impact our ability to obtain and serve our customers.

Additionally, the loss of senior leaders or the failure to successfully implement a succession plan could adversely affect our ability to manage operations and execute strategies.

13

In addition, changes to immigration laws may impact our ability to hire or retain talent. Changes in laws relating to non-compete and non-solicitation agreements make it difficult to manage hiring and retention. In some cases, our competitors have required their employees to agree to non-compete and/or non-solicitation agreements as part of their employment, and in some cases, we may not be able to enforce similar restrictions. Both scenarios present challenges and costs. Additionally, in some cases our relationship with a customer may be impacted by turnover in our sales or engineering teams.

Breaches of data security and the failure to protect our information technology systems and confidential information from cybersecurity threats, our ability to maintain compliance with data privacy laws and regulations, or misuse of our customers’ or employees’ information could adversely impact our business.

Our business involves the storage and/or transmission of proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data, including personal information of our employees, customers, and others. In addition, we rely on our vendors that provide goods and services to us to maintain appropriate security measures in place to protect our operations. Also, we operate data centers for our customers that host their technology infrastructure and may store and transmit both business-critical data and confidential information. In connection with our services business, some of our employees also may have access to our customers’ confidential data and other information. We have privacy and data security policies in place that are designed to prevent security breaches; however, as newer technologies emerge, and the portfolio of the service providers with whom we share confidential information grows, we could be exposed to increased risk of breaches in data security and other illegal or fraudulent acts, including ransomware attacks and other types of cyberattacks. The evolving nature of such threats, considering new and sophisticated methods used by criminals and cyberterrorists, including computer viruses, malware, phishing, misrepresentation, social engineering, and forgery, are making it increasingly challenging to anticipate and adequately mitigate these risks.

As a high percentage of our employees work from home more often than in our offices, we are highly reliant on the availability and functionality of our information systems to enable our operations. Working from home may increase risk of data loss, including privacy-related events. If our information systems are not operational for reasons which may include cybersecurity attacks, data center failures, failures by telecom providers to provide services to our business and to our employees’ homes, as well as the home offices of our vendors’ and customers’ employees, power failures, or failures of off-premise software such as SaaS based software, our business and financial results may be adversely impacted.

If third-parties or our employees are able to maliciously penetrate our network security or otherwise misappropriate our customers’ information or employees’ personal information, or other information for which our customers may be responsible and for which we agree to be responsible in connection with service contracts into which we may enter, or if we give third-parties or our employees improper access to certain information, we could be subject to liability. This liability could include claims for unauthorized access to devices on our network; unauthorized access to our customers’ networks, hardware, applications, data, devices, or software; unauthorized purchases with credit card information; and identity theft or other similar fraud-related claims. This liability could also include claims for other misuses of or inappropriate access to personal information. Other liability could include claims alleging misrepresentation of our privacy and data security practices. Any such liability for misappropriation of this information could decrease our profitability. In addition, federal and state agencies have been investigating various companies regarding whether they misused or inadequately secured information. We could incur additional expenses when new laws or regulations regarding the use, safeguarding, or privacy of information are enacted, or if governmental agencies require us to substantially modify our privacy or security practices. We could fail to comply with international and domestic data privacy laws, the violation of which may result in audits, fines, penalties, litigation, or administrative enforcement actions with associated costs.

Third parties, such as hackers, could circumvent or sabotage the security practices and products used in our product and service offerings, and/or the security practices or products used in our internal IT systems, which could result in disclosure of sensitive or personal information, unauthorized procurement, or other business interruptions that could damage our reputation and disrupt our business, as well as that of our customers. Attacks may range from random attempts to coordinated and targeted attacks, including sophisticated computer crime and advanced persistent threats.

Advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or quantum computing, or other events or developments may result in a compromise or breach of the security practices we use to protect sensitive customer transaction information and employee information. A party that can circumvent our security measures could misappropriate proprietary information or cause interruptions in our operations. Further, third parties may attempt to fraudulently induce employees or customers into disclosing sensitive information such as usernames, passwords, or other information or otherwise compromise the security of our internal networks and/or our customers’ information. Since techniques used to obtain unauthorized access change frequently and the impact and severity of security breaches are increasing, we may be unable to implement adequate preventative measures or timely identify or stop security breaches while they are occurring.

14

We may be required to expend significant capital and other resources to protect against security breaches or to remediate the subsequent risks and issues caused by such breaches. Our security measures are designed to protect against security breaches, but our failure to prevent such security breaches could cause us to incur significant expense to investigate and respond to a security breach and remediate any problems caused by any breach, subject us to liability, damage our reputation, and diminish the value of our brand. There can be no assurance that the limitations of liability in our contracts would be enforceable or adequate or would otherwise protect us from any such liabilities or damages with respect to any particular claim. We also cannot be sure that our existing insurance coverage for errors and omissions or security breaches will continue to be available on acceptable terms or in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims, or that our insurers will not deny coverage as to any future claim. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceeds our available insurance coverage, or changes in our insurance policies, including additional exclusions, premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We depend on having creditworthy customers to avoid an adverse impact on our operating results and financial condition.

Our financing and technology segments require sufficient amounts of debt or equity capital to fund our equipment purchases. If the credit quality of our customer base materially decreases, or if we experience a material increase in our credit losses, including by the federal government’s actual or attempted termination for convenience or other contract termination, we may find it difficult to continue to obtain the required capital for our business, and our operating results and financial condition may be harmed. The current banking environment, particularly in the technology sector, is under regulatory and consumer scrutiny in the wake of recent bank failures such as Silicon Valley Bank, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain required capital and on desirable terms. In addition to the impact on our ability to attract capital, a material increase in our delinquency and default experience would itself have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition.

Many of our customers may be susceptible to economic slowdowns or recessions and may be unable to pay for their purchases or repay the leases or notes receivable to us or repayment may be extended by our customers or us. Therefore, our non-performing assets may increase, and the value of our portfolio may decrease during these periods as we are required to record our investments at their current fair value. Adverse economic conditions also may decrease the value of collateral securing some of our loans and the value of our equity investments. Economic slowdowns or recessions could lead to financial losses in our portfolio and a decrease in revenues, net earnings, and assets in our financing segment. Unfavorable economic conditions including inflation and/or an increase in interest rates also could increase our financing segment’s funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. These events could prevent us from increasing our financing portfolio and harm our operating results.

The terms of our Credit Facility or lines of credit with our vendors or loss thereof may restrict our current and future operations, which could adversely affect our ability to respond to changes in our business and to manage our operations.

Our technology segment, primarily through our subsidiary ePlus Technology, inc., finances its operations with funds generated from operations, and with a credit facility with Wells Fargo Commercial Distribution Finance, LLC and its agents or (“WFCDF”). This facility provides short-term capital for our technology segment. There are two components of the WFCDF credit facility (collectively, the “WFCDF Credit Facility”): (1) a floor plan facility and (2) a revolving credit facility. As of March 31, 2023, the facility agreement had an aggregate limit of the two components of $500 million, together with a sublimit for a revolving credit facility for up to $200 million.

The loss of the WFCDF Credit Facility could have a material adverse effect on our future results as we rely on this facility and its components for daily working capital and the operational function of our accounts payable process. Our credit agreement contains various covenants that must be met each quarter and either party may terminate the agreement for any reason with 90-days’ notice. There can be no assurance that we will continue to meet those covenants and failure to do so may limit availability of, or cause us to lose, such financing. There can be no assurance that such financing will continue to be available to us in the future on acceptable terms.

An economic downturn or recession may negatively impact WFCDF’s or its agents’ willingness to extend credit to us at the current credit limit or an increase in credit limit thus restricting our working capital. We also have lines of credit with our vendors for the purchase of goods and services for resale or internal use. The loss or decrease of our working capital facility or lines of credit with our vendors may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

15

We rely on a small number of key vendors in our supply chain, and do not have long-term supply or guaranteed price agreements or assurance of inventory availability with our vendors.

A substantial portion of our revenue within our technology segment depends on a small number of key vendors. Products manufactured by Cisco Systems represented approximately 40%, 39%, and 36% of our technology segment net sales for the years ended March 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively. Products manufactured by NetApp, Hewlett Packard Enterprise, HP Inc., Juniper Networks, Dell/EMC, and Arista Networks, collectively represented approximately 23% - 25% of technology segment net sales for the last three years. Manufacturing interruptions or delays, including as a result of the financial instability or bankruptcy of manufacturers, changes to or the addition of trade laws, duties or tariffs, currency fluctuations, significant labor disputes such as strikes, natural disasters, political or social unrest, international conflicts, such as Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, pandemics, other public health crises, or other adverse events affecting any aspect of our vendors’ business, could disrupt our supply chain. We are experiencing product constraints due to the unavailability of raw materials or components, delays in shipping, failure of vendors to accurately forecast customer demand or to manufacture or otherwise obtain sufficient quantities of product or component parts to meet customer demand, among other reasons. If we experience significant supply chain disruptions, we may not be able to develop alternate sourcing quickly on favorable terms, if at all, which could result in increased costs, loss of sales and a loss of customers, and adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we are experiencing price increases from our suppliers as a result of an inflationary environment. Our intention is to pass along the price increases to our customers but that may not be possible for all cost increases. Some manufacturers and suppliers have instituted policies to disallow order cancellations. We may be at risk if a customer cancels an order with us, and we cannot cancel our corresponding order with the supplier.

As we do not stock inventory that is not related to an order we have received from our customers, we depend upon the supply of products available from our vendors to fulfill orders from our customers on a timely basis.

The loss of a key vendor or changes in its policies could adversely impact our financial results. Alleged or actual violations of a contract that results in either the termination of our ability to sell the product or a decrease in our certification level with the vendor could adversely impact our financial results. In addition, a reduction in the trade credit lines or the favorable terms granted to us by our vendors and financial partners could increase our need for, and cost of, working capital and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We depend on third-party companies to perform certain of our obligations to our customers, which if not performed adequately could cause significant disruption to our business.

We rely on arrangements with third parties to perform certain professional services, staffing services, managed services, maintenance, warranties, configuration services, and other services for our customers. If these third-parties do not perform these services in accordance with the terms of our agreement and of a professional standard customary for the services, or if they cause disruption of, or security weaknesses in, our customers’ businesses, results to our organization could include legal claims and associated costs, monetary damages paid to our customers, and an adverse effect on our customer relationships, our brand, and our reputation, and our results of operations or cash flows could be affected. In addition, the acquisition of third-party companies that we are relying upon to perform certain of our customer obligations, by our competitors may impact our revenue.

We rely on independent shipping companies to deliver products from us and our vendors to our customers. The failure or inability of these shipping companies to deliver products, or the unavailability of their shipping services, even temporarily, could have an adverse effect on our business. We may also be adversely affected by an increase in freight surcharges that may result from economic, supply-chain, geopolitical, or other disruptions.

We may experience a reduction in incentives offered to us and earned by us from our vendors that would affect our earnings.

We receive payments and credits from vendors, including consideration pursuant to volume incentive programs, shared marketing expense programs, and early pay discounts. These programs are usually of finite terms and may not be renewed or may be changed in a way that adversely affects us. Vendor funding is used to offset inventory costs, costs of goods sold, marketing costs and other operating expenses. Certain of these funds are based on our volume of purchases, growth rate of purchases, and marketing programs. If we do not grow our sales over prior periods, or if we do not comply with the terms of these programs, or do not sell certain products that earn the incentive, there could be a material negative effect on the amount of incentives offered or paid to us by vendors. Supply chain constraints and staffing challenges may affect our ability to meet these volume requirements and may affect our and our vendors’ ability to engage in marketing programs. We may not continue to receive such incentives or may not be able to collect outstanding amounts relating to these incentives in a timely manner, or at all. Any sizeable reduction in, the discontinuance of, a significant delay in receiving, or the inability to collect such incentives, particularly related to incentive programs with our largest vendors, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. If we are unable to react timely to any fundamental changes in the programs of vendors, including the elimination of funding for some of the activities for which we have been compensated in the past, such changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

16

We may fail to innovate or create new solutions which align with changing market and customer demand, and we face substantial competition from other companies.

As a provider of a comprehensive set of solutions, which involves the offering of bundled solutions consisting of direct IT sales, advanced professional and managed services, our propriety software, and financing, we expect to encounter some of the challenges, risks, difficulties, and uncertainties frequently encountered by companies providing bundled solutions in rapidly evolving markets. Some of these challenges include our ability to increase the total number of users of our services, adapt to meet changes in our markets and competitive developments, or continue to update our technology to enhance the features and functionality of our suite of products. Our personnel must continually stay current with vendor and marketplace technology advancements, create solutions which may integrate evolving vendor products and services, as well as services and solutions we provide, to meet changing marketplace and customer demand. Further, we may provide customized solutions and services that are solely reliant on our own marketing, design, and fulfillment services, and we may lack the skills or personnel to execute. Our failure to innovate and provide bespoke value to our customers may erode our competitive position, market share and lead to reduced revenue and financial performance.

In all of our markets, some of our competitors have longer operating histories and greater financial, technical, marketing, and other resources than we do. In addition, some of these competitors may be able to respond more quickly to new or changing opportunities, technologies, and customer requirements. Many current competitors may have, and potential competitors may have, greater name recognition, engage in more extensive promotional marketing and advertising activities, offer more attractive terms to customers, and adopt more aggressive pricing and credit policies than we do.

In our technology segment, we compete in all areas of our business against local, regional, national, and international firms, including other direct marketers; national and regional resellers; online marketplace competitors; and regional, national, and international service providers. In addition, we face competition from vendors, which may choose to market their products directly to end-users, rather than through channel partners such as our company, and this could adversely affect our future sales. Many competitors compete based principally on price and may have lower costs or accept lower selling prices than we do and, therefore, our gross margins may not be maintainable. Online marketplace competitors are continually improving their pricing and offerings to customers as well as ease of use of their online marketplaces. Our competitors may offer better or different products and services than we offer. In addition, we do not have guaranteed purchasing volume commitments from our customers and, therefore, our sales volume may be volatile.

In our financing segment, we face competition from many sources including much larger companies with greater financial resources. Our competition may originate from vendors of the products we finance or financial partners who choose to market directly to customers through the vendors’ captive leasing organization or large or regional financial institutions such as banks with substantially lower cost of funds. Our competition may lower lease rates to increase market share. Historically, our financing segment is very transaction-based and has had volatility in its results of operations primarily due to large transaction gains derived from large transactions with system integrators where the federal government is the end user, and customer-driven events such as early buyouts or terminations. These transactions are unpredictable and often outsized. There is no guarantee that we will continue to originate large transaction gains or that customers will drive large post contract earnings in the future. In addition, customers may decrease demand for leasing as a result of the adoption of Codification Topic 842, Leases (“Codification Topic 842”) which requires certain transactions be recorded on balance sheet.

We may not have adequately designed or maintained our IT platforms for internal use or solutions we offer to our customers or have adequate or competent IT personnel to support our business.

We depend heavily upon the accuracy and reliability of our information, telecommunication, cybersecurity, and other platforms which are used for customer management, sales, distribution, marketing, purchasing, inventory management, order processing and fulfillment, customer service and general accounting functions. We must continually maintain, secure, and improve our systems. We may not properly select or implement software which may result in the lack of data integrity within or between systems, increase our costs or impair our control environment or may lead to other negative impacts on our business or results. We may need to implement new software, or make changes to existing software and processes, to be compliant with rapidly evolving data privacy laws, which may incur costs and impact data integrity. The protections we have in place address a variety of threats to our information technology systems, both internal and external, including human error. Inadequate security practices or design of our IT systems, or IT systems from third parties which we utilize, or third-party service providers’ failure to provide adequate services could result in the disclosure of sensitive or confidential information or personal information or cause other business interruptions that could damage our reputation and disrupt our business. Inadequate design or interruption of our information systems, Internet availability, telecommunications systems or power failures could have a material adverse effect on our business, our reputation, financial condition, cash flows, or results of operations.

17

Our managed services business requires us to monitor our customers’ devices on their networks across varying levels of service. If we have not designed our IT systems to provide this service accurately or if there is a security breach in our IT system or the customers’ systems, we may be liable for claims. In addition, we rely on our managed services personnel to perform this monitoring service. Illness or insufficient staffing, or improper training, performance, or supervision may negatively affect the services we provide our customers resulting in decreased revenue and the potential for litigation.

Products as complex as those used to provide our solutions or cloud automation solutions can contain unknown and undetected errors, performance problems, or use open-source code. We may have serious defects following introduction of new products or enhancements to existing products. Undetected errors or performance problems may be discovered in the future and certain errors we consider to be minor may be serious to our customers.

Our products, or automation solutions, may be inadvertently harmed, such as during a product integration or upgrade, or may be circumvented or sabotaged by third parties such as hackers, which could result in the disclosure of sensitive information or personal information, unauthorized procurement, or cause other business interruptions that could damage our reputation and disrupt our business. Attacks may range from random attempts to coordinated and targeted attacks, including sophisticated computer crime and advanced persistent threats. In addition, our customers may experience a loss in connectivity to our proprietary solutions because of a power loss at our data center, interruption in internet availability, or defects in our solutions. This could result in lost revenues, delays in customer acceptance, security breaches, and unforeseen liabilities that could be detrimental to our reputation and to our business.

We rely on the competency of our internal IT personnel. Our failure to hire, develop, retain, and supervise competent IT personnel to secure our data, as well as design and maintain resilient technology systems including our data and voice networks, infrastructure, and applications, could significantly interrupt our business causing a negative impact on our results.

If we fail to identify acquisition candidates, or perform sufficient due diligence prior to completing an acquisition, or fail to integrate a completed acquisition our earnings may be affected.

Mergers and acquisitions are significant factors in our growth strategy. If we fail to identify businesses available for purchase or at an acceptable valuation, our growth strategy may be negatively affected and, as such, may negatively affect our results of operations.

Our ability to successfully integrate the operations we acquire, reduce costs, or leverage these operations to generate revenue and earnings growth, could significantly impact future revenue and earnings. Integrating acquired operations is a significant challenge particularly as the current remote work environment requires at least some tasks be completed remotely, and integration may divert management’s attention from other business concerns, and there is no assurance that we will be able to manage the integrations successfully. Failure to successfully integrate acquired operations may adversely affect our cost structure thereby reducing our earnings and return on investment. In addition, we may fail to perform adequate due diligence and acquire entities with unknown liabilities, fraud, cultural or business environment issues, or that may not have adequate internal controls as may be required by law.

If we acquire a company that does not fit culturally, strategically, or in some other fashion, the acquisition may not produce the expected results or may negatively affect our reputation, which may negatively affect our business, results of operations, or cash flows. The unpredictability of the economy, order backlogs, and inflation will also make it difficult to properly value or anticipate the future success of acquisition targets and impact our overall growth strategy.

18

Our results of operations are subject to fluctuations in foreign currency.

We have several foreign subsidiaries and conduct business in various countries and currencies. As result of these foreign operations, we have exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency rates resulting primarily from the translation exposure associated with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. While our consolidated financial statements are reported in US dollars, the financial statements of our subsidiaries outside the US are prepared using the local currency as the functional currency and translated into US dollars. As a result, fluctuations in the exchange rate of the US dollar relative to the functional currencies of our subsidiaries could cause fluctuations in our results of operations. However, our operations in foreign countries are insignificant. We also have foreign currency exposure to the extent net sales and purchases are not denominated in a subsidiary’s functional currency, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, or cash flows.

A natural disaster or other adverse event at one of our primary configuration centers, data center, or a third-party provider location could negatively impact our business.

We have configuration centers and data centers in the US and third-party providers in the UK and Netherlands. The configuration centers contain inventory owned by us and our customers, which serve as distribution centers for orders we do not drop ship directly to the customer. We perform services in those configuration centers such as product configuration services, and warehouse and logistics services. If the configuration centers or surrounding infrastructure were to be seriously damaged or disrupted by a natural disaster or other adverse event, including disruption related to political or social unrest, we could utilize another distribution center or third-party distributors to ship products to our customers. However, this may not be sufficient to avoid interruptions in our service or the loss of inventory at that location and may not enable us to meet all of the needs of our customers and would cause us to incur incremental operating costs. In addition, we operate in facilities which may contain both business-critical data and confidential information of our customers and third parties, such as data center colocation and hosted solution partners. A natural disaster or other adverse event at locations such as these or third-party provider locations could negatively impact our business, results of operations or cash flows.

Actual or anticipated epidemics, pandemics, outbreaks, or other public health crises may adversely affect our customers’ and suppliers’ financial condition and the operations of our business.

Our business could be materially and adversely affected by the impact of any epidemic, pandemic, outbreak, or other public health crisis. The risk of any epidemic, pandemic, outbreak or other public health crisis could cause customers to delay or cancel orders and could cause temporary or long-term disruptions in our supply chains and/or delays in the delivery of our products and services to our customers. Quarantines or other cancellations of public events as well as governmental containment actions could also adversely affect our customers’ financial condition, resulting in reduced spending for the products and services we sell or uncollectible accounts receivable, leases or notes receivable or our customers’ ability to receive goods we ship to their locations. Moreover, any epidemic, pandemic, outbreak, or other public health crisis could adversely affect our ability to adequately staff and manage our businesses. Risks or regulations related to an epidemic, pandemic, or other health crisis may continue to lead to the complete or partial closure of one or more of our offices or configuration centers or the operations of our customers or our sourcing partners. Office closures of our customers may reduce our ability to provide onsite professional services and staffing.

Our earnings may fluctuate, which could adversely affect the price of our common stock.

Our earnings are susceptible to fluctuations for several reasons, including, but not limited to, variability in the timing of large transactions in our technology and financing segments, product constraints, inflation, and the risk factors discussed herein. In addition, our cost structure is based, in part, on expected sales and gross profit. Therefore, if we experience any unexpected sales or gross profit shortfall for any reason, we may not be able to adjust our cost structure rapidly which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations or cash flows. In the event our sales or net earnings are less than the level expected by the market in general, such shortfall could have an immediate and significant adverse impact on the market price of our common stock.

We may be required to take impairment charges for goodwill or other intangible assets related to acquisitions.

We have acquired certain portions of our business and assets through acquisitions. Further, as part of our long-term business strategy, we may continue to pursue acquisitions of other companies or assets. In connection with prior acquisitions, we have accounted for the portion of the purchase price paid in excess of the book value of the assets acquired as goodwill or intangible assets, and we may be required to account for similar premiums paid on future acquisitions in the same manner.

Under the applicable accounting principles, goodwill is not amortized and is carried on our books at its original value, subject to annual review and evaluation for impairment, whereas intangible assets are amortized over the life of the asset. Changes in the business itself, the economic environment (including business valuation levels and trends), or the legislative or regulatory environment may trigger a review and evaluation of our goodwill and intangible assets for potential impairment outside of the normal review periods. These changes may adversely affect either the fair value of the business or our individual reporting units and we may be required to take an impairment charge.

19

If market and economic conditions deteriorate, this could increase the likelihood that we will need to record impairment charges to the extent the carrying value of our goodwill exceeds the fair value of our overall business. Such impairment charges could materially adversely affect our net earnings during the period in which the impairment is realized. As of March 31, 2023, we had a carrying value of goodwill and other intangible assets of $136.1 million and $25.0 million, respectively.

We may not be able to realize our entire investment in the equipment we lease.

The realization of the residual value of the equipment we lease, predominantly at the end of the term of a lease, as well as during the life of the lease, is an important element in our financing segment. At the inception of certain leases, we record a residual value for the leased equipment based on our estimate of the value of the equipment at the expected disposition date.

A decrease in the market value of leased equipment at a rate greater than the rate we projected, whether due to rapid technological or economic obsolescence, excessive or unusual wear and tear on the equipment, or other factors, would adversely affect the recoverability of the estimated residual values of such equipment. Further, certain equipment residual values are dependent on the vendor’s warranties, reputation, rules regarding relicensing of software to operate the equipment, and other factors, including market liquidity. In addition, we may not realize the full market value of equipment if we need to sell it to meet liquidity needs or for other reasons outside of the ordinary course of business. Consequently, there can be no assurance that we will realize our estimated residual values for equipment.

The degree of residual realization risk varies by transaction type. Sales-type leases bear less risk because contractual payments typically cover 90% or more of the equipment’s lease cost at inception. Operating leases have a higher degree of risk because a smaller percentage of the equipment’s value is covered by contractual cash flows at lease inception.

RISKS RELATED TO THE ECONOMY AND OUR INDUSTRY

General economic weakness may harm our operating results and financial condition.

Our results of operations are largely dependent upon the state of the economy. Global economic weakness, inflation, rising cost and interest rates, and other economic uncertainties may result in decreased sales, gross margin, earnings and/or growth rates from our US based customers and from customers outside the US. Actions taken by central banks to counter inflation or weakness in the global banking industry, sustained uncertainty about global political conditions, periods of intense diplomatic or armed conflict (such as the ongoing conflict between Russia and Ukraine and responsive sanctions against Russia), government spending cuts and the impact of new government policies (including the introduction of new or increased taxes, the imposition of minimum taxes or new or increased limitations on deductions, credits or other tax benefits), or a tightening of credit markets, or rising interest rates, could cause our customers and potential customers to postpone or reduce spending on technology products or services which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations or cash flows.

Rising interest rates or the loss of key lenders or the constricting of credit markets may affect our future profitability and our ability to monetize our financing receivables and investments in operating leases.

We finance transactions with our customers utilizing fix-rate borrowing. If we fund such transactions at inception with a third-party lender, we are able to lock an interest rate spread on the transaction between the customer rate and third-party rate. However, we may delay funding the transaction, and if interest rates increase in the interim, the interest rate spread will decrease, which will adversely impact our profitability, or we may not choose to fund the transaction due to higher interest rates, thus inhibiting our ability to monetize our portfolio to generate cash.

We rely on lenders to fund financing transactions we originate with our customers. Loss of any lender or group of lenders may significantly impact our ability to originate financing transactions, which may negatively impact our financial condition. In addition, our lenders may no longer be willing to provide funding under our current terms and conditions and may demand updated terms and conditions that negatively impact our ability to consummate a financing transaction with our customers. The current banking environment, particularly in the technology sector, is under regulatory and consumer scrutiny in the wake of recent bank failures such as Silicon Valley Bank, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain required capital and on desirable terms. We are also subject to changes, if any, in our lenders’ willingness to provide financing for different, particularly lower, credit quality lessees, or lessees in certain market segments that may experience headwinds. Changes in interest rates, the federal government’s early termination of contracts, or other factors may make it more difficult or impossible for us to find or maintain lenders needed for us to profitably finance leasing solutions where the government is the end-user, which may have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations or cash flows.

20

Changes in the IT industry, customers’ usage, or procurement of IT, and/or rapid changes in product standards may result in reduced demand for the IT hardware and software solutions and services we sell as well as financing.

Our results of operations are influenced by a variety of factors, including the condition of the IT industry, shifts in demand for, or availability of, IT hardware, software, peripherals and services, and industry introductions of new products, upgrades, methods of distribution, and the nature of how IT is consumed and procured. The IT industry is characterized by rapid technological change and the frequent introduction of new products, product enhancements and new distribution methods or channels, each of which can decrease demand for current products or render them obsolete. In addition, the proliferation of cloud technology, IaaS, SaaS, PaaS, software defined networking, or other emerging technologies may reduce the demand for products and services we sell to our customers. Cloud offerings may influence our customers to move workloads to cloud providers, which may reduce the procurement of products and services from us. Changes in the IT industry may also affect the demand for our advanced professional and managed services. These ‘as a service’ offerings in many cases are recorded on a net basis which results in a reduction of net sales and an increase in gross margin, or on a ratable basis. Over the past several years, we have seen a significant increase in gross billings recorded on a net basis and a ratable basis due to the industry shift to ‘as a service’ offerings. In addition, these ‘as a service’ offerings that are billed over time decrease the demand for financing these types of transactions and do not provide post contract revenue opportunities due to the intangible nature of the offering as well as similar other software offerings. We have invested a significant amount of capital in our strategy to provide certain products and services, and this strategy may adversely impact our financial position due to competition or changes in the industry or improper focus or selection of the products and services we decide to offer. If we fail to react in a timely manner to such changes, our results of operations may be adversely affected. Our sales can be dependent on demand for specific product categories, and any change in demand for, or supply of, such products could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

We depend on continued innovations in hardware, software, and service offerings by our vendors, as well as the competitiveness of their offerings and our ability to partner with new and emerging technology providers.

The technology industry is characterized by rapid innovation and the frequent introduction of new and enhanced hardware, software, and service offerings, such as cloud-based solutions, including IaaS, SaaS, and PaaS. We depend on innovations in hardware, software, and service offerings by our vendors, as well as the acceptance of those innovations by our customers for the offerings we sell. A decrease in the rate of innovation by our vendors, or the lack of acceptance of innovations by our customers, or a shift by customers to technology platforms that we do not sell could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations or cash flows.

In addition, if we are unable to keep up with changes in technology and new hardware, software, and service offerings––for example by not providing the appropriate training to our account managers, sales technology specialists and engineers to enable them to effectively sell and deliver such new offerings to customers––our business, results of operations or cash flows could be adversely affected.

We also depend upon our vendors for the development and marketing of hardware, software, and services to compete effectively with hardware, software, and services of vendors whose products and services we do not currently offer or are not authorized to offer in one or more customer channels. In addition, our success depends on our ability to develop relationships with and sell hardware, software, and services from emerging vendors, as well as vendors that we have not historically represented in the marketplace. To the extent that a vendor’s offering that is highly in demand is not available to us for resale in one or more customer channels, and there is not a competitive offering from another vendor that we are authorized to sell in such customer channels, or we are unable to develop relationships with new technology providers or companies that we have not historically represented, or we partner with a vendor that is not in demand or the demand for whose products significantly decreases, our business, results of operations, or cash flows could be adversely impacted.

21

RISKS RELATED TO LAWS AND REGULATIONS

Failure to comply with new laws or changes to existing laws may adversely impact our business.

Our operations are subject to numerous US and foreign laws and regulations in a number of areas including, but not limited to, areas of labor and employment, immigration, advertising, e-commerce, patent and copyright, tax, import and export requirements, anti-corruption, data privacy requirements, anti-competition, and environmental, health, and safety. We are also subject to a vast number of pending laws, such as state privacy laws, and securities laws such as the SEC’s proposed rules on climate-related disclosures and proposed amended rules on cybersecurity risk management. Compliance with these laws, regulations, and similar requirements may be onerous and expensive. The laws and regulations may be inconsistent from jurisdiction to jurisdiction and may be repeatedly and unpredictably modified or rescinded by legislative bodies, regulatory agencies, and/or courts, further increasing the cost of compliance and doing business, and the risk of noncompliance. We have implemented policies and procedures designed to help comply with applicable laws and regulations, but there can be no certainty that our employees, contractors, or agents will fully comply with laws and regulations or our policies and procedures. Additionally, as our customers and vendors implement policies and processes for their own compliance with current, anticipated, and pending laws and regulations, they may impose requirements on us, which we may not be able to timely and cost-effectively fulfill.

We may not adequately protect ourselves through our contract vehicles, or our insurance policies may not be adequate to address potential losses or claims.

Our contracts may not protect us against the risks inherent in our business including, but not limited to, warranties, limitations of liability, indemnification obligations, human resources and subcontractor-related claims, patent and product liability, regulatory and compliance obligations, data security and privacy, and financing activities. Also, we face pressure from our customers for competitive pricing and contract terms. In addition, order cancellations by our customers may result from product constraints, or other economic concerns. While we may mitigate risk through our contracts, if orders are cancelled by our customers, we may have an increased risk of dispute resulting in non-payment. Such disputes may be complicated by novel legal arguments relating to contract enforceability, such as the application of force majeure, impossibility or impracticability of performance, and frustration of purpose. Despite the non-recourse nature of the loans financing certain of our activities, non-recourse lenders may file suit if the underlying transaction turns out poorly for the lenders. We are subject to such claims and the cost of defending such claims due to the nature of our business.

We also are subject to audits by various vendor partners and customers, including government agencies, relating to purchases and sales under various contracts. In addition, we are subject to indemnification claims under various contracts.

Failure to comply with our public-sector contracts or applicable laws and regulations could result in, among other things, termination, fines or other liabilities, and changes in procurement regulations could adversely impact our business.

Revenues in our public sector are derived from sales to SLED customers, through various contracts and open market sales of products and services. Sales to SLED customers are highly regulated and SLED customer purchases are subject to availability of funds from taxation, grants, or other sources. Noncompliance with contract provisions, government procurement regulations, or other applicable laws or regulations could result in civil, criminal, and administrative liability, including substantial monetary fines or damages, termination of SLED sector customer contracts, and suspension, debarment, or ineligibility from doing business with the government and other customers in the SLED sector. Contracts in the SLED sector are generally terminable at any time for convenience of the contracting agency or upon default and are subject to audits. In addition, most contracts require successfully bidding and award of the contract. These bid processes can be complex and require extensive review of terms and conditions and data compilation. Multiple bidders may win a product category, which creates aggressive competition even after contract award. The effect of any of these possible actions could adversely affect our business, results of operations or cash flows. In addition, the adoption of new or modified procurement regulations and other requirements may increase our compliance costs and reduce our gross margins, which could have a negative effect on our business, results of operations, or cash flows.

We face risks of claims from third parties for intellectual property infringement, including counterfeit products, that could harm our business.

We may be subject to claims that our products and services, or products that we resell, infringe on the intellectual property rights of third parties and/or are counterfeit products. In addition, the current product constraint environment may foster more counterfeit product availability and we may be subject to claims by our customers, vendors, or suppliers for unknowingly selling these types of products. The vendor of certain products or services we resell may not provide us with indemnification for infringement or indemnification; however, our customers may seek indemnification from us. We could incur substantial costs in defending infringement claims against ourselves and our customers. In the event of such claims, we and our customers may be required to obtain one or more licenses from third parties. We may not be able to obtain such licenses from third parties at a reasonable cost or at all. Defense of any lawsuit or failure to obtain any such required license could significantly increase our expenses and/or adversely affect our ability to offer one or more of our services.

22

We may be unable to protect our intellectual property and costs to protect our intellectual property may affect our earnings.

The success of our business strategy depends, in part, upon proprietary technology and other intellectual property rights. To date, we have relied primarily on a combination of copyright, trademark, and trade secret laws, and contractual provisions with our customers, subcontractors, and employees to protect our proprietary technology. It may be possible for unauthorized third parties to copy certain portions of our products or reverse engineer or obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary. Some of our agreements with our customers and technology licensors contain residual clauses regarding confidentiality and the rights of third parties to obtain the source code for our products. These provisions may limit our ability to protect our intellectual property rights in the future that could seriously harm our business and operating results. Our means of protecting our intellectual property rights may not be adequate.

The legal and associated costs to protect our intellectual property in the US and foreign jurisdictions may significantly increase our expenses and have a material adverse effect on our operating results. We may deem it necessary to protect our intellectual property rights and significant expenses could be incurred with no certainty of the results of these potential actions. Costs relative to lawsuits are usually expensed in the periods incurred and there is no certainty in recouping any of the amounts expended regardless of the outcome of any action.

RISKS RELATED TO OWNERSHIP OF OUR STOCK

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our company, or if they issue unfavorable commentary about us or our industry or downgrade our common stock, the price of our common stock could decline.

The trading market for our common stock depends in part on the research and reports that third-party securities analysts publish about us and our industry. One or more analysts could downgrade our common stock, or issue other negative commentary about us or our industry. If one or more of the analysts that publish research about us cease coverage, we could lose visibility in the market, or such discontinuance may be viewed negatively by the market. As a result of one or more of these factors, the trading price of our common stock could decline. In the event our future performance does not meet the expectations of such analysts and/or estimates included in their reports, the trading price of our common stock could decline.

Future offerings of debt or equity securities, which would rank senior to our common stock, may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

If, in the future, we decide to issue debt or equity securities that rank senior to our common stock, it is likely that such securities will be governed by an indenture or other instrument containing covenants restricting our operating flexibility. Additionally, any convertible or exchangeable securities that we issue in the future may have rights, preferences, and privileges more favorable than those of our common stock and may result in dilution to owners of our common stock. We and, indirectly, our stockholders, will bear the cost of issuing and servicing such securities. Because our decision to issue debt or equity securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing, or nature of our future offerings, if any. Thus, holders of our common stock will bear the risk of our future offerings reducing the market price of our common stock and diluting the value of their holdings in our common stock.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

As of March 31, 2023, we leased a total of 326 thousand square feet of office and warehouse space across 20 properties, primarily in the US, that are used in our technology segment and financing segment. Our leases expire at varying dates over the next 10 years. We have certain employees that work at customer sites or from their homes. Additionally, we utilize coworking spaces in certain cities. Our largest office space is our headquarters in Herndon, Virginia. Our lease on this space terminates on December 31, 2024.

We anticipate no difficulty in retaining occupancy through lease renewals, month-to-month occupancy, or replacing leased properties with equivalent properties. We believe that suitable additional or substitute leased properties will be available as required.

23

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

For a description of our material pending legal proceedings, please refer to Note 10, “Commitments and Contingencies” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not Applicable

24

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

MARKET INFORMATION

On March 31, 2023, our common stock traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “PLUS.”

On May 1, 2023, there were 215 stockholders of record of our common stock, although there is a much larger number of beneficial owners.

DIVIDEND POLICIES AND RESTRICTIONS

We did not pay any cash dividends on our common stock during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2023, and 2022. Holders of our common stock are entitled to dividends if and when declared by our Board of Directors (“Board”), out of funds legally available. Generally, we have retained our earnings for use in the business and to repurchase our common stock. We currently intend to retain future earnings to fund ongoing operations, finance the growth and development of our business and continue to repurchase our common stock. Any future determination concerning the payment of dividends will depend upon our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements and any other factors deemed relevant by our Board.

PURCHASES OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The following table provides information regarding our purchases of our common stock during the three months ended March 31, 2023. Please refer to Note 12, “Stockholders’ Equity” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

Period	Total number of shares purchased (1)		Average price paid per share		Total number of shares purchased as part of publicly announced plans or programs		Maximum number of shares that may yet be purchased under the plans or programs (2)
January 1, 2023 through January 31, 2023		0	$	-		0		1,000,000
February 1, 2023 through February 28, 2023		0	$	-		0		1,000,000
March 1, 2023 through March 31, 2023		2,500	$	48.65		2,500		997,500
Total		2,500				2,500

(1) All shares were acquired in open-market purchases.

(2) The amounts presented in this column are the remaining number of shares that may be repurchased after repurchases during the month. On March 24, 2022, our board of directors authorized the repurchase of up to 1,000,000 shares of our outstanding common stock, over a 12-month period beginning May 28, 2022. On March 22, 2023, our board of directors authorized the repurchase of up to 1,000,000 shares of our outstanding common stock, over a 12-month period beginning May 28, 2023.

ITEM 6. [RESERVED]

25

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations (the “financial review”) of ePlus is intended to help investors understand our company and our operations. The financial review is provided as a supplement to, and should be read in conjunction with, the Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this report.

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

BUSINESS DESCRIPTION

We provide leading IT products and services, flexible leasing and financing solutions, and enterprise supply management to enable our customers to optimize their IT infrastructure and supply chain processes.

We design, implement, and provide IT solutions for customers. We focus primarily on specialized IT segments including data center infrastructure, networking, security, cloud, and collaboration. Our solutions incorporate hardware and software products from multiple leading IT vendors. As our customers’ IT requirements have grown increasingly complex, we have evolved our offerings by investing in our professional and managed services capabilities and by expanding our relationships with existing and emerging key vendors.

We are an authorized reseller of over 1,500 vendors, which have enabled us to provide our customers with new and evolving IT solutions. We possess top-level engineering certifications with a broad range of leading IT vendors that enable us to offer IT solutions that are optimized for each of our customers’ specific requirements. Our proprietary software solutions allow our customers to procure, control and automate their IT solutions environment.

BUSINESS TRENDS

We believe the following key business trends are impacting our business performance and our ability to achieve business results:

• General economic concerns including inflation, rising interest rates, staffing shortages, remote work trends, and global unrest may impact our customers’ willingness to spend on technology and services.

• A worldwide shortage of certain IT products is resulting from, among other things, shortages in semiconductors and other product components. Like others in the industry, we are experiencing ongoing supply constraints that have affected, and could continue to further affect, lead times for delivery of products, our having to carry more inventory for longer periods, the cost of products, vendor return and cancellation policies, and our ability to meet customer demands. We continue to work closely with our suppliers to further mitigate disruptions outside our control. Despite these actions, we believe extended lead times will likely persist for at least the next few quarters.

• We are experiencing increases in prices from our suppliers, as well as rising wages and interest rates. We generally have been able to pass price increases to our customers. Our labor costs related to services we perform will take longer to pass to customers that have service engagements where prices may be set. Our financing quotes are generally indexed to market changes to enable us to change rates from time of quote to funding. Financing transactions funded with our cash flows, not debt, are subject to interest rate risk. If the market interest rate exceeds our internal rate of return, we may not fund the transaction to obtain the proceeds and lock in our profit on the transaction. Accordingly, inflation could have a material impact on our sales, gross profit, or operating costs in the future.

• Customers’ top focus areas include security, cloud solutions, hybrid work environments (work from home, work from anywhere, and return to office), as well as digital transformation and modernization. We have developed advisory services, solutions, and professional and managed services to meet these priorities and help our customers attain and maintain their desired outcome.

• Modernizing legacy applications, data modernization, reducing operational complexity, securing workloads, the cost and performance of IT operations, and agility are changing the way companies are purchasing and consuming technology. These are fueling deployments of solutions on cloud, managed services and hybrid platforms and licensing models, which may include invoicing over the term of the agreement.

26

• Rapid cloud adoption has led to customer challenges around increasing costs, security concerns, and skillset gaps. These challenges are consistent across all industries and sizes. We have developed a Cloud Managed Services portfolio to address these needs, allowing our clients to focus on driving business outcomes via optimized and secure cloud platforms.

KEY BUSINESS METRICS

Our management monitors several financial and non-financial measures and ratios on a regular basis to track the progress of our business. We believe that the most important of these measures and ratios include net sales, gross margin, operating income margin, net earnings, and net earnings per common share, in each case based on information prepared in accordance with US GAAP, as well as the non-GAAP financial measures and ratios, including Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Non-GAAP: Net earnings and Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share. We use a variety of operating and other information to evaluate the operating performance of our business, develop financial forecasts, make strategic decisions, and prepare and approve annual budgets. We use Gross billings as an operational metric to assess the volume of transactions within our Technology segment as well as to understand changes in our accounts receivable. We believe Gross billings will aid investors in the same manner.

These key indicators include financial information that is prepared in accordance with US GAAP and presented in our consolidated financial statements, as well as non-GAAP and operational performance measurement tools. Generally, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company’s performance or financial position that either excludes or includes amounts that are correspondingly not normally excluded or included in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with US GAAP. Our use of non-GAAP information as analytical tools has limitations, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our financial results reported under GAAP, as these measures used by management may differ from similar measures used by other companies, even when similar terms are used to identify such measures.

Set forth in footnotes (1) and (2) of the tables that immediately follow this paragraph, we set forth our reasons for using and presenting Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Non-GAAP: Net earnings and Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share-diluted in the tables and discussion that follow.

27

The following table provides our key business metrics (in thousands, except per share amounts):

	Year Ended March 31,
Consolidated	2023			2022			2021
Financial Metrics
Net sales	$	2,067,718		$	1,821,019		$	1,568,323
Gross profit	$	517,524		$	460,982		$	393,554
Gross margin		25.0	%		25.3	%		25.1	%
Operating income margin		8.0	%		8.1	%		6.8	%
Net earnings	$	119,356		$	105,600		$	74,397
Net earnings margin		5.8	%		5.8	%		4.7	%
Net earnings per common share - diluted	$	4.48		$	3.93		$	2.77
Non-GAAP Financial Metrics
Non-GAAP: Net earnings (1)	$	133,931		$	117,964		$	85,567
Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share - diluted (1)	$	5.02		$	4.39		$	3.19
Adjusted EBITDA (2)	$	190,592		$	170,004		$	128,245
Adjusted EBITDA margin		9.2	%		9.3	%		8.2	%
Technology Segment
Financial Metrics
Net sales	$	2,015,245		$	1,733,036		$	1,507,954
Gross profit	$	474,490		$	408,153		$	346,235
Gross margin		23.5	%		23.6	%		23.0	%
Operating income	$	140,110		$	109,000		$	75,665
Non-GAAP Financial Metric
Adjusted EBITDA (2)	$	164,184		$	131,353		$	97,219
Operational Metric
Gross billings (3)
Data Center / Cloud	$	892,308		$	828,002		$	723,971
Networking		927,319			709,687			590,690
Security		639,416			476,339			418,499
Collaboration		127,027			131,941			91,833
Other		282,748			240,586			236,707
Product gross billings		2,868,818			2,386,555			2,061,700
Service billings		277,070			239,194			210,136
Total gross billings	$	3,145,888		$	2,625,749		$	2,271,836
Financing Segment
Financial Metrics
Net sales	$	52,473		$	87,983		$	60,369
Gross profit	$	43,034		$	52,829		$	47,319
Operating income	$	26,052		$	38,316		$	30,670
Non-GAAP Financial Metric
Adjusted EBITDA (2)	$	26,408		$	38,651		$	31,026

(1)  Non-GAAP: Net earnings and Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share – diluted are based on net earnings calculated in accordance with US GAAP, adjusted to exclude other income (expense), share-based compensation, and acquisition and integration expenses, and the related tax effects.

We use Non-GAAP: Net earnings and Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share – diluted as supplemental measures of our performance to gain insight into our operating performance and performance trends. We believe that the exclusion of other income and acquisition-related amortization expense in calculating Non-GAAP: Net earnings and Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share – diluted provides management and investors a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our business and operating results by excluding items that management believes are not reflective of our underlying operating performance. Accordingly, we believe that Non-GAAP: Net earnings and Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share – diluted provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results. However, our use of non-GAAP information as analytical tools has limitations, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our financial results as reported under US GAAP. In addition, other companies, including companies in our industry, might calculate similar Non-GAAP: Net earnings and Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share – diluted or similarly titled measures differently, which may reduce their usefulness as comparative measures.

28

The following table provides our calculation of Non-GAAP: Net earnings and Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share – diluted (in thousands, except per share amounts):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2023		2022		2021
GAAP: Earnings before tax	$	162,974	$	146,884	$	106,906
Share based compensation		7,824		7,114		7,167
Acquisition and integration expense		-		-		271
Acquisition related amortization expense		9,411		10,072		9,116
Other (income) expense		3,188		432		(571	)
Non-GAAP: Earnings before provision for income taxes		183,397		164,502		122,889
GAAP: Provision for income taxes		43,618		41,284		32,509
Share based compensation		2,104		2,014		2,188
Acquisition and integration expense		-		-		78
Acquisition related amortization expense		2,527		2,803		2,730
Other (income) expense		950		120		(143	)
Tax benefit (expense) on restricted stock		267		317		(40	)
Non-GAAP: Provision for income taxes		49,466		46,538		37,322
Non-GAAP: Net earnings	$	133,931	$	117,964	$	85,567

	Year Ended March 31,
	2023			2022			2021
GAAP: Net earnings per common share - diluted	$	4.48		$	3.93		$	2.77
Share based compensation		0.21			0.20			0.19
Acquisition and integration expense		-			-			0.01
Acquisition related amortization expense		0.26			0.26			0.24
Other (income) expense		0.08			0.01			(0.02	)
Tax benefit (expense) on restricted stock		(0.01	)		(0.01	)		-
Total non-GAAP adjustments - net of tax		0.54			0.46			0.42
Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share - diluted	$	5.02		$	4.39		$	3.19

(2)   We define Adjusted EBITDA as net earnings calculated in accordance with US GAAP, adjusted for the following: interest expense, depreciation and amortization, share-based compensation, acquisition and integration expenses, provision for income taxes, and other income. Segment Adjusted EBITDA is defined as operating income calculated in accordance with US GAAP, adjusted for interest expense, share-based compensation, acquisition and integration expenses, and depreciation and amortization. We consider the interest on notes payable from our financing segment and depreciation expense presented within cost of sales, which includes depreciation on assets financed as operating leases, to be operating expenses. As such, they are not included in the amounts added back to net earnings in the Adjusted EBITDA calculation. In the table below, we provide a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net earnings, which is the most directly comparable financial measure to this non-GAAP financial measure. Adjusted EBITDA margin is our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA divided by net sales.

We use Adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental measure of our performance to gain insight into our operating performance and performance trends. We believe that the exclusion of other income in calculating Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin provides management and investors a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our business and operating results by excluding items that management believes are not reflective of our underlying operating performance. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results. However, our use of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin as analytical tools has limitations, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our financial results as reported under US GAAP. In addition, other companies, including companies in our industry, might calculate Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin or similarly titled measures differently, which may reduce their usefulness as comparative measures.

29

The following table provides our calculations of Adjusted EBITDA (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
Consolidated	2023		2022		2021
Net earnings	$	119,356	$	105,600	$	74,397
Provision for income taxes		43,618		41,284		32,509
Share based compensation		7,824		7,114		7,167
Interest and financing costs		2,897		928		521
Acquisition and integration expense		-		-		271
Depreciation and amortization		13,709		14,646		13,951
Other (income) expense, net		3,188		432		(571	)
Adjusted EBITDA	$	190,592	$	170,004	$	128,245
Technology Segment
Operating income	$	140,110	$	109,000	$	75,665
Depreciation and amortization		13,598		14,535		13,839
Share based compensation		7,579		6,890		6,923
Interest and financing costs		2,897		928		521
Acquisition and integration expense		-		-		271
Adjusted EBITDA	$	164,184	$	131,353	$	97,219
Financing Segment
Operating income	$	26,052	$	38,316	$	30,670
Depreciation and amortization		111		111		112
Share based compensation		245		224		244
Adjusted EBITDA	$	26,408	$	38,651	$	31,026

(3)  Gross billings are the total dollar value of customer purchases of goods and services including shipping charges during the period, net of customer returns and credit memos, sales, or other taxes. Gross billings includes the transaction values for certain sales transactions that are recognized on a net basis, and, therefore, includes amounts that will not be recognized as revenue.

FINANCIAL SUMMARY

Net sales: Net sales for the year ended March 31, 2023, increased 13.5% to $2,067.7 million, or an increase of $246.7 million compared to $1,821.0 million in the prior fiscal year. The increase in net sales was driven by higher revenues from our technology segment, offset by lower revenues from our financing segment. The increase in sales from the technology segment was due to increases in both product and services sales as a result of higher customer demand. The decline in revenues from our financing segment was due to lower proceeds from early lease buyouts and sales of leased equipment.

Gross billings from our technology segment for the year ended March 31, 2023, increased by 19.8%, or $520.1 million, to $3,145.9 million compared to $2,625.7 million in the prior fiscal year. Gross billings increased year over year at a faster rate than net sales due to a shift in mix to a higher proportion of third-party maintenance, software assurance, subscriptions/SaaS licenses, and services which we recognize revenue on a net basis.

Gross profit: Consolidated gross profit for the year ended March 31, 2023, increased 12.3%, to $517.5 million, compared to $461.0 million in the prior fiscal year due to increased net sales volume. Overall, gross margins were consistent year over year as higher product margins were offset by lower service margins.

Operating expenses: Operating expenses for the year ended March 31, 2023, increased $37.7 million, or 12.0%, to $351.4 million, as compared to $313.7 million in the prior year. Our increase in operating expenses was primarily due to an increase of $23.5 million in salaries and benefits and an increase of $12.2 million in general and administrative expenses. Salaries and benefits increased due to an increase in the number of employees as well as higher variable compensation corresponding to the increase in gross profit. As of March 31, 2023, we had 1,754 employees, an increase of 11.2% from 1,577 as of March 31, 2022.

30

General and administrative expenses also increased due to the increase in employees, as we had higher software, subscription and maintenance fees and travel and entertainment costs. Travel and entertainment increased due to the return of in person business meetings and events. The other categories of expenses increased from the increase in personnel. We had higher professional service fees, which was partially due to post go-live support for a new software platform within our financing segment.

Provision for credit losses increased $0.8 million primarily due to higher exposure within our financing portfolio. Interest and financing costs increased $2.2 million due to higher outstanding borrowings. Offsetting these increases, was a decrease of $1.0 million in depreciation and amortization.

Operating income: As a result of the foregoing, operating income for the year ended March 31, 2023, increased $18.9 million, or 12.8%, to $166.2 million and operating margin decreased by 10 basis points to 8.0%, as compared to $147.3 million for the year ended March 31, 2022. The increase in operating income was due to increases from our technology segment, which was offset by lower operating income from our financing segment.

Provision for income taxes: Our effective income tax rate for the year ended March 31, 2023, was 26.8% compared to 28.1% in the prior year. The decrease in our effective income tax rate year over year is primarily due to lower than forecasted non-deductible expenses, increased benefits from foreign sales along with favorable state return to provision adjustments.

Net earnings: Consolidated net earnings for the year ended March 31, 2023, increased 13.0% to $119.4 million, as compared to $105.6 million for the year ended March 31, 2022, due to an increase in gross profit, offset by an increase in operating expenses and foreign exchange losses.

Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended March 31, 2023, was $190.6 million, an increase of $20.6 million, or 12.1%, compared to the prior year. Adjusted EBITDA margin for the year ended March 31, 2023, decreased 10 basis points to 9.2%, as compared to the prior year period of 9.3%. The increase in Adjusted EBITDA was due to increases from our technology segment, which was offset by lower Adjusted EBITDA from our financing segment.

Net earnings per common share diluted for the year ended March 31, 2023, increased $0.55, or 14.0%, to $4.48 per share, as compared to $3.93 per share in the prior year. Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share diluted for the year ended March 31, 2023, increased $0.63, or 14.4%, to $5.02 per share, as compared to $4.39 per share in the prior year.

SEGMENT OVERVIEW

Our operations are conducted through two segments: technology and financing.

Technology Segment

The technology segment derives revenue from sales of product, project-related advanced professional services, managed services, and staff augmentation. The technology segment sells primarily to corporate customers, state and local governments, and higher education institutions on a nationwide basis, with geographic concentrations relating to our physical locations. The technology segment also provides internet-based business-to-business supply chain management solutions for information technology products.

Customers who purchase IT equipment and services from us may have a customer master agreement (“CMA”) with our company, which stipulates the terms and conditions of the relationship. Some CMAs contain pricing arrangements, and most contain mutual voluntary termination clauses. Our other customers place orders using purchase orders without a CMA in place or with other documentation customary for the business. Often, our work with state and local governments is based on public bids and our written bid responses. Our service engagements are generally governed by statements of work and are primarily fixed price (with allowance for changes); however, some service agreements are based on time and materials.

Technology segment revenue generally falls into the following three categories:

• Product revenue: Revenue generated from the sale of third-party hardware, perpetual and subscription software, maintenance, software assurance, and services.

• Professional services: Revenue generated from our advanced professional services that are performed under time & materials, fixed fee, or milestone contracts. Professional services include cloud consulting, staff augmentation services, and project management services.

• Managed services: Revenue generated from our advanced managed services that include managing various aspects of our customers environments and are billed in regular intervals over a contract term, usually between three to five years. Managed services include security solutions, storage-as-a-service, cloud hosted services, cloud managed services, and service desk.

We endeavor to minimize the cost of sales through incentive programs provided by vendors and distributors. The programs we qualify for are generally set by our reseller authorization level with the vendor. The authorization level we achieve and maintain governs the types of products we can resell as well as such items as variable discounts applied against the list price, funds provided for the marketing of these products and other special promotions. These authorization levels are achieved by us through purchase volume, certifications held by sales executives or engineers and/or contractual commitments by us. The authorization levels are costly to maintain, and these programs continually change and, therefore, there is no guarantee of future reductions of costs provided by these vendor consideration programs.

31

Financing Segment

Our financing segment offers financing solutions to corporations, governmental entities, and educational institutions nationwide and in Canada, the UK, and several other European countries. The financing segment derives revenue from leasing IT, medical equipment and other equipment, and the disposition of that equipment at the end of the lease. The financing segment also derives revenues from the financing of third-party software licenses, software assurance, maintenance, and other services.

Financing segment revenue generally falls into the following three categories:

• Portfolio income: Interest income from financing receivables and rents due under operating leases.

• Transactional gains: Net gains or losses on the sale of financial assets.

• Post-contract earnings: Month-to-month rents; early termination, prepayment, make-whole or buyout fees; and the sale of off-lease (used) equipment.

We also recognize revenue from events that occur after the initial sale of a financial asset and remarketing fees from certain residual value investments.

During the fiscal year 2023, we implemented a new cloud-based lease accounting application to provide us with a platform for scalable growth, eliminate inefficient processes, and allow us to retire several legacy applications.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The Year Ended March 31, 2023, Compared to the Year Ended March 31, 2022

32

TECHNOLOGY SEGMENT

The results of operations for our technology segment for the years ended March 31, 2023, and 2022 were as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,							Percent
	2023		2022		Change			Change
Financial Metrics
Net sales
Product	$	1,750,802	$	1,492,411	$	258,391			17.3	%
Services		264,443		240,625		23,818			9.9	%
Total		2,015,245		1,733,036		282,209			16.3	%
Cost of sales
Product		1,370,061		1,175,789		194,272			16.5	%
Services		170,694		149,094		21,600			14.5	%
Total		1,540,755		1,324,883		215,872			16.3	%
Gross profit		474,490		408,153		66,337			16.3	%
Selling, general, and administrative		317,885		283,690		34,195			12.1	%
Depreciation and amortization		13,598		14,535		(937	)		(6.4	%)
Interest and financing costs		2,897		928		1,969			212.2	%
Operating expenses		334,380		299,153		35,227			11.8	%
Operating income	$	140,110	$	109,000	$	31,110			28.5	%
Key Metrics & Other Information
Gross billings	$	3,145,888	$	2,625,749	$	520,139			19.8	%
Adjusted EBITDA	$	164,184	$	131,353	$	32,831			25.0	%
Net sales by customer end market:
Telecom, Media & Entertainment	$	532,921	$	502,408	$	30,513			6.1	%
Technology		393,594		250,485		143,109			57.1	%
SLED		290,624		241,769		48,855			20.2	%
Healthcare		274,936		270,481		4,455			1.6	%
Financial Services		156,257		155,160		1,097			0.7	%
All others		366,913		312,733		54,180			17.3	%
Total	$	2,015,245	$	1,733,036	$	282,209			16.3	%
Net sales by type:
Data Center / Cloud	$	587,097	$	581,113	$	5,984			1.0	%
Networking		803,678		611,488		192,190			31.4	%
Security		214,459		158,927		55,532			34.9	%
Collaboration		57,472		57,244		228			0.4	%
Other		88,096		83,639		4,457			5.3	%
ePlus services		264,443		240,625		23,818			9.9	%
Total	$	2,015,245	$	1,733,036	$	282,209			16.3	%

33

Net sales: Net sales for the year ended March 31, 2023, increased due to an increase in customer demand, primarily from customers in technology and SLED industries, due to customer specific IT related initiatives. Product sales increased in networking due to our ability to leverage improvements in the global supply chain and an increase in security product sales as our customers’ focus on improving their security posture in their environments. Contributing to the increase in net sales was higher service revenues, due to increases in sales of our managed services offerings, as well as higher professional services due, in part, to improvements in the global supply chain. Also contributing to the increase in net sales were increases in the cost of equipment we incurred from our suppliers due, in part, to inflation, which we typically pass on to our customers.

Our net sales by customer end market have remained consistent with the prior year, with over 80% of our sales being generated from customers within the five end markets specified in the table above.

Gross billings to our customers increased primarily due to organic customer demand, rather than acquisition or loss of a specific customer or set of customers.

Cost of sales: Cost of sales for the year ended March 31, 2023, increased due to the increase in demand for both product and services. Cost of product increased slightly less than the increase in product sales due to a change in product sales mix, as a greater portion of our transaction volume consisted of sales of third-party maintenance, software assurance, subscription/SaaS licenses, and services, for which the revenues and cost of sales are presented on a net basis. Cost of services increased slightly more than the increase in service revenue due to higher third-party costs incurred.

Gross profit: Gross profit for the year ended March 31, 2023, increased consistent with the increase in net sales. Gross margins were consistent year over year as higher product margins were offset by lower service margins. Gross margin on product sales increased 50 basis points to 21.7% due to a shift in product mix to a greater proportion of sales of third-party maintenance, software assurance, subscription/SaaS licenses, and services, which are presented on a net basis. Also contributing to the increase in gross margin on product sales was higher vendor incentives which as a percentage of net sales for the year ended March 31, 2023, increased by 10 basis points.

Gross margin on service sales decreased 250 basis points to 35.5% for the year ended March 31, 2023, primarily due to a decrease in professional service margins. The decline in professional service margins was due to higher third party costs, as well as a few larger competitively priced contracts with existing customers.

Selling, general, and administrative expenses: Selling, general, and administrative expenses for the year ended March 31, 2023, increased mainly due to an increase in salaries and benefits.

Salaries and benefits, including variable compensation, increased $24.1 million or 9.8% to $270.0 million, compared to $245.9 million during the prior year, due to an increase in the number of employees and higher variable compensation as a result of the corresponding increase in gross profit. Our technology segment had 1,718 employees as of March 31, 2023, an increase of 175 from 1,543 as of March 31, 2022, driven by increased demand for our services and the acquisition of Future Com, Ltd. We added 139 additional customer-facing employees, of which 84 were professional services and technical support personnel.

General and administrative expenses increased $10.2 million, or 27.0%, to $47.8 million, as compared to $37.6 million in the prior year. General and administrative expenses increased in travel and entertainment, advertising and marketing fees, professional service fees, software license and maintenance fees, and warehouse and logistics costs.

Travel and entertainment increased due to the return of in-person business meetings and events. Warehouse and logistics costs increased due to the increase in inventory. The other categories of expenses increased primarily from increases in personnel.

Depreciation and amortization expense: Depreciation and amortization expense for the year ended March 31, 2023, decreased as higher amortization expense from our acquisition of Future Com, Ltd was offset by lower amortization from previous acquisitions.

Interest and financing costs: Interest and financing costs for the year ended March 31, 2023, increased due to higher average borrowings outstanding and higher interest rates during the year under our WFCDF Credit Facility, offset by paydowns on an installment payment arrangement. Our average month-end borrowing balance on the accounts receivable component of our WFCDF Credit Facility was $47.0 million over the year ended March 31, 2023, compared to $19.0 million over the prior year. Our weighted average interest rate on the accounts receivable component of our WFCDF Credit Facility was 5.35% during our year ended March 31, 2023, compared to 2.00% over the prior year.

34

FINANCING SEGMENT

The results of operations for our financing segment for the years ended March 31, 2023, and 2022 were as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,							Percent
	2023		2022		Change			Change
Financial Metrics
Portfolio earnings	$	11,356	$	17,764	$	(6,408	)	(36.1	%)
Transactional gains		16,125		18,181		(2,056	)	(11.3	%)
Post-contract earnings		23,581		50,495		(26,914	)	(53.3	%)
Other		1,411		1,543		(132	)	(8.6	%)
Net sales	$	52,473	$	87,983	$	(35,510	)	(40.4	%)
Cost of sales		9,439		35,154		(25,715	)	(73.1	%)
Gross profit		43,034		52,829		(9,795	)	(18.5	%)
Selling, general, and administrative		15,635		13,427		2,208		16.4	%
Depreciation and amortization		111		111		-		0.0	%
Interest and financing costs		1,236		975		261		26.8	%
Operating expenses		16,982		14,513		2,469		17.0	%
Operating income	$	26,052	$	38,316	$	(12,264	)	(32.0	%)
Key Metrics & Other Information
Adjusted EBITDA	$	26,408	$	38,651	$	(12,243	)	(31.7	%)

Net sales: Net sales for the year ended March 31, 2023, decreased due to lower post-contract and portfolio earnings. Post-contract revenue decreased due to lower proceeds from early lease buyouts and sales of equipment, as we had a few large, customer-driven transactions in the prior year. Portfolio revenue decreased mostly due to decreases in operating lease revenue as a portion of the early lease buyouts in fiscal year 2022 were from customers with operating lease contracts. Transactional gains decreased compared to the prior year due to a decline in the volume of financial assets sold during the year. Total proceeds from sales of financing receivables were $706.0 million and $855.1 million for the years ended March 31, 2023, and 2022, respectively.

Cost of sales: Cost of sales for the year ended March 31, 2023, decreased due to a decrease in the cost of equipment from early lease buyouts, and sales of off-lease equipment of $20.1 million and a decrease in operating lease depreciation of $5.6 million.

Selling, general, and administrative expenses: Selling, general, and administrative expenses for the year ended March 31, 2023, increased due to the deployment of hosted lease accounting software in August 2022, as we incurred higher professional fees following the implementation of this software platform, as well as higher software license and maintenance costs including amortization of the costs to implement the hosted software. In addition, we incurred additional provision for credit losses as a result of changes in our net credit exposure. These increases are offset by a slight decrease in salaries and benefits, mainly driven by a decrease in variable compensation due to the decline in gross profit.

Our financing segment employed 36 people as of March 31, 2023, compared to 34 people as of March 31, 2022. Certain support functions for the financing segment are shared resources with the technology segment.

Interest and financing costs: Interest and financing costs for the year ended March 31, 2023, increased due to higher borrowings during the year as well as higher interest rates. As of March 31, 2023, our non-recourse notes payable increased to $34.3 million from $21.2 million in the prior year. Our weighted average interest rate for non-recourse notes payable was 5.01% and 3.59% as of March 31, 2023, and 2022, respectively.

CONSOLIDATED

Other income (expense), net: Other income (expense), net, for the year ended March 31, 2023, was a net expense of $3.2 million, compared to a net expense of $0.4 million in the prior year. We incurred foreign currency transaction losses of $5.4 million during fiscal year 2023, up from $0.5 million last year. Offsetting this, was a $1.9 million gain recognized in fiscal year 2023 related to our receipt of funds resulting from our claim in a class action lawsuit.

35

Income taxes: Our effective income tax rates for the years ended March 31, 2023, and 2022 were 26.8% and 28.1%, respectively. Our effective tax rate was lower for the year ended March 31, 2023, as compared to the prior year, primarily due to lower than forecasted non-deductible expenses, increased benefits from foreign sales along with favorable state return to provision adjustments.

Net earnings: Net earnings for the year ended March 31, 2023, were $119.4 million, an increase of 13.0% or $13.8 million, as compared to $105.6 million in the prior year. The net earnings increase was due primarily to the increase in operating profits from our technology segment.

Basic and fully diluted earnings per common share for the year ended March 31, 2023, were $4.49 and $4.48, respectively, an increase of 13.3% and 13.9% over the prior year. Basic and fully diluted earnings per common share were $3.96 and $3.93, respectively, for the year ended March 31, 2022.

Weighted average common shares outstanding used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per common share were 26.6 million and 26.7 million, respectively, for the year ended March 31, 2023. Weighted average common shares outstanding used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per common share were 26.6 million and 26.9 million, respectively, for the year ended and March 31, 2022.

The Year Ended March 31, 2022, Compared to the Year Ended March 31, 2021

36

TECHNOLOGY SEGMENT

The results of operations for our technology segment for the years ended March 31, 2022, and 2021 were as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,							Percent
	2022		2021		Change			Change
Financial Metrics
Net sales
Product	$	1,492,411	$	1,305,789	$	186,622			14.3	%
Services		240,625		202,165		38,460			19.0	%
Total		1,733,036		1,507,954		225,082			14.9	%
Cost of sales
Product		1,175,789		1,036,627		139,162			13.4	%
Services		149,094		125,092		24,002			19.2	%
Total		1,324,883		1,161,719		163,164			14.0	%
Gross profit		408,153		346,235		61,918			17.9	%
Selling, general, and administrative		283,690		256,210		27,480			10.7	%
Depreciation and amortization		14,535		13,839		696			5.0	%
Interest and financing costs		928		521		407			78.1	%
Operating expenses		299,153		270,570		28,583			10.6	%
Operating income	$	109,000	$	75,665	$	33,335			44.1	%
Key Metrics & Other Information
Gross billings	$	2,625,749	$	2,271,836	$	353,913			15.6	%
Adjusted EBITDA	$	131,353	$	97,219	$	34,134			35.1	%
Net sales by customer end market:
Telecom, Media & Entertainment	$	502,408	$	371,912	$	130,496			35.1	%
Healthcare		270,481		200,067		70,414			35.2	%
Technology		250,485		251,683		(1,198	)		(0.5	%)
SLED		241,769		245,919		(4,150	)		(1.7	%)
Financial Services		155,160		198,761		(43,601	)		(21.9	%)
All others		312,733		239,612		73,121			30.5	%
Total	$	1,733,036	$	1,507,954	$	225,082			14.9	%
Net sales by type:
Data Center / Cloud	$	581,113	$	516,930	$	64,183			12.4	%
Networking		611,488		510,205		101,283			19.9	%
Security		158,927		155,186		3,741			2.4	%
Collaboration		57,244		47,504		9,740			20.5	%
Other		83,639		75,964		7,675			10.1	%
ePlus services		240,625		202,165		38,460			19.0	%
Total	$	1,733,036	$	1,507,954	$	225,082			14.9	%

37

Net sales: Net sales for the year ended March 31, 2022, increased due to an increase in customer demand, primarily from customers in telecom, media and entertainment and healthcare industries, partially offset by a decrease in net sales to customers in the financial services sector. These changes were driven by growth in product sales in collaboration and networking, and peripherals and artificial intelligence included in the other category, which management, based on its industry knowledge, generally attributed to hybrid work models having become the prominent operating model for most of our customers. Timing of purchases by our existing customers are determined by their buying cycle and the timing of their specific IT related initiatives throughout the year.

Also contributing to the increase in net sales were increases in the cost of equipment we incurred from our suppliers due, in part, to inflation, which we typically pass on to our customers. Service revenues increased due to higher demand for both professional and managed services.

Our net sales by customer end market have remained consistent with the prior year, with over 80% of our sales being generated from customers within the five end markets specified in the table above.

Gross billings to our customers increased due to organic customer demand as well as our acquisition of Systems Management and Planning, Inc. (“SMP”) in December 2020, rather than the acquisition or loss of a specific customer or set of customers.

Cost of sales: The increase in cost of sales for the year ended March 31, 2022, was due to the increase in demand for both product and services. Cost of product increased slightly less than the increase in product sales due to a change in product sales mix, as a greater portion of our transaction volume consisted of sales of third-party maintenance, software assurance, subscription/SaaS licenses, and services, for which the revenues and cost of sales are presented on a net basis. Overall, cost of services increased 19.2%, consistent with the 19.0% increase in sales.

Gross profit: Gross profit increased for the 2022 fiscal year due to the increase in customer demand as well as higher margins. Gross margin in the Technology segment increased 60 basis points to 23.6%. Gross margin on product sales increased 60 basis points to 21.2% due to a shift in product mix to a greater proportion of sales of third-party maintenance, software assurance, subscription/SaaS licenses, and services. Also contributing to the increase in product margins was higher vendor incentives earned, which increased $9.0 million in fiscal year 2022.

Service margin decreased 10 basis points to 38.0% for the year ended March 31, 2022, due to changes in mix of services provided. The service margin decline was comprised of a 90 basis points improvement from managed services, due to ongoing growth and scale in this offering, offset by a 100 basis points decline from professional services due to higher third party costs.

Selling, general, and administrative expenses: Selling, general, and administrative expenses increased for the 2022 fiscal year mainly due to an increase in salaries and benefits.

Salaries and benefits, including variable compensation, increased $24.1 million or 10.9% to $245.9 million, compared to $221.8 million during the prior year, due to $14.2 million of additional variable compensation resulting from the increase in gross profit and $9.9 million due to higher salary and benefits expense. Our technology segment had 1,543 employees as of March 31, 2022, which is an increase of 17, or 1.1%, from 1,526 on March 31, 2021.

General and administrative expenses increased $3.8 million, or 11.2%, to $37.6 million during the year ended March 31, 2022, compared to $33.9 million the prior year. Contributing to the year over year increase in general and administrative expenses were increases in travel and entertainment, and software, subscription, and maintenance expenses of $2.5 million.

Depreciation and amortization expense: Depreciation and amortization expense increased for the year ended March 31, 2022, due to an increase in amortization of customer relationships as a result of the SMP acquisition in December 2020.

Interest and financing costs: Interest and financing costs increased for the year ended March 31, 2022, due to higher borrowings outstanding during the year under our WFCDF Credit Facility.

38

FINANCING SEGMENT

The results of operations for our financing segment for the years ended March 31, 2022, and 2021 were as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,							Percent
	2022		2021		Change			Change
Financial Metrics
Portfolio earnings	$	17,764	$	16,486	$	1,278		7.8	%
Transactional gains		18,181		14,506		3,675		25.3	%
Post-contract earnings		50,495		23,771		26,724		112.4	%
Other		1,543		5,606		(4,063	)	(72.5	%)
Net sales	$	87,983	$	60,369	$	27,614		45.7	%
Cost of sales		35,154		13,050		22,104		169.4	%
Gross profit		52,829		47,319		5,510		11.6	%
Selling, general, and administrative		13,427		15,053		(1,626	)	(10.8	%)
Depreciation and amortization		111		112		(1	)	(0.9	%)
Interest and financing costs		975		1,484		(509	)	(34.3	%)
Operating expenses		14,513		16,649		(2,136	)	(12.8	%)
Operating income	$	38,316	$	30,670	$	7,646		24.9	%
Key Metrics & Other Information
Adjusted EBITDA	$	38,651	$	31,026	$	7,625		24.6	%

Net sales: For the year ended March 31, 2022, net sales increased due to higher post contract earnings and transactional gains, offset slightly by a decrease in other financing revenues. Post-contract revenue increased due to an increase of $22.8 million from proceeds from early lease buyouts and sales of off-lease equipment, as we had a few large customer driven transactions in fiscal year 2022. Portfolio revenue increased due to increases in operating lease income offset by decreased sales-type lease earnings over the prior fiscal year. Other financing revenues decreased due to lower profit recognized from signing new lease extensions with customers where the prior lease was classified as an operating lease and the new modified lease was determined to be a sales-type lease. Transactional gains increased due to higher volume of financing receivables sold. Total proceeds from sales of financing receivables were $855.1 million and $364.0 million for the years ended March 31, 2022, and 2021, respectively.

Cost of sales: Cost of sales for the year ended March 31, 2022, increased due to an increase of $18.2 million in the cost of equipment from early lease buyouts and off-lease equipment and an increase in operating lease depreciation of $3.7 million.

Selling, general, and administrative expenses: Selling, general, and administrative expenses decreased in the 2022 fiscal year due to a reduction in our allowance for credit losses by $1.2 million, and salaries and benefits of $0.6 million. Our financing segment employed 34 people as of March 31, 2022, and 2021. Certain support functions for the financing segment are shared resources with the technology segment.

Interest and financing costs: Interest and financing costs decreased due to lower borrowings during the year. Our total notes payable for the financing segment decreased as of March 31, 2022, to $21.2 million from $56.1 million for the prior year. Our weighted average interest rate for our non-recourse notes payable was 3.59% as of March 31, 2022, compared to 3.35% for March 31, 2021.

CONSOLIDATED

Other income (expense), net: Other income (expense), net during the year ended March 31, 2022, netted to an expense of $0.4 million and included foreign exchange rate loss of $0.5 million. Other income (expense), net during the year ended March 31, 2021, was income of $0.6 million and included foreign exchange rate gain of $0.5 million and interest income of $0.1 million.

Income taxes: Our effective income tax rates for the years ended March 31, 2022, and 2021 were 28.1% and 30.4%, respectively. The decrease in our effective income tax rate year over year is primarily due to prior year unfavorable adjustments to the federal benefit from state taxes and non-deductible executive compensation.

Net earnings: Net earnings were $105.6 million for the year ended March 31, 2022, an increase of 41.9% or $31.2 million as compared to $74.4 million in the prior fiscal year. The net earnings increase was due primarily to the increase in operating profits from our technology segment, and a lower income tax rate in the current year compared to the year ended March 31, 2021.

39

Basic and fully diluted earnings per common share for the year ended March 31, 2022, were $3.96 and $3.93, respectively, and both increased 41.9% over the prior year. Basic and fully diluted earnings per common share were $2.79 and $2.77, respectively, for the year ended March 31, 2021.

Weighted average common shares outstanding used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per common share were 26.6 million and 26.9 million, respectively, for year ended March 31, 2022. Weighted average common shares outstanding used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per common share were 26.7 million and 26.8 million, respectively, for the year ended March 31, 2021.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

LIQUIDITY OVERVIEW

We finance our operations through funds generated from operations and through borrowings. We use those funds to meet our capital requirements, which have historically consisted primarily of working capital for operational needs, capital expenditures, purchases of equipment for lease, payments of principal and interest on indebtedness outstanding, acquisitions and the repurchase of shares of our common stock.

Our borrowings in our technology segment are through our WFCDF Credit Facility. Our borrowings in our financing segment are primarily through secured borrowings that involve transferring all or part of the contractual payments due to us to third-party financing institutions.

We believe that cash on hand and funds generated from operations, together with available credit under our credit facility, will be enough to finance our working capital, capital expenditures, and other requirements for at least the next year.

Our ability to continue to expand, both organically and through acquisitions, is dependent upon our ability to generate enough cash flow from operations or from borrowing or other sources of financing as may be required. While at this time we do not anticipate requiring any additional sources of financing to fund operations, if demand for IT products declines, or if our supply of products is delayed or interrupted, our cash flows from operations may be substantially affected.

CASH FLOWS

The following table summarizes our sources and uses of cash for the years ended March 31, 2023, and 2022 (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2023			2022
Net cash used in operating activities	$	(15,425	)	$	(20,571	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(18,926	)		(1,259	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		(20,950	)		47,176
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash		3,016			470
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents	$	(52,285	)	$	25,816

40

Cash flows from operating activities

We used $15.4 million in operating activities during the year ended March 31, 2023, compared to using $20.6 million during the year ended March 31, 2022. The following table provides a breakdown of operating cash flows by segment for the years ended March 31, 2023, and 2022 (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2023			2022
Technology segment	$	17,157		$	(20,243	)
Financing segment		(32,582	)		(328	)
Net cash used in operating activities	$	(15,425	)	$	(20,571	)

Technology Segment: During the year ended March 31, 2023, our technology segment provided $17.2 million from operating activities primarily due to net earnings and an increase in payables, partially offset by increases in accounts receivables and inventories.

During the year ended March 31, 2022, our technology segment used $20.2 million from operating activities primarily due to increases in working capital, inventories, and accounts receivable, offset by net earnings.

To manage our working capital, we monitor our cash conversion cycle for our technology segment, which is defined as days sales outstanding (“DSO”) in accounts receivable plus days of supply in inventory (“DIO”) minus days of purchases outstanding in accounts payable (“DPO”).

The following table presents the components of the cash conversion cycle for our Technology segment:

	As of March 31,
	2023			2022
(DSO) Days sales outstanding (1)		74			71
(DIO) Days inventory outstanding (2)		38			25
(DPO) Days payable outstanding (3)		(53	)		(46	)
Cash conversion cycle		59			50

(1) Represents the rolling three-month average of the balance of trade accounts receivable-trade, net for our technology segment at the end of the period divided by Gross billings for the same three-month period.

(2) Represents the rolling three-month average of the balance of inventory, net for our technology segment at the end of the period divided by the direct cost of products and services billed to our customers for the same three-month period.

(3) Represents the rolling three-month average of the combined balance of accounts payable-trade and accounts payable-floor plan for our technology segment at the end of the period divided by the direct cost of products and services billed to our customers for the same three-month period.

Our standard payment term for customers is between 30-60 days; however, certain customers or orders may be approved for extended payment terms. Our DSOs for the quarters ended March 31, 2023, and 2022 were greater than our standard payment terms primarily due to a significant proportion of sales in those quarters to customers with payment terms greater than or equal to net 60 days. Invoices processed through our credit facility, or the A/P-floor plan balance, are typically paid within 45-60 days from the invoice date, while A/P trade invoices are typically paid within 30 days from the invoice date.

Our cash conversion cycle increased to 59 days for March 31, 2023, compared to 50 days for March 31, 2022, as DIO increased by 13 days, DPO increased by 7 days, and DSO increased by 3 days from March 31, 2022, to March 2023.

Inventory, which represents equipment ordered by customers but not yet delivered, increased 56.9% to $243.3 million as of March 31, 2023, up from $155.1 million as of March 31, 2022, partially due to ongoing projects with customers. Accounts receivable—trade, net increased by 17.1% to $504.1 million as of March 31, 2023, up from $430.4 million as of March 31, 2022, primarily due to a 17.6% increase in Gross billings to $733.1 million in the fourth quarter as compared to $623.6 million in the prior fiscal year. The increase in days payable outstanding is driven by our growth in sales volume.

Financing Segment: During the year ended March 31, 2023, our financing segment used $32.6 million in operating activities, primarily due to changes in financing receivables and deferred costs, partially offset by net earnings.

During the year ended March 31, 2022, our financing segment used $0.3 million from operating activities, primarily due to the issuance of new financing receivables.

41

Cash flows related to investing activities

During the year ended March 31, 2023, we used $18.9 million in investing activities, consisting of $9.4 million for purchases of property, equipment, and operating lease equipment and $13.3 million to acquire Future Com, Ltd., partially offset by $3.7 million of proceeds from the sale of operating lease equipment.

During the year ended March 31, 2022, we used $1.3 million from investing activities, consisting of $23.2 million for purchases of property, equipment, and operating lease equipment, partially offset by $21.9 million of proceeds from the sale of property, equipment, and operating lease equipment.

Cash flows from financing activities

During the year ended March 31, 2023, we used $21.0 million in financing activities. We had net repayments of notes payable and borrowings on our credit facility in our technology segment of $7.1 million, offset by net borrowings of non-recourse and recourse notes payable of $4.1 million by our financing segment. Additionally, we had cash inflows of $10.7 million from net borrowings on the floor plan facility and cash outflows of $7.2 million from the repurchase of common stock.

During the year ended March 31, 2022, financing activities provided $47.2 million. We had net repayments of notes payable in our technology segment of $6.7 million, offset by net borrowings of non-recourse and recourse notes payable of $20.8 million by our financing segment. Additionally, we had cash inflows of $46.7 million from net borrowings on the floor plan facility and cash outflows of $13.6 million from the repurchase of common stock.

Our borrowing of non-recourse and recourse notes payable primarily arises from our financing segment when we transfer contractual payments due to us under financing agreements to third-party financial institutions. When the transfers do not meet the requirements for a sale, the proceeds paid to us represent borrowings of non-recourse and recourse notes payable.

Non-Cash Activities

We transfer contractual payments due to us under lease and financing agreements to third-party financial institutions. In certain assignment agreements, we may direct the third-party financial institution to pay some of the proceeds from the assignment directly to the vendor or vendors that have supplied the assets being leased or financed. In these situations, the portion of the proceeds paid directly to our vendors are non-cash transactions.

SECURED BORROWINGS – FINANCING SEGMENT

We may finance all or most of the cost of the assets that we finance for customers by transferring all or part of the contractual payments due to us to third-party financial institutions. When we account for the transfer as a secured borrowing, we recognize the proceeds as either recourse or non-recourse notes payable. Our customers are responsible for repaying the debt from a secured borrowing. The lender typically secures a lien on the financed assets at the time the financial assets are transferred and releases it upon collecting all the transferred payments. We are not liable for the repayment of non-recourse loans unless we breach our representations and warranties in the loan agreements. The lender assumes the credit risk and its only recourse, upon default by the customer, is against the customer and the specific equipment under lease. While we expect that the credit quality of our financing arrangements and our residual return history will continue to allow us to obtain such financing, such financing may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Interest rates have been rising and may continue to rise. To preserve our expected internal rate of return, we generally quote rates that are indexed. Some of our lenders will not commit to rates for a length of time, resulting in exposure to us if the rates rise and we cannot pass such exposure to the customer.

CREDIT FACILITY – TECHNOLOGY SEGMENT

We finance the operations of our subsidiaries ePlus Technology, inc., ePlus Technology Services, inc. and SLAIT Consulting, LLC (collectively, the “Borrowers”) in our technology segment through a credit facility with WFCDF. The WFCDF Credit Facility has a floor plan facility and a revolving credit facility.

Please refer to Note 9, “Notes Payable and Credit Facility” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information concerning our WFCDF Credit Facility.

42

The loss of the WFCDF Credit Facility could have a material adverse effect on our future results as we currently rely on this facility and its components for daily working capital and liquidity for our technology segment and as an operational function of our accounts payable process.

Floor plan facility

We finance most purchases of products for sale to our customers through the floor plan facility. Once our customers place a purchase order with us and we have approved their credit, we place an order for the desired products with one of our vendors. Our vendors are generally paid by the floor plan facility and our liability is reflected in “accounts payable—floor plan” in our consolidated balance sheets.

Most customer payments to us are remitted to our lockbox accounts. Once payments are cleared, the monies in the lockbox accounts are automatically and daily transferred to our operating account. We pay down the floor plan facility on three specified dates each month, generally 30-60 days from the invoice date. Our borrowings and repayments under the floor plan component are included in “net borrowings (repayments) on floor plan facility” within cash flows from the financing activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows.

As of March 31, 2023, we had a maximum credit limit of $500.0 million, and an outstanding balance on the floor plan of $134.6 million. As of March 31, 2022, we had a maximum credit limit of $375.0 million, and the outstanding balance on the floor plan facility was $145.3 million. On our balance sheet, our liability under the floor plan facility is presented as part of accounts payable – floor plan.

Revolving credit facility

The outstanding balance under the revolving credit facility is presented as part of recourse notes payable- current on our consolidated balance sheets. Our borrowings and repayments under the revolving credit facility are included in “borrowings of non-recourse and recourse notes payable” and “repayments of non-recourse and recourse notes payable,” respectively, within cash flows from the financing activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows.

As of March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022, we did not have any outstanding balance under the revolving credit facility. The maximum credit limit under this facility was $200.0 million as of March 31, 2023, compared to $100.0 million as of March 31, 2022.

PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES

In the normal course of business, we may provide certain customers with performance guarantees, which are generally backed by surety bonds. In general, we would only be liable for these guarantees in the event of default in the performance of our obligations. We are in compliance with the performance obligations under all service contracts for which there is a performance guarantee, and we believe that any liability incurred in connection with these guarantees would not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated statements of operations.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

As part of our ongoing business, we do not participate in transactions that generate relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. As of March 31, 2023, and 2022, we were not involved in any unconsolidated special purpose entity transactions.

ADEQUACY OF CAPITAL RESOURCES

The continued implementation of our business strategy will require a significant investment in both resources and managerial focus. In addition, we may selectively acquire other companies that have attractive customer relationships and skilled sales and/or engineering forces. We may also open facilities in new geographic areas, which may require a significant investment of cash. We may also acquire technology companies to expand and enhance our geographic footprint, or the platform of bundled solutions to provide additional functionality and value-added services. We may require additional capital due to increases in inventory to accommodate our customers’ IT installation schedules. We may continue to use our internally generated funds to finance investments in leased assets or investments in notes receivable due from our customers. These actions may result in increased working capital needs as the business expands. As a result, we may require additional financing to fund our strategy, implementation, potential future acquisitions, and working capital needs, which may include additional debt and equity financing. While the future is uncertain, we do not believe our WFCDF Credit Facility will be terminated by WFCDF or us. Additionally, while our lending partners in our financing segment have become more discerning in their approval processes, we currently have funding resources available for our transactions.

43

POTENTIAL FLUCTUATIONS IN QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS

Our future quarterly operating results and the market price of our common stock may fluctuate. In the event our revenues or earnings for any quarter are less than the level expected by securities analysts or the market in general, such shortfall could have an immediate and significant adverse impact on the market price of our common stock. Any such adverse impact could be greater if any such shortfall occurs near the time of any material decrease in any widely followed stock index or in the market price of the stock of one or more public equipment leasing and financing companies, IT resellers, software competitors, major customers, or vendors of ours.

Our quarterly results of operations are susceptible to fluctuations for a number of reasons, including, but not limited to currency fluctuations, reduction in IT spending, shortages of product from our vendors due to material shortages, any reduction of expected residual values related to the equipment under our leases, the timing and mix of specific transactions, the reduction of manufacturer incentive programs, and other factors. Quarterly operating results could also fluctuate as a result of our sale of equipment in our lease portfolio to a lessee or third-party at the expiration of a lease term or prior to such expiration, and the transfer of financial assets. Sales of equipment and transfers of financial assets may have the effect of increasing revenues and net income during the quarter in which the sale occurs and reducing revenues and net income otherwise expected in subsequent quarters.

We believe that comparisons of quarterly results of our operations are not necessarily meaningful and that results for one quarter should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance.

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

Our material contractual obligations consist of payments on recourse and non-recourse notes payable and lease liabilities. Please refer to Note 5, “Lessee Accounting” and Note 9, “Notes Payable and Credit Facility” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding the maturities of these obligations. Additionally, we have contractual obligations of $10.5 million over the next 4 years for certain hosted software and data center services.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with US GAAP. Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1, “Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The accounting policies described below are significantly affected by critical accounting estimates. Such accounting policies require significant judgments, assumptions, and estimates, and actual results could differ materially from the amounts reported based on these policies.

REVENUE RECOGNITION — When we enter into contracts with customers, we are required to identify the performance obligations in the contract. We recognize most of our revenues from the sales of third-party products, third-party software, third-party maintenance, software support, and services, ePlus professional and managed services, and hosting ePlus proprietary software. Our recognition of revenue differs for each of these distinct types of performance obligations and identifying each performance obligation appropriately may require judgment.

When a contract contains multiple distinct performance obligations, we allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price. We determine standalone selling prices using expected cost-plus margin. When we finance sales of third-party software and third-party maintenance, software support, and services, we reduce the transaction price by the financing component.

We recognize revenue from sales of third-party products and third-party software at the point in time that control passes to the customer, which is typically upon delivery of the product to the customer. We perform an analysis to estimate the amount of sales in-transit at the end of the period and adjust revenue and the related costs to reflect only what has been delivered to the customer. This analysis is based upon an analysis of current quarter and historical delivery dates.

We recognize revenue from sales of third-party maintenance, software support, and services when our customer and vendor accept the terms and conditions of the arrangement. On occasion, judgment is required to determine this point in time.

44

We provide ePlus professional services under both time and materials and fixed price contracts. When services are provided on a time and materials basis, we recognize sales at agreed-upon billing rates as services are performed. When services are provided on a fixed fee basis, we recognize sales over time in proportion to our progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation. Using this method requires a determination of the appropriate input or output method to measure progress. We most often measure progress based on costs incurred in proportion to total estimated costs, commonly referred to as the “cost-to-cost” method. When using this method, significant judgment may be required to estimate the total costs to complete the performance obligation. We typically recognize sales of ePlus managed services on a straight-line basis over the period services are provided.

We recognize financing revenues from our investments in leases and notes receivable. We recognize interest income on our notes-receivable using the effective interest method.

We classify our leases as either sales-type leases or operating leases. For sales-type leases, upon lease commencement, we recognize the present value of the lease payments and the residual asset discounted using the rate implicit in the lease. When we are financing equipment provided by another dealer, we typically do not have any selling profit or loss arising from the lease. When we are the dealer of the equipment being leased, we typically recognize revenue in the amount of the lease receivable and cost of sales in the amount of the carrying value of the underlying asset minus the unguaranteed residual asset. We may need to use judgment to determine the fair value of the equipment. After the commencement date, we recognize interest income as part of net sales using the effective interest method. For operating leases, we recognize the underlying asset as an operating lease asset. We depreciate the asset on a straight-line basis to its estimated residual value over its estimated useful life. We recognize the lease payments over the lease term on a straight-line basis as part of net sales.

We account for the transfer of financial assets as sales or secured borrowings. When a transfer meets all the requirements for sale accounting, we derecognize the financial asset and record a net gain or loss that is included in net sales. We utilize qualified attorneys to provide a true-sale-at-law opinion to support the conclusion that transferred financial assets have been legally isolated.

RESIDUAL ASSETS — Our estimate for the residual asset in a lease is the amount we expect to derive from the underlying asset following the end of the lease term. Our estimates vary, both in amount and as a percentage of the original equipment cost, and depend upon several factors, including the equipment type, vendor’s discount, market conditions, lease term, equipment supply and demand, and new product announcements by vendors. We evaluate residual values for impairment on a quarterly basis. We do not recognize upward adjustments due to changes in estimates of residual values.

GOODWILL — We test goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, as of October 1, and between annual tests if an event occurs, or circumstances change, that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. Goodwill is tested for impairment at a level of reporting referred to as a reporting unit.

In a qualitative assessment, we assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not (that is, a likelihood of more than 50 percent) that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill. A significant amount of judgment is involved in determining if an event representing an indicator of impairment has occurred between annual test dates. Such indicators may include: a significant decline in expected future cash flows; a sustained, significant decline in stock price and market capitalization; a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate; unanticipated competition; the testing for recoverability of a significant asset group within a reporting unit; and reductions in revenue or profitability growth rates.

In the quantitative impairment test, we compare the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. We estimate the fair value of each reporting unit using a combination of the income approach and market approaches.

The income approach incorporates the use of a discounted cash flow method in which the estimated future cash flows and terminal values for each reporting unit are discounted to a present value using a discount rate. Cash flow projections are based on management’s estimates of economic and market conditions which drive key assumptions of revenue growth rates, operating margins, capital expenditures and working capital requirements. The discount rate in turn is based on the specific risk characteristics of each reporting unit, the weighted average cost of capital and its underlying forecast.

The market approach estimates fair value by applying performance metric multiples to the reporting unit’s prior and expected operating performance. The multiples are derived from comparable publicly traded companies with similar operating and investment characteristics as the reporting unit.

45

The fair values determined by the market approach and income approach, as described above, are weighted to determine the fair value for each reporting unit. Although we have consistently used the same methods in developing the assumptions and estimates underlying the fair value calculations, such estimates are uncertain and may vary from actual results.

VENDOR CONSIDERATION — We receive payments and credits from vendors and distributors, including consideration pursuant to volume incentive programs, and shared marketing expense programs. Many of these programs extend over one or more quarters’ sales activities. Different programs have different vendor/program specific goals to achieve. We recognize the rebates pursuant to volume incentive programs, when the rebate is probable and reasonably estimable, based on a systematic and rational allocation of the cash consideration offered to each of the underlying transactions that results in our progress towards earning the rebate. Should our actual performance be different from our estimates, we may be required to adjust our receivables.

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES — We maintain an allowance for credit losses related to our accounts receivable and financing receivables. We record an expense in the amount necessary to adjust the allowance for credit losses to our current estimate of expected credit losses on financial assets. We estimate expected credit losses based on our internal rating of the customer’s credit quality, our historical credit losses, current economic conditions, and other relevant factors. Prior to providing credit, we assign an internal rating for each customer’s credit quality based on the customer’s financial status, rating agency reports and other financial information. We review our internal ratings for each customer at least annually or when there is an indicator of a change in credit quality, such as a delinquency or bankruptcy. We write off financing receivables when we deem them to be uncollectable. As of March 31, 2023, we estimated lower expected credit loss rates related to both our accounts receivable and financing receivables as compared to March 31, 2022.

INCOME TAXES — We make certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement reporting purposes. These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of certain tax assets and liabilities, which principally arise from differences in the timing of recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial statement reporting purposes. We also must analyze income tax reserves, as well as determine the likelihood of recoverability of deferred tax assets and adjust any valuation allowances accordingly.

Considerations with respect to the recoverability of deferred tax assets include the period of expiration of the tax asset, planned use of the tax asset, and historical and projected taxable income as well as tax liabilities for the tax jurisdiction to which the tax asset relates. Valuation allowances are evaluated periodically and will be subject to change in each future reporting period as a result of changes in one or more of these factors. The calculation of our tax liabilities also involves considering uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. We recognize liabilities for uncertain income tax positions based on our estimate of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes will be required.

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS — We account for business combinations using the acquisition method. For each acquisition, we recognize most assets acquired, and liabilities assumed at their fair values at the acquisition date. Our valuations of certain assets acquired, including customer relationships and trade names, and certain liabilities assumed, involve significant judgment and estimation. Additionally, our determination of the purchase price may include an estimate for the fair value of contingent consideration. We utilize independent valuation specialists to assist us in determining the fair value of certain assets and liabilities. Our valuations utilize significant estimates, such as forecasted revenues and profits. Changes in our estimates could significantly impact the value of certain assets and liabilities.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Please refer to Note 2, “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Our financial position is exposed to a variety of risks, including interest rate risks and foreign currency. Additionally, we have seen an increase in these risks and related uncertainties with increased volatility in the financial markets in the current environment with supply chain shortages.

46

INTEREST RATE RISK

Although a substantial portion of our liabilities are non-recourse, fixed-interest-rate instruments, we utilize our lines of credit and other financing facilities which are subject to fluctuations in short-term interest rates. These non-recourse instruments, which are denominated in US dollars, were entered for other than trading purposes and, except for amounts drawn under the WFCDF Credit Facility, bear interest at a fixed rate. Because the interest rate on these instruments is fixed, changes in interest rates will not directly impact our cash flows. Our financing transactions are funded with our cash flows, not debt, and may be subject to interest rate risk. If the market interest rate exceeds our internal rate of return, we may not fund the transaction to obtain the proceeds. Borrowings under the WFCDF Credit Facility bear interest at a market-based variable rate.

FOREIGN CURRENCY RISK

We have transactions in foreign currencies, primarily in British Pounds, Euros, and Indian Rupees. There is a potential for exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency rates resulting primarily from the translation exposure associated with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. In addition, we have foreign currency exposure when transactions are not denominated in our subsidiary’s functional currency. To date, our foreign operations are insignificant in relation to total consolidated operations, and we believe that potential fluctuations in currency exchange rates will not have a material effect on our financial position.

We lease assets in foreign countries, including Canada, the UK, and several other European countries. As a lessor, we lease assets for amounts denominated in British Pounds, Euros, and Canadian dollars. As our foreign operations have been smaller compared to our domestic operations, we believe that potential fluctuations in currency exchange rates will not have a material effect on our financial position.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

See the consolidated financial statements and schedules listed in the accompanying “Index to Financial Statements and Schedules.”

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

EVALUATION OF DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

The Company’s management, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), has evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, or “disclosure controls”, as of the end of the period covered by this report as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e). Disclosure controls are controls and procedures designed to reasonably ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Exchange Act, such as this Form 10-K annual report, is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our CEO and CFO, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Our disclosure controls include some, but not all, components of our internal control over financial reporting.

Based on the evaluation described above, the CEO and CFO concluded that disclosure controls and procedures as of March 31, 2023, were effective in ensuring information required to be disclosed in our SEC reports was recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information was accumulated and communicated to our management, including our CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). This system is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

47

Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect our transactions and dispositions of our assets; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Our management performed an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2023, utilizing the criteria described in the “Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013)” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). The objective of this assessment was to determine whether our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 31, 2023.

Management’s assessment included evaluation of such elements as the design and operating effectiveness of key financial reporting controls, process documentation, accounting policies, and our overall control environment. Based on this assessment, management determined that, as of March 31, 2023, the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting.

Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, who audited the consolidated financial statements of the Company included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has also audited the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as stated in its report appearing on page F-5.

CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

There have not been any changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that occurred during the quarter ended March 31, 2023, which have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

LIMITATIONS ON THE EFFECTIVENESS OF CONTROLS

Our management, including our CEO and CFO, does not expect that our disclosure controls or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system cannot provide absolute assurance due to its inherent limitations; it is a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. A control system also can be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of such limitations, disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting cannot prevent or detect all misstatements, whether unintentional errors or fraud. However, these inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process; therefore, it is possible to design into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS

None.

PART III

Except as set forth below, the information required by Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 is incorporated by reference from our definitive 2023 Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the close of our fiscal year.

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Information about our directors may be found under the caption “Proposal 1 – Election of Directors” in our Proxy Statement for the 2023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”). The information in the 2023 Proxy Statement set forth under the captions of “Corporate Governance – Code of Conduct” and “Board Committees” is incorporated herein by reference.

The information under the heading “Executive Officers” in Item 1 of this report is incorporated in this section by reference.

48

CODE OF ETHICS

We have a code of ethics that applies to all of our employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and our Board. The Code of Conduct is available on our website at www.eplus.com/investors/corporate-governance-legal/code-of-conduct. We will disclose on our website any amendments to or waivers from any provision of the Code of Conduct that applies to any of the directors or executive officers.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information in the 2023 Proxy Statement set forth under the captions “Director Compensation,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “2023 Executive Compensation,” and “Corporate Governance – Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information in the 2023 Proxy Statement set forth under the captions “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and “Stock Ownership” is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information in the 2023 Proxy Statement set forth under the caption “Corporate Governance - Related Person Transactions” and “Independence of Our Board of Directors” is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information in the 2023 Proxy Statement set forth under the caption “Proposal 3 – Ratification of the Selection of Deloitte & Touche LLP as our Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for our Fiscal Year Ending March 31, 2023” is incorporated herein by reference.

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)(1) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying Index to Financial Statements and Schedules are filed as a part of this report and incorporated herein by reference.

(a)(2) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

See “Financial Statement Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts” on page S-1.

(a)(3) EXHIBIT LIST

Exhibits 10.2 through 10.12 are management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements.

Exhibit No.	Exhibit Description
3.1	ePlus inc. Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as last amended November 9, 2021 (filed herewith).
3.2	Amended and Restated Bylaws of ePlus inc., as of March 2, 2022. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2022).
4.1	Specimen Certificate of Common Stock (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-11737) originally filed on September 11, 1996).

49

4.2	Description of ePlus inc.’s securities registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2022).
10.1	Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into by and between ePlus and its directors and officers (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 23, 2016).
10.2	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective September 6, 2017, by and between ePlus inc. and Mark P. Marron (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 2017).
10.3	Amendment #1, effective July 16, 2018, to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective September 6, 2017, by and between ePlus inc. and Mark P. Marron (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 18, 2018).
10.4	Amendment #2, effective November 14, 2019, to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective September 6, 2017, by and between ePlus inc. and Mark P. Marron (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 2019).
10.5	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective September 6, 2017, by and between ePlus inc. and Elaine D. Marion (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 2017).
10.6	Amendment #1, effective November 14, 2019, to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective September 6, 2017, by and between ePlus inc. and Elaine D. Marion (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 2019).
10.7	Employment Agreement, effective May 7, 2018, by and between ePlus inc. and Darren S. Raiguel. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 9, 2018).
10.8	Amendment No. 1, effective November 14, 2019, to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective May 7, 2018, by and between ePlus inc. and Darren S Raiguel. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to our Current Report on Form 10-Q filed on February 6, 2020).
10.9	ePlus inc. 2017 Non-Employee Director Long-Term Incentive Plan (updated to reflect the stock split effected December 13, 2021) as amended (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to our Current Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 2021).
10.10	ePlus inc. 2012 Employee Long-term Incentive Plan (updated to reflect stock split effected March 31, 2017) (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017).
10.11	ePlus inc. Cash Incentive Plan, effective April 1, 2018, (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 18, 2018).
10.12	ePlus 2021 Employee Long-Term Incentive Plan (updated to reflect the stock split effected December 13, 2021) as amended (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 2021).
10.13	ePlus inc. 2022 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 20, 2022).
10.14	First Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 13, 2021, by and among ePlus Technology, inc., ePlus Technology Services, inc., SLAIT Consulting, LLC, certain of ePlus inc. subsidiaries as guarantors, Wells Fargo Commercial Distribution Finance, LLC as administrative agent and the Lenders party thereto (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report in Form 8-K filed on October 19, 2021). *

50

10.15	Guaranty and Security Agreement, dated as of October 13, 2021, by and among ePlus Technology, inc., ePlus Technology Services, inc., SLAIT Consulting, LLC, certain future subsidiaries of ePlus inc., as guarantors, Wells Fargo Commercial Distribution Finance, LLC as administrative agent for the benefit of Secured Parties (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 19, 2021). *
10.16	First Amended and Restated Collateralized Guaranty, dated as of October 13, 2021, by and among ePlus Group, inc. and Wells Fargo Commercial Distribution Finance, LLC as agent for the benefit of Secured Parties (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 19, 2021). *
10.17	First Amended and Restated Limited Guaranty, dated as of October 13, 2021, by and between ePlus inc. and Wells Fargo Commercial Distribution Finance, LLC as agent for the benefit of Secured Parties (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 19, 2021). *
10.18	First Amendment to First Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2022, by and among ePlus Technology, inc., ePlus Technology Services inc., SLAIT Consulting, LLC, certain of ePlus inc. subsidiaries as guarantors, Wells Fargo Commercial Distribution Finance, LLC as administrative agent and the Lenders party thereto. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2022, filed on November 3, 2022).*
10.19	Second Amendment to First Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2023, by and among ePlus Technology, inc., ePlus Technology Services inc., SLAIT Consulting, LLC, certain of ePlus inc. subsidiaries as guarantors, Wells Fargo Commercial Distribution Finance, LLC as administrative agent and the Lenders party thereto. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 14, 2023). *
21	Subsidiaries of ePlus inc. (filed herewith).
23	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. (filed herewith).
31.1	Certification of the Chief Executive Officer of ePlus inc. pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a). (filed herewith).
31.2	Certification of the Chief Financial Officer of ePlus inc. pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a). (filed herewith).
32	Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of ePlus inc. pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 (furnished herewith).
101.INS	Inline XBRL Instance Document (the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document)
101.SCH	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
104	Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Exhibit 101 Inline XBRL document)

* Certain schedules and exhibits have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K. The registrant agrees to furnish a copy of any omitted schedule or exhibit to the SEC upon request; provided, however, that the registrant may request confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Exchange Act for any document so furnished.

51

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None.

52

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

ePlus inc.

/s/ MARK P. MARRON

By: Mark P. Marron

Chief Executive Officer and President

Date: May 24, 2023

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

/s/ MARK P. MARRON

By: Mark P. Marron

Chief Executive Officer, President, and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

Date: May 24, 2023

/s/ ELAINE D. MARION

By: Elaine D. Marion, Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

Date: May 24, 2023

/s/ RENEE BERGERON

By: Renée Bergeron, Director

Date: May 24, 2023

/s/ BRUCE M. BOWEN

By: Bruce M. Bowen, Director

Date: May 24, 2023

/s/ JOHN E. CALLIES

By: John E. Callies, Director

Date: May 24, 2023

/s/ C. THOMAS FAULDERS, III

By: C. Thomas Faulders, III, Chairman

Date: May 24, 2023

/s/ ERIC D. HOVDE

By: Eric D. Hovde, Director

Date: May 24, 2023

/s/ IRA A. HUNT

By: Ira A. Hunt, Director

Date: May 24, 2023

/s/ MAUREEN F. MORRISON

By: Maureen F. Morrison

Date: May 24, 2023

/s/ BEN XIANG

By: Ben Xiang, Director

Date: May 24, 2023

53

ePlus inc. AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES

	PAGE
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Deloitte & Touche LLP (PCAOB ID 34)	F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2023 and 2022	F-6
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended March 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021	F-7
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended March 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021	F-8
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021	F-9
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended March 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021	F-11
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	F-12

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

ePlus inc.

Herndon, Virginia

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ePlus inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of March 31, 2023, and 2022, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2023, and the related notes and the schedule listed in the Index at Item 15 (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of March 31, 2023, and 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2023, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated May 24, 2023, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Revenue Recognition – Gross Versus Net Recognition of Sales of Third-Party Software – Refer to Note 1 to the financial statements

Critical Audit Matter Description

The Company is typically the principal in sales of third-party software. Sales are recognized on a gross basis with the selling price to the customer recorded as sales and the acquisition cost of the product recognized as cost of sales. The Company recognizes revenue from these sales at the point in time that control passes to the customer, which is typically upon delivery of the software to the customer. The Company is also the agent in sales of third-party maintenance, software support, and services as the third-party controls the service until it is transferred to the customer. Similarly, the Company is the agent in sales of third-party software and accompanying third-party support when the third-party software benefits the customer only in conjunction with the accompanying support. In these sales, the Company considers the third-party software and support as inputs to a single performance obligation. In all these sales where the Company is the agent, the Company recognizes sales on a net basis at the point that its customer and vendor accept the terms and conditions of the arrangement.

F-2

Auditing the Company’s determination of gross or net recognition of third-party software and support sales involved a high degree of subjectivity as it required the evaluation of whether the third-party software benefits the customer only in conjunction with the accompanying support. When the support is determined to be critical or essential to the software, the transaction is viewed as one combined performance obligation, and revenue is recognized net of related costs.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our audit procedures related to management’s conclusion related to the recognition of sales of third-party software included the following, among others:

• We tested the design and operating effectiveness of management’s controls over the determination of gross or net recognition of third-party software and support sales.

• For a selection of contracts, we performed the following procedures:

– Inspected the customer invoice and purchase order to determine whether the sale represented a valid transaction with a customer.

– Compared the cost per the Company’s records to the cost per the vendor invoice.

– Evaluated the sale to determine whether it constituted a single or multiple performance obligation(s) through inspection of the customer invoice, purchase order, and information on vendor websites accessed through third-party search engines.

– Evaluated the sale to determine whether there was accompanying third-party support related to the software, and whether the support was separately identifiable or essential to the functionality of the software through inspection of customer invoices, purchase orders, information on vendor websites accessed through third-party search engines and inquiries with management, as necessary.

Transfers of Financial Assets – Refer to Note 4 to the financial statements

Critical Audit Matter Description

The Company enters into arrangements to transfer the contractual payments due under financing receivables and operating lease agreements, which are accounted for in accordance with Codification Topic 860. These transfers are accounted for as either a sale or as a pledge of collateral in a secured borrowing. For transfers accounted for as a secured borrowing, the corresponding investments serve as collateral for non-recourse notes payable. For transfers accounted for as sales, the Company derecognizes the carrying value of the asset transferred plus any liability and recognizes a net gain or loss on the sale, which are presented within net sales in the consolidated statement of operations.

Auditing the Company’s determination of whether the transfer should be accounted for as a secured borrowing or a sale involved a high degree of subjectivity. This subjectivity stems from management’s assessment of whether the transferred assets have been isolated from the transferor.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our audit procedures related to management’s conclusion related to the transfer of financial assets included the following, among others:

• We tested the design and operating effectiveness of management’s controls over the transfer of financial assets, including management’s controls over the evaluation of the terms of loan documents and accompanying investor data, assignment agreements, and the calculation of the gain or loss.

F-3

• For a selection of transactions, we evaluated the Company’s determination of sale or secured borrowing, by evaluating, among other factors, if the transferred assets have been isolated from the Company. Specifically, we performed the following procedures:

– Obtained the executed transfer agreement and evaluated whether the Company:

■ Assigned its rights, titles, interests, estates, claims, and demands to the third-party assignee.

■ Retained any rights with respect to the payments assigned to the third-party assignee or had been appropriately isolated from the assets. We evaluated opinions from outside legal counsel, when applicable.

– Obtained and inspected the cash proceeds support from the transfer and compared the cash received to the selling price.

– Tested the mathematical accuracy of management’s calculation of the gain or loss based on the cash proceeds and the receivable balance as of date of sale.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

McLean, Virginia

May 24, 2023

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1990.

F-4

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

ePlus inc.

Herndon, Virginia

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of ePlus inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of March 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended March 31, 2023, of the Company and our report dated May 24, 2023, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

McLean, Virginia

May 24, 2023

F-5

ePlus inc. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

	March 31, 2023			March 31, 2022
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	103,093		$	155,378
Accounts receivable—trade, net		504,122			430,380
Accounts receivable—other, net		55,508			48,673
Inventories		243,286			155,060
Financing receivables—net, current		89,829			61,492
Deferred costs		44,191			32,555
Other current assets		55,101			13,944
Total current assets		1,095,130			897,482
Financing receivables and operating leases—net		84,417			64,292
Deferred tax asset		3,682			5,050
Property, equipment, and other assets		70,447			45,586
Goodwill		136,105			126,543
Other intangible assets—net		25,045			27,250
TOTAL ASSETS	$	1,414,826		$	1,166,203
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
LIABILITIES
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	220,159		$	136,161
Accounts payable—floor plan		134,615			145,323
Salaries and commissions payable		37,336			39,602
Deferred revenue		114,028			86,469
Recourse notes payable—current		5,997			7,316
Non-recourse notes payable—current		24,819			17,070
Other current liabilities		24,372			28,095
Total current liabilities		561,326			460,036
Recourse notes payable - long-term		-			5,792
Non-recourse notes payable - long-term		9,522			4,108
Deferred tax liability		715			-
Other liabilities		60,998			35,529
TOTAL LIABILITIES		632,561			505,465
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES  (Note 10)
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Preferred stock, $0.01 per share par value; 2,000 shares authorized; none outstanding		-			-
Common stock, $0.01 per share par value; 50,000 shares authorized; 26,905 outstanding at March 31, 2023 and 26,886 outstanding at March 31, 2022		272			270
Additional paid-in capital		167,303			159,480
Treasury stock, at cost, 261 shares at March 31, 2023 and 130 shares at March 31, 2022		(14,080	)		(6,734	)
Retained earnings		627,202			507,846
Accumulated other comprehensive income—foreign currency translation adjustment		1,568			(124	)
Total Stockholders’ Equity		782,265			660,738
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY	$	1,414,826		$	1,166,203

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-6

ePlus inc. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

	Year Ended March 31,
	2023			2022			2021
Net sales
Product	$	1,803,275		$	1,580,394		$	1,366,158
Services		264,443			240,625			202,165
Total		2,067,718			1,821,019			1,568,323
Cost of sales
Product		1,379,500			1,210,943			1,049,677
Services		170,694			149,094			125,092
Total		1,550,194			1,360,037			1,174,769
Gross profit		517,524			460,982			393,554
Selling, general, and administrative		333,520			297,117			271,263
Depreciation and amortization		13,709			14,646			13,951
Interest and financing costs		4,133			1,903			2,005
Operating expenses		351,362			313,666			287,219
Operating income		166,162			147,316			106,335
Other income (expense), net		(3,188	)		(432	)		571
Earnings before tax		162,974			146,884			106,906
Provision for income taxes		43,618			41,284			32,509
Net earnings	$	119,356		$	105,600		$	74,397
Net earnings per common share—basic	$	4.49		$	3.96		$	2.79
Net earnings per common share—diluted	$	4.48		$	3.93		$	2.77
Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic		26,569			26,638			26,674
Weighted average common shares outstanding—diluted		26,654			26,866			26,834

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-7

ePlus inc. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in thousands)

	Year Ended March 31,
	2023		2022			2021
NET EARNINGS	$	119,356	$	105,600		$	74,397
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME, NET OF TAX:
Foreign currency translation adjustments		1,692		(779	)		1,646
Other comprehensive income (loss)		1,692		(779	)		1,646
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME	$	121,048	$	104,821		$	76,043

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-8

ePlus inc. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

	Year Ended March 31,
	2023			2022			2021
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net earnings	$	119,356		$	105,600		$	74,397
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		18,589			24,305			19,991
Provision for credit losses		666			(102	)		1,436
Share-based compensation expense		7,825			7,114			7,169
Deferred taxes		2,083			(3,581	)		(4,198	)
Payments from lessees directly to lenders—operating leases		-			(32	)		(34	)
Gain on disposal of property, equipment, and operating lease equipment		(3,479	)		(4,136	)		(2,742	)
Changes in:
Accounts receivable		(78,679	)		(50,803	)		(5,056	)
Inventories-net		(88,097	)		(85,453	)		(16,798	)
Financing receivables—net		(41,015	)		8,832			(42,104	)
Deferred costs and other assets		(73,980	)		(10,560	)		(16,503	)
Accounts payable-trade		75,270			(25,187	)		76,772
Salaries and commissions payable, deferred revenue, and other liabilities		46,036			13,432			37,177
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		(15,425	)		(20,571	)		129,507
Cash flows from investing activities:
Proceeds from sale of property, equipment, and operating lease equipment		3,742			21,923			2,791
Purchases of property, equipment and operating lease equipment		(9,380	)		(23,182	)		(11,513	)
Cash used in acquisitions, net of cash acquired		(13,288	)		-			(27,034	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(18,926	)		(1,259	)		(35,756	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Borrowings of non-recourse and recourse notes payable		193,051			114,105			66,403
Repayments of non-recourse and recourse notes payable		(196,069	)		(99,991	)		(74,328	)
Repurchase of common stock		(7,224	)		(13,608	)		(6,948	)
Repayments of financing of acquisitions		-			-			(556	)
Net borrowings (repayments) on floor plan facility		(10,708	)		46,670			(34,373	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		(20,950	)		47,176			(49,802	)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash		3,016			470			(618	)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		(52,285	)		25,816			43,331
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period		155,378			129,562			86,231
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period	$	103,093		$	155,378		$	129,562

F-9

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS - continued

(in thousands)

	Year Ended March 31,
	2023			2022			2021
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest	$	4,065		$	1,714		$	1,436
Cash paid for income taxes	$	51,984		$	47,143		$	31,690
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities	$	4,610		$	4,653		$	5,780
Schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities:
Proceeds from sale of property, equipment, and leased equipment	$	21		$	18		$	2,045
Purchases of property, equipment, and operating lease equipment	$	(1,453	)	$	(98	)	$	(372	)
Borrowing of non-recourse and recourse notes payable	$	39,558		$	58,619		$	121,826
Repayments of non-recourse and recourse notes payable	$	-		$	(32	)	$	(34	)
Vesting of share-based compensation	$	9,897		$	8,481		$	7,937
Repurchase of common stock	$	(122	)	$	-		$	-
New operating lease assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations	$	11,886		$	2,653		$	1,146

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-10

ePlus inc. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands)

															Accumulated
							Additional								Other
	Common Stock						Paid-In		Treasury			Retained			Comprehensive
	Shares			Par Value			Capital		Stock			Earnings			Income			Total
Balance, March 31, 2020		27,000		$	144		$	145,197	$	(68,424	)	$	410,219		$	(991	)	$	486,145
Issuance of restricted stock awards		200			1			-		-			-			-			1
Share-based compensation		-			-			7,169		-			-			-			7,169
Repurchase of common stock		(194	)		-			-		(6,948	)		-			-			(6,948	)
Net earnings		-			-			-		-			74,397			-			74,397
Foreign currency translation adjustment		-			-			-		-			-			1,646			1,646
Balance, March 31, 2021		27,006		$	145		$	152,366	$	(75,372	)	$	484,616		$	655		$	562,410
Issuance of restricted stock awards		163			1			-		-			-			-			1
Share-based compensation		-			-			7,114		-			-			-			7,114
Repurchase of common stock		(283	)		-			-		(13,608	)		-			-			(13,608	)
Stock split effected in the form of a dividend					135			-		-			(135	)		-			-
Retirement of treasury stock					(11	)		-		82,246			(82,235	)		-			-
Net earnings		-			-			-		-			105,600			-			105,600
Foreign currency translation adjustment		-			-			-		-			-			(779	)		(779	)
Balance, March 31, 2022		26,886		$	270		$	159,480	$	(6,734	)	$	507,846		$	(124	)	$	660,738
Issuance of restricted stock awards		150			2			-		-			-			-			2
Share-based compensation		-			-			7,823		-			-			-			7,823
Repurchase of common stock		(131	)		-			-		(7,346	)		-			-			(7,346	)
Net earnings		-			-			-		-			119,356			-			119,356
Foreign currency translation adjustment		-			-			-		-			-			1,692			1,692
Balance, March 31, 2023		26,905		$	272		$	167,303	$	(14,080	)	$	627,202		$	1,568		$	782,265

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-11

ePlus inc. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Years ended March 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021

1. ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS — Our company was founded in 1990 and is a Delaware corporation. ePlus inc. is sometimes referred to in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as “we,” “our,” “us,” “ourselves,” or “ePlus.” ePlus inc. is a holding company that through its subsidiaries provides information technology solutions which enable organizations to optimize their IT environment and supply chain processes. We also provide consulting, professional, and managed services and complete lifecycle management services including flexible financing solutions. We focus on selling to medium and large enterprises in the United States (“US”) and to customers in select international markets including the United Kingdom (“UK”), the European Union (“EU”), India, Singapore, and Israel.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION — The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of ePlus inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The accounts of acquired businesses are included in the consolidated financial statements from the dates of acquisition.

USE OF ESTIMATES — The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the US requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Estimates are used when accounting for items and matters including, but not limited to, revenue recognition, residual asset values, vendor consideration, lease classification, goodwill and intangibles, allowance for credit losses, inventory obsolescence, and the recognition and measurement of income tax assets and other provisions and contingencies. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES — We maintain an allowance for credit losses related to our accounts receivable and financing receivables. We record an expense in the amount necessary to adjust the allowance for credit losses to our current estimate of expected credit losses on financial assets. We estimate expected credit losses based on our internal rating of the customer’s credit quality, our historical credit losses, current economic conditions, and other relevant factors. Prior to providing credit, we assign an internal rating for each customer’s credit quality based on the customer’s financial status, rating agency reports and other financial information. We review our internal ratings for each customer at least annually or when there is an indicator of a change in credit quality, such as a delinquency or bankruptcy. We write off financing receivables when we deem them to be uncollectable.

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS — We account for business combinations using the acquisition method, which requires that the total purchase price for the acquired entity be allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. With limited exceptions, we measure most assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values at the acquisition date. We apply Accounting Standards Codification (“Codification”) Topic 606, Contracts with customers (“Codification Topic 606”), to recognize and measure contract assets and contract liabilities from contracts with customers. Our allocation process requires an analysis of intangible assets, such as customer relationships, trade names, acquired contractual rights and legal contingencies to identify and record all assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

We record any premium paid over the fair value of the acquired net assets as goodwill. Our initial purchase price allocations are subject to revision within the measurement period, not to exceed one year from the date of acquisition. We include the results of operations for the acquired company in our financial statements from the acquisition date.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — Cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of interest-bearing accounts and money market funds that consist of short-term US treasury securities. We consider all highly liquid investments, including those with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of acquisition, to be cash equivalents. We have a lockbox account whose purpose is to collect and distribute customer payments under financing arrangements. As of March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022, we were not holding any amounts in trust for third-party recipients, and there were no restrictions on the withdrawal of funds from our money market funds.

F-12

CONCENTRATIONS OF RISK — Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk include cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, and financing receivables. Cash and cash equivalents may include short-term investments that are maintained principally with financial institutions in the US. Our accounts receivable-trade balance as of March 31, 2023, and 2022 included approximately 13% and 14%, respectively, concentration of invoices due from Verizon Communications Inc. The risk on our accounts receivable and financing receivables is reduced by having a broad customer base in a diverse range of industries and through the ongoing evaluation of collectability of our portfolio. The credit risk is further mitigated by transferring certain of our financing receivables to financial institutions on a non-recourse basis and, for our lease receivables, by owning the underlying asset. A substantial portion of our sales are products from Cisco Systems, which represented approximately 40%, 39%, and 36%, of our technology segment net sales for the years ended March 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively.

DEFERRED COSTS — When a contract is within the scope of the scope of Codification Topic 606, we defer costs of fulfilling the contract when they generate or enhance resources that will be used by us in satisfying performance obligations in the future. Additionally, we capitalize costs that are incremental to obtaining the contracts, predominately sales commissions, and expense them in proportion to each completed contract performance obligation.

DEFERRED REVENUE — We recognize deferred revenue when cash payments are received or due in advance of our performance.

EARNINGS PER SHARE — Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net earnings attributable to common stockholders by the basic weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution of securities that could participate in our earnings, including restricted stock awards during each period.

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT — We follow the guidance in Codification Topic 820 Fair Value Measurements (“Codification Topic 820”) which governs how to measure fair value for financial reporting. This topic defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. This topic also establishes a fair value hierarchy that categorizes into three levels the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value:

● Level 1 – Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity can access at the measurement date.

● Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.

● Level 3 – Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. The fair values are determined based on model-based techniques such as discounted cash flow models using inputs that we could not corroborate with market data.

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS — For financial instruments such as cash, short-term investments, accounts receivables, accounts payable and other current liabilities, we consider the recorded value of the financial instruments to approximate the fair value due to their short maturities. On March 31, 2023, the carrying amounts of our notes receivable, recourse and non-recourse payables were $109.2 million, $6.0 million, and $34.3 million, respectively, and their fair values were $109.5 million, $6.0 million, and $34.5 million, respectively. On March 31, 2022, the carrying amounts of our notes receivable, recourse and non-recourse payables were $80.5 million, $13.1 million, and $21.2 million, respectively, and their fair values were $80.0 million, $13.1 million, and $21.2 million, respectively.

FINANCING RECEIVABLES AND OPERATING LEASES — Financing receivables and operating leases consist of notes receivable, sales-type leases, and operating leases. We issue financing receivables for periods generally between 2 to 6 years, with most terms ranging between 3 to 4 years. When we lease equipment under an operating lease, we recognize the underlying asset at cost and depreciate it on a straight-line bases over its estimated useful life. We estimate that the useful life for most information technology (“IT”) equipment under lease is 4 years.

F-13

FOREIGN CURRENCY MATTERS — Our functional currency is the US dollar. Our international subsidiaries typically use their local currency as their functional currency. We translate the assets and liabilities of our international subsidiaries into US dollars at the spot rate in effect at the applicable reporting date. We translate the revenues and expenses of our international subsidiaries into US dollars at the average exchange rates in effect during the applicable period. We report the resulting foreign currency translation adjustment as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), which is reflected as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. We report all foreign currency transaction gains or losses in other income (expense), net on our consolidated statement of operations. For the years ended March 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, we recognized a loss of $5.4 million, a loss of $0.5 million, and a gain of $0.5 million, respectively, due to foreign currency transactions.

GOODWILL — We test goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, as of October 1, and between annual tests if an event occurs, or circumstances change, that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount.

In a qualitative assessment, we assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not (that is, a likelihood of more than 50 percent) that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, we determine that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then the quantitative goodwill impairment test is unnecessary.

If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, we determine that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then we perform the quantitative goodwill impairment test. We may also elect the unconditional option to bypass the qualitative assessment for any reporting unit in any period and proceed directly to performing the quantitative goodwill impairment test.

In the quantitative impairment test, we compare the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired. Conversely, if the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss shall be recognized in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.

IMPLEMENTATION COSTS OF A HOSTING ARRANGEMENT- We capitalize implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software. We classify these capitalized costs in the same balance sheet line item as the amounts prepaid for the related hosting arrangement and we present the amortization of these capitalized costs in the same income statement line item as the service fees for the related hosting arrangement. Our long-term prepaids are included in our consolidated balance sheets as part of property, equipment, and other assets. We amortize the capitalized implementation costs over the term of the hosting arrangement.

INCOME TAXES — Deferred income taxes are accounted for in accordance with Codification Topic 740 Income Taxes (“Codification Topic 740”). Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial statement reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using tax rates currently in effect. Future tax benefits, such as net operating loss carry-forwards, are recognized to the extent that realization of these benefits is considered to be more likely than not. We review our deferred tax assets at least annually and make necessary valuation adjustments.

In addition, we account for uncertain tax positions in accordance with Codification Topic 740. Specifically, the Topic prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The interpretation also provides guidance on the related de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting for interim periods, disclosure, and transition of uncertain tax positions. In accordance with our accounting policy, we recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of tax expense.

INVENTORIES — Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is determined using a weighted average cost method. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. Our determination of the net realizable value for inventories is based on the terms of underlying purchase commitments from our customers, current economic conditions, and other relevant factors.

F-14

LESSEE ACCOUNTING — We lease office space for periods up to six years and lease warehouse space for periods of up to 10 years, and we have some lease options that can be exercised to extend beyond those lease term limits. At the lease commencement date, we recognize operating lease liabilities based on the present value of the future minimum lease payments. In determining the present value of future minimum lease payments, we use our incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the commencement date. When the future minimum payments encompass non-lease components, we account for the lease and non-lease components as a single lease component. We elected not to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for leases with an initial term of 12 months or less. We recognize lease expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term beginning on the commencement date.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT — Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. We recognize property and equipment obtained through a business combination at its fair market value as of the acquisition date. We compute depreciation and amortization using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which range from three to seven years. We typically depreciate internal use IT equipment over three years, perpetual software licenses over five years, furniture and fixtures over five years, and telecommunications equipment over seven years.

RESIDUAL ASSETS — Our estimate for the residual asset in a lease is the amount we expect to derive from the underlying asset following the end of the lease term. In a sales-type lease, we recognize the unguaranteed residual asset, measured on a discounted basis, upon lease commencement. In our subsequent accounting for the lease, we increase the unguaranteed residual asset using the effective interest method. We evaluate residual values for impairment on a quarterly basis. We recognize impairments as incurred. We do not recognize upward adjustments due to changes in estimates of residual values.

REVENUE RECOGNITION — We recognize most of our revenues from the sales of third-party products, third-party software, third-party maintenance, software support, and services, ePlus professional and managed services, and hosting ePlus proprietary software. We recognize revenue from these sales under the guidance in Codification Topic 606.

The core principle of Codification Topic 606 is that an entity should recognize revenue for the transfer of goods and services equal to an amount it expects to be entitled to receive for those goods and services. We account for a contract under Codification Topic 606 when it has approval and commitment from both parties, the rights of the parties are identified, payment terms are established, the contract has commercial substance, and collectability of consideration is probable.

Revenues are reported net of sales refunds, including an estimate of future returns based on an evaluation of historical sales returns, current economic conditions, volume, and other relevant factors.

Our contracts with customers may include multiple promises that are distinct performance obligations. For such arrangements, we allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price. We determine standalone selling prices using expected cost-plus margin.

We recognize revenue when (or as) we satisfy a performance obligation by transferring a promised good or service to a customer. A good or service is transferred when (or as) the customer obtains control of that good or service. Depending on the nature of each performance obligation, this may be at a point in time or over time, as further described below.

We typically invoice our customers for third-party products upon shipment, unless our customers lease the equipment through our financing segment, in which case the arrangement is accounted for as a lease in accordance with Codification Topic 842, Leases (“Codification Topic 842”). We typically invoice our customers for third-party software upon delivery and third-party services at the point of sale, unless our customers finance these products through our financing segment, in which case we record a financing receivable based on the terms of the arrangement. 

Product revenue

Sales of third-party products

We are the principal in sales of third-party products. As such, we recognize sales on a gross basis with the selling price to the customer recorded as sales and the acquisition cost of the product recognized as cost of sales. We recognize revenue from these sales at the point in time that control passes to the customer, which is typically upon delivery of the product to the customer.

F-15

In some instances, our customers may request that we bill them for a product but retain physical possession of the product until later delivery, commonly known as “bill-and-hold” arrangements. We have warehousing agreements with select customers wherein title to products ordered through the agreements transfers to our customer at the point we invoice the customer and after the product arrives at our warehouse. In these “bill-and-hold” arrangements, we recognize revenue when the customer has ordered the product through their warehousing agreement with us or signed a bill-and-hold agreement with us, the customer has legal title, the product is identified separately as belonging to the customer, and the product is ready for delivery to the customer.

We recognize sales of off-lease equipment within our financing segment when control passes to the customer, which is typically the date that title to the equipment is transferred per the sales agreement.

Sales of third-party software

We are typically the principal in sales of third-party software. Sales are recognized on a gross basis with the selling price to the customer recorded as sales and the acquisition cost of the product recognized as cost of sales. We recognize revenue from these sales at the point in time that control passes to the customer, which is typically upon delivery of the software to the customer.

Sales of third-party maintenance, software support, and services

We are the agent in sales of third-party maintenance, software support, and services as the third-party controls the service until it is transferred to the customer. Similarly, we are the agent in sales of third-party software and accompanying third-party support when the third-party software benefits the customer only in conjunction with the accompanying support. In these sales, we consider the third-party software and support as inputs to a single performance obligation. In all these sales where we are the agent, we recognize sales on a net basis at the point that our customer and vendor accept the terms and conditions of the arrangement.

Freight and sales tax

We present freight billed to our customers within sales and the related freight charged to us within cost of sales. We present sales tax collected from customers and remittances to governmental authorities on a net basis.

Financing revenue and other

We account for leases to customers in accordance with Codification Topic 842. We utilize a portfolio approach by grouping together many similar assets being leased to a single customer.

We classify our leases as either sales-type leases or operating leases. We classify leases as sales-type leases if any one of five criteria are met, each of which indicate that the lease transfers control of the underlying asset to the lessee. We classify our other leases as operating leases.

For sales-type leases, upon lease commencement, we recognize the present value of the lease payments and the residual asset discounted using the rate implicit in the lease. When we are financing equipment provided by another dealer, we typically do not have any selling profit or loss arising from the lease. When we are the dealer of the equipment being leased, we typically recognize revenue in the amount of the lease receivable and cost of sales in the amount of the carrying value of the underlying asset minus the unguaranteed residual asset. After the commencement date, we recognize interest income as part of net sales using the effective interest method.

For operating leases, we recognize the underlying asset as an operating lease asset. We depreciate the asset on a straight-line basis to its estimated residual value over its estimated useful life. We recognize the lease payments over the lease term on a straight-line basis as part of net sales.

In all of our leases, we recognize variable lease payments, primarily reimbursement for property taxes associated with the leased asset, as part of net sales in the period in which the changes in facts and circumstances on which the variable lease payments are based occur. We exclude from revenues and expenses any sales taxes reimbursed by the lessee.

F-16

We also finance third-party software and third-party services for our customers, which we classify as notes-receivable. We recognize interest income on our notes-receivable using the effective interest method.

We account for transfers of our financial assets, under Codification Topic 860 Transfers and Servicing (“Codification Topic 860”). When a transfer meets all the requirements for sale accounting, we derecognize the financial asset and record a net gain or loss that is included in net sales.

Service revenue

Sales of ePlus professional, managed services, and staffing

ePlus professional services offerings include assessments, project management, and staging, configuration, and integration. ePlus managed service offerings range from monitoring and notification to a fully outsourced network management or service desk solution. ePlus staffing delivers a full range of staffing solutions, including short-term, long-term, temporary-to-hire, and direct-hire IT professionals. In all these arrangements, we satisfy our performance obligation and recognize revenue over time.

In arrangements for ePlus professional services and staffing, we provide services under both time and materials and fixed price contracts. When services are provided on a time and materials basis, we recognize sales at agreed-upon billing rates as services are performed. When services are provided on a fixed fee basis, we recognize sales over time in proportion to our progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation. We typically measure progress based on costs incurred in proportion to total estimated costs, commonly referred to as the “cost-to-cost” method.

In arrangements for ePlus managed services, our arrangement is typically a single performance obligation comprised of a series of distinct services that are substantially the same and that have the same pattern of transfer (i.e., distinct days of service). We typically recognize sales from these services on a straight-line basis over the period services are provided.

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION — We account for share-based compensation in accordance with Codification Topic 718 Compensation—Stock Compensation.We account for forfeitures when they occur. There are no additional conditions for vesting other than service conditions.

We recognize compensation cost for awards of restricted stock with graded vesting on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. There are no additional conditions for vesting other than service conditions.

We recognize compensation cost for our employee stock purchase plan on a straight-line basis over the offering period, which is 6 months. We measure the award on the grant date at fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT COSTS — We capitalize costs for the development of internal use software under the Codification Topic 350-40 Intangibles—Goodwill and Other Intangibles, Subtopic Internal-Use Software. We did not have significant capitalized development costs for internal use software for either of the years ended March 31, 2023, or March 31, 2022. We capitalized development costs for internal use software of $0.2 million for the year ended March 31, 2021. We had capitalized costs, net of amortization, of approximately $1.0 million and $2.1 million as of March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022, respectively, that is included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as a component of other intangible assets-net.

TREASURY STOCK — We account for treasury stock under the cost method and include treasury stock as a component of stockholders’ equity on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

VENDOR CONSIDERATION — We receive payments and credits from vendors pursuant to volume incentive programs and shared marketing expense programs. Many of these programs extend over one or more quarters’ sales activities. Different programs have different vendor/program specific milestones to achieve. Amounts due from vendors as of March 31, 2023, and 2022 were $21.9 million and $12.9 million, respectively, which were included within accounts receivable-other, net in the accompanying balance sheets.

We recognize rebates pursuant to volume incentive programs, when the rebate is probable and reasonably estimable, based on a systematic and rational allocation of the cash consideration offered to the underlying transactions that result in our progress toward earning the rebate. When a rebate is not probable or not reasonably estimable, we recognized the rebate as the milestones are achieved or as cash is received.

F-17

We recognize rebates pursuant to shared marketing expense programs as a reduction of the related selling and administrative expenses in the period the program occurs when the consideration represents a reimbursement of specific, incremental, identifiable costs. We recognize consideration that exceeds the specific, incremental, identifiable costs as a reduction of cost of sales.

2. RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

RECENTLY ADOPTED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS — In October 2021, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2021-08, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers, that requires companies to apply Accounting Standards Codification Topic 606, Contracts with Customers, to recognize and measure contract assets and contract liabilities from contracts with customers acquired in a business combination. We early adopted this update beginning in the second quarter of our fiscal year ending March 31, 2023, and it did not have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements. The ongoing impact of this standard will be fact dependent on the transactions within its scope.

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS NOT YET ADOPTED — In September 2022, the FASB issued ASU 2022-04, Liabilities—Supplier Finance Programs (Subtopic 405-50): Disclosure of Supplier Finance Program Obligations. This update requires buyers in a supplier finance program to disclose certain qualitative and quantitative information about the program. This update is effective for us beginning in the first quarter of our fiscal year ending March 31, 2024, except for a requirement to provide a roll forward of our obligations during the annual period, which is effective for us beginning in the first quarter of our fiscal year ending March 31, 2025. We are currently evaluating the impact this update will have on our disclosures.

3. REVENUES

CONTRACT BALANCES

Accounts receivable – trade consists entirely of amounts due from contracts with customers. In addition, we had $70.4 million, $47.5 million, and $54.6 million of receivables from contracts with customers included within financing receivables as of March 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively. The following table provides the balance of contract liabilities from contracts with customers (in thousands):

	March 31,
	2023		2022		2021
Current (included in deferred revenue)	$	113,713	$	85,826	$	72,299
Non-current (included in other liabilities)	$	47,217	$	30,086	$	26,042

Revenue recognized from the beginning contract liability balance was $70.3 million and $57.5 million for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2023, and 2022, respectively.

F-18

PERFORMANCE OBLIGATIONS

The following table includes revenue expected to be recognized in the future related to performance obligations, primarily non-cancelable contracts for ePlus managed services, that are unsatisfied or partially unsatisfied at the end of the reporting period (in thousands):

Year ending March 31, 2024		64,863
2025		28,269
2026		12,855
2027		4,132
2028 and thereafter		1,442
Total remaining performance obligations	$	111,561

The table does not include the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for (i) contracts with an original expected length of one year or less and (ii) contracts where we recognize revenue at the amount that we have the right to invoice for services performed.

4. FINANCING RECEIVABLES AND OPERATING LEASES

Our financing receivables and operating leases consist primarily of leases of IT and communication equipment and notes receivable from financing customer purchases of third-party software, maintenance, and services. Our leases often include elections for the lessee to purchase the underlying asset at the end of the lease term. Occasionally, our leases provide the lessee a bargain purchase option.

The following table provides the profit recognized for sales-type leases at their commencement date, including modifications that are recognized on a net basis, for the years ended March 31, 2023, and 2022 (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2023		2022
Net sales	$	22,677	$	14,943
Cost of sales		19,009		12,478
Gross profit	$	3,668	$	2,465

The following table provides interest income in aggregate on our sales-type leases and lease income on our operating leases for the years ended March 31, 2023, and 2022 (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2023		2022
Interest income on sales-type leases	$	3,943	$	3,904
Lease income on operating leases	$	17,421	$	24,711

FINANCING RECEIVABLES—NET

The following tables provide a disaggregation of our financing receivables - net (in thousands):

	Notes			Lease			Financing
March 31, 2023	Receivable			Receivables			Receivables
Gross receivables	$	117,008		$	60,157		$	177,165
Unguaranteed residual value (1)		-			8,161			8,161
Unearned income		(5,950	)		(8,050	)		(14,000	)
Allowance for credit losses (2)		(801	)		(981	)		(1,782	)
Total, net	$	110,257		$	59,287		$	169,544
Reported as:
Current	$	65,738		$	24,091		$	89,829
Long-term		44,519			35,196			79,715
Total, net	$	110,257		$	59,287		$	169,544

(1) Includes unguaranteed residual values of $4,222 thousand that we retained after selling the related lease receivable.

(2) Refer to Note 7, “Allowance for Credit Losses” for details.

F-19

	Notes			Lease			Financing
March 31, 2022	Receivable			Receivables			Receivables
Gross receivables	$	80,517		$	38,788		$	119,305
Unguaranteed residual value (1)		-			9,141			9,141
Unearned income		(2,728	)		(3,604	)		(6,332	)
Allowance for credit losses (2)		(708	)		(681	)		(1,389	)
Total, net	$	77,081		$	43,644		$	120,725
Reported as:
Current	$	45,415		$	16,077		$	61,492
Long-term		31,666			27,567			59,233
Total, net	$	77,081		$	43,644		$	120,725

(1) Includes unguaranteed residual values of $6,424 thousand that we retained after selling the related lease receivable.

(2) Refer to Note 7, “Allowance for Credit Losses” for details.

The following table provides the future scheduled minimum lease payments for investments in sales-type leases as of March 31, 2023 (in thousands):

Year ending March 31, 2024	$	28,478
2025		17,216
2026		9,662
2027		3,547
2028 and thereafter		1,254
Total	$	60,157

OPERATING LEASES—NET

Operating leases—net represents leases that do not qualify as sales-type leases. The components of the operating leases—net are as follows (in thousands):

	March 31, 2023			March 31, 2022
Cost of equipment under operating leases	$	15,301		$	13,044
Accumulated depreciation		(10,599	)		(7,985	)
Investment in operating lease equipment—net (1)	$	4,702		$	5,059

(1) Amounts include estimated unguaranteed residual values of $1,717 thousand as of both March 31, 2023, and 2022.

The following table provides the future scheduled minimum lease rental payments for operating leases as of March 31, 2023 (in thousands):

Year ending March 31, 2024	$	1,618
2025		829
2026		269
2027		38
Total	$	2,754

F-20

TRANSFERS OF FINANCIAL ASSETS

We enter into arrangements to transfer the contractual payments due under financing receivables and operating lease agreements, which are accounted for as secured borrowings.

For transfers accounted for as a secured borrowing, the corresponding investments serve as collateral for non-recourse notes payable. As of March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022, we had financing receivables of $35.7 million and $21.1 million, respectively, and operating leases of $2.5 million and $2.0 million, respectively which were collateral for non-recourse notes payable. See Note 9, “Notes Payable and Credit Facility.”

For transfers accounted for as sales, we derecognize the carrying value of the asset transferred plus any liability and recognize a net gain or loss on the sale, which are presented within net sales in the consolidated statement of operations. For the years ended March 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, we recognized net gains of $16.1 million, $18.2 million, and $14.5 million, respectively, and total proceeds from these sales were $706.0 million, $855.1 million, and $364.0 million, respectively.

When we retain servicing obligations in transfers accounted for as sales, we allocate a portion of the proceeds to deferred revenues, which is recognized as we perform the services. As of both March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022, we had deferred revenue of $0.5 million for servicing obligations.

In a limited number of transfers accounted for as sales, we indemnified the assignee in the event that the lessee elects to early terminate the lease. As of March 31, 2023, our total potential liability that could result from these indemnities is immaterial.

5. LESSEE ACCOUNTING

We lease office space for periods up to six years and lease warehouse space for periods of up to 10 years, and we have some lease options that can be exercised to extend beyond those lease term limits. We recognize our right-of-use assets as part of property, equipment, and other assets. As of March 31, 2023, and 2022, we had right-of-use assets of $14.6 million and $6.9 million, respectively.

We recognize the current and long-term portions of our lease liability as part of other current liabilities and other liabilities, respectively.As of March 31, 2023, and 2022, we had current lease liabilities of $2.7 million and $3.6 million, respectively, and long-term lease liabilities of $12.0 million and $3.3 million, respectively. We recognized rent expense of $5.2 million and $5.3 million as part of selling, general, and administrative expenses during the years ended March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022, respectively.

Supplemental information about the remaining lease terms and discount rates applied as of March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022, are as follows:

	Year Ended March 31,
Lease term and Discount Rate	2023			2022
Weighted average remaining lease term (months)		81			29
Weighted average discount rate		4.8	%		3.2	%

The following table provides our future lease payments under our operating leases as of March 31, 2023 (in thousands):

Year ending March 31, 2024	$	2,796
2025		3,861
2026		1,884
2027		1,640
2028 and thereafter		7,775
Total lease payments		17,956
Less: interest		(3,191	)
Present value of lease liabilities	$	14,765

As of March 31, 2023, we were committed to one office lease that had not yet commenced with a total commitment of $0.3 million.

F-21

6. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

GOODWILL

The following table summarizes the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022, respectively (in thousands):

	Year ended March 31, 2023									Year ended March 31, 2022
	Goodwill			Accumulated Impairment Loss			Net Carrying Amount			Goodwill			Accumulated Impairment Loss			Net Carrying Amount
Beginning balance	$	135,216		$	(8,673	)	$	126,543		$	135,318		$	(8,673	)	$	126,645
Acquisitions		9,694			-			9,694			-			-			-
Foreign currency translations		(132	)		-			(132	)		(102	)		-			(102	)
Ending balance	$	144,778		$	(8,673	)	$	136,105		$	135,216		$	(8,673	)	$	126,543

Goodwill represents the premium paid over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets that are individually identified and separately recognized in business combinations. Our entire balance as of March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022, relates to our technology reportable segment, which we also determined to be one reporting unit. The carrying value of goodwill was $136.1 million and $126.5 million as of March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022, respectively. Our goodwill balance increased by $9.6 million for the year ended March 31, 2023, due to $9.7 million in goodwill additions from our acquisition of Future Com, Ltd., offset by foreign currency translation of $0.1 million. Please refer to Note 16, “Business Combinations” for details of our acquisition.

We test goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, as of the first day of our third fiscal quarter, and between annual tests if an event occurs, or circumstances change, that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value.

In our annual test as of October 1, 2022, we performed a quantitative assessment of goodwill and concluded that the fair value of our technology reporting unit exceeded its carrying value. Our conclusions would not be impacted by a ten percent change in our estimate of the fair value of the reporting unit.

In our annual test as of October 1, 2021, we performed a qualitative assessment of goodwill and concluded that, more likely than not, the fair value of our technology reporting unit continued to substantially exceed its carrying value.

OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Our other intangible assets consist of the following as of March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022 (in thousands):

	March 31, 2023							March 31, 2022
	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount
Purchased intangibles	$	85,449	$	(61,376	)	$	24,073	$	77,224	$	(52,087	)	$	25,137
Capitalized software development		10,516		(9,544	)		972		10,517		(8,404	)		2,113
Total	$	95,965	$	(70,920	)	$	25,045	$	87,741	$	(60,491	)	$	27,250

Purchased intangibles, consisting mainly of customer relationships, are generally amortized between 5 to 10 years. Capitalized software development is generally amortized over 5 years.

Total amortization expense for customer relationships and other intangible assets was $9.3 million, $10.1 million, and $10.3 million for the years ended March 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

F-22

The following table provides the future amortization expense for customer relationships and other intangible assets as of March 31, 2023 (in thousands):

Year ending March 31, 2024	$	8,104
2025		6,235
2026		4,448
2027		2,882
2028		1,658
2029 and thereafter		746
Total	$	24,073

7. ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The following table provides the activity in our allowance for credit losses for the years ended March 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 (in thousands):

	Accounts Receivable			Notes Receivable			Lease Receivables			Total
Balance as of March 31, 2020		1,781			798			610			3,189
Provision for credit losses		367			503			566			1,436
Write-offs and other		(84	)		(89	)		(5	)		(178	)
Balance as of March 31, 2021		2,064			1,212			1,171			4,447
Provision for credit losses		482			(312	)		(272	)		(102	)
Write-offs and other		(135	)		(192	)		(218	)		(545	)
Balance as of March 31, 2022		2,411			708			681			3,800
Provision for credit losses		273			93			300			666
Write-offs and other		(112	)		-			-			(112	)
Balance as of March 31, 2023		2,572			801			981			4,354

We evaluate our customers using an internally assigned credit quality rating “CQR”. The CQR categories of our financing receivables are:

• High CQR: This rating includes accounts with excellent to good business credit, asset quality and capacity to meet financial obligations. Loss rates in this category are less than 1%.

• Average CQR: This rating includes accounts with average credit risk that are more susceptible to loss in the event of adverse business or economic conditions. Loss rates in this category are in the range of 1% to 8%.

• Low CQR: This rating includes accounts that have marginal credit risk such that the customer’s ability to make repayment is impaired or may likely become impaired. The loss rates in this category in the normal course are greater than 8% and up to 100%.

F-23

The following table provides the amortized cost basis of our financing receivables by CQR and by credit origination year as of March 31, 2023(in thousands):

	Amortized cost basis by origination year ending March 31,
	2023		2022		2021		2020		2019		2018 and prior		Total		Transfers (2)			Net credit exposure
Notes receivable:
High CQR	$	72,155	$	11,378	$	11,267	$	370	$	30	$	-	$	95,200	$	(28,115	)	$	67,085
Average CQR		12,793		2,675		213		115		61		1		15,858		(1,432	)		14,426
Total	$	84,948	$	14,053	$	11,480	$	485	$	91	$	1	$	111,058	$	(29,547	)	$	81,511
Lease receivables:
High CQR	$	21,629	$	3,842	$	1,916	$	565	$	51	$	9	$	28,012	$	(1,437	)	$	26,575
Average CQR		23,796		3,430		770		35		3		-		28,034		(1,594	)		26,440
Total	$	45,425	$	7,272	$	2,686	$	600	$	54	$	9	$	56,046	$	(3,031	)	$	53,015
Total amortized cost (1)	$	130,373	$	21,325	$	14,166	$	1,085	$	145	$	10	$	167,104	$	(32,578	)	$	134,526

(1) Unguaranteed residual values of $4,222 thousand that we retained after selling the related lease receivable is excluded from amortized cost.

(2) Transfers consist of receivables that have been transferred to third-party financial institutions on a non-recourse basis.

The following table provides the amortized cost basis of our financing receivables by CQR and by credit origination year as of March 31, 2022 (in thousands):

	Amortized cost basis by origination year ending March 31,
	2022		2021		2020		2019		2018		2017		Total		Transfers (2)			Net credit exposure
Notes receivable:
High CQR	$	35,264	$	28,005	$	1,297	$	345	$	2	$	4	$	64,917	$	(30,274	)	$	34,643
Average CQR		8,922		2,976		758		213		3		-		12,872		(4,763	)		8,109
Total	$	44,186	$	30,981	$	2,055	$	558	$	5	$	4	$	77,789	$	(35,037	)	$	42,752
Lease receivables:
High CQR	$	14,549	$	5,002	$	2,499	$	902	$	50	$	11	$	23,013	$	(3,385	)	$	19,628
Average CQR		10,936		3,092		741		47		72		-		14,888		(347	)		14,541
Total	$	25,485	$	8,094	$	3,240	$	949	$	122	$	11	$	37,901	$	(3,732	)	$	34,169
Total amortized cost (1)	$	69,671	$	39,075	$	5,295	$	1,507	$	127	$	15	$	115,690	$	(38,769	)	$	76,921

(1) Unguaranteed residual values of $6,424 thousand that we retained after selling the related lease receivable is excluded from amortized cost.

(2) Transfers consist of receivables that have been transferred to third-party financial institutions on a non-recourse basis and receivables that are in the process of being transferred to third-party financial institutions.

The following table provides an aging analysis of our financing receivables as of March 31, 2023 (in thousands):

	31-60 Days Past Due		61-90 Days Past Due		> 90 Days Past Due		Total Past Due		Current		Total Billed		Unbilled		Amortized Cost
Notes receivable	$	1,020	$	862	$	473	$	2,355	$	7,703	$	10,058	$	101,000	$	111,058
Lease receivables		1,068		463		864		2,395		5,413		7,808		48,238		56,046
Total	$	2,088	$	1,325	$	1,337	$	4,750	$	13,116	$	17,866	$	149,238	$	167,104

F-24

The following table provides an aging analysis of our financing receivables as of March 31, 2022 (in thousands):

	31-60 Days Past Due		61-90 Days Past Due		> 90 Days Past Due		Total Past Due		Current		Total Billed		Unbilled		Amortized Cost
Notes receivable	$	187	$	37	$	23	$	247	$	5,307	$	5,554	$	72,235	$	77,789
Lease receivables		115		325		430		870		639		1,509		36,392		37,901
Total	$	302	$	362	$	453	$	1,117	$	5,946	$	7,063	$	108,627	$	115,690

Our financial assets on nonaccrual status were not significant as of March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022.

8. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT—NET

Property and equipment—net is a component of Property, equipment, and other assets. Our balance consists of the following (in thousands):

	March 31,			March 31,
	2023			2022
Furniture, fixtures and equipment	$	29,818		$	28,640
Leasehold improvements		10,398			7,615
Capitalized software		3,235			3,822
Vehicles		445			476
Total assets		43,896			40,553
Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(31,963	)		(32,642	)
Property and equipment - net	$	11,933		$	7,911

Depreciation and amortization expense on property and equipment, including amounts recognized in cost of sales, was $5.5 million for the year ended March 31, 2023, and $5.4 million for both the years ended March 31, 2022, and March 31, 2021.

9. NOTES PAYABLE AND CREDIT FACILITY

CREDIT FACILITY

We finance the operations of our subsidiaries ePlus Technology, inc., ePlus Technology Services, inc., and SLAIT Consulting, LLC (collectively, the “Borrowers”) in our technology segment through a credit facility with Wells Fargo Commercial Distribution Finance, LLC (“WFCDF”). The WFCDF credit facility (the “WFCDF Credit Facility”) has a floor plan facility and a revolving credit facility.

On October 13, 2021, the Borrowers amended, restated, and replaced in entirety their then-existing credit agreements with WFCDF. On October 31, 2022, the Borrowers entered into the First Amendment to the credit agreement. Under this agreement and its amendment, the credit facility is provided by a syndicate of banks for which WFCDF acts as administrative agent and consists of a discretionary senior secured floor plan facility in favor of the Borrowers in the aggregate principal amount of up to $425.0 million, together with a sublimit for a revolving credit facility for up to $150.0 million.

On March 10, 2023, the Borrowers entered into a Second Amendment to the credit agreement which amended the Credit Agreement to increase the maximum aggregate amount of principal available under the floor plan facility from $425.0 million to $500.0 million and increase the maximum aggregate amount of principal available under the Revolving Facility from $150.0 million to $200.0 million.

Under the accounts payable floor plan facility, we had an outstanding balance of $134.6 million and $145.3 million as of March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022, respectively. On our balance sheet, our liability under the accounts payable floor plan facility is presented as accounts payable – floor plan.

F-25

Under the revolving credit facility, we had no balance outstanding as of March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022. On our balance sheet, our liability under the revolving credit facility is presented as part of recourse notes payable – current.

The fair value of the outstanding balances under the WFCDF Credit Facility were approximately equal to their carrying value as of March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022.

The amount of principal available is subject to a borrowing base determined by, among other things, the Borrowers’ accounts receivable and inventory, each pursuant to a formula and subject to certain reserves. Loans accrue interest at a rate per annum equal to Term SOFR Rate plus a Term SOFR Adjustment of 0.10% plus an Applicable Margin of 1.75%. Our weighted average interest rate on the accounts receivable component of our WFCDF Credit Facility was 5.35% during our year ended March 31, 2023, compared to 2.00% over the prior year.

Our borrowings under the WFCDF Credit Facility are secured by the assets of the Borrowers. Additionally, the WFCDF Credit Facility requires a guaranty of $10.5 million by ePlus inc.

Under the WFCDF Credit Facility, the Borrowers are restricted in their ability to pay dividends to ePlus inc. unless their available borrowing meets or met certain thresholds. As of March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022, their available borrowing met the thresholds such that there were no restrictions on their ability to pay dividends.

The WFCDF Credit Facility has an initial one-year term, which automatically renews for successive one-year terms thereafter. However, either the Borrowers or WFCDF may terminate the WFCDF Credit Facility at any time by providing a written termination notice to the other party no less than 90 days prior to such termination.

The loss of the WFCDF Credit Facility could have a material adverse effect on our future results as we currently rely on this facility and its components for daily working capital and liquidity for our technology segment and as an operational function of our accounts payable process.

RECOURSE NOTES PAYABLE

Recourse notes payable consist of borrowings that, in the event of default, the lender has recourse against us. As of March 31, 2023, and 2022 we had $6.0 million and $13.1 million, respectively, in recourse borrowings arising from one installment payment arrangement within our technology segment. Our payments under this installment agreement are due quarterly in amounts that are correlated to the payments due to us from a customer under a related notes receivable. We discounted our payments due under this installment agreement to calculate our payable balance using an interest rate of 3.50% as of both March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022.

NON-RECOURSE NOTES PAYABLE

Non-recourse notes payable consists of borrowings that, in the event of a default by a customer, the lender generally only has recourse against the customer, and the assets serving as collateral, but not against us. As of March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022, we had $34.3 million and $21.2 million, respectively, of non-recourse borrowings that were collateralized by investments in notes and leases. Principal and interest payments are generally due periodically in amounts that are approximately equal to the total payments due from the customer under the leases or notes receivable that collateralize the notes payable. The weighted average interest rate for our non-recourse notes payable was 5.01% and 3.59%, as of March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022, respectively.

Our recourse and non-recourse notes payable as of March 31, 2023, mature as follows:

	Recourse notes		Non-recourse
	payable		notes payable
Year ended March 31, 2024	$	5,997	$	24,819
2025		-		5,880
2026		-		2,589
2027		-		1,053
Total maturities	$	5,997	$	34,341

F-26

10. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are subject to various legal proceedings, as well as demands, claims and threatened litigation, that arise in the normal course of our business and have not been fully resolved. The ultimate outcome of any litigation or other legal dispute is uncertain. When a loss related to a legal proceeding or claim is probable and reasonably estimable, we accrue our best estimate for the ultimate resolution of the matter. If one or more legal matters are resolved against us in a reporting period for amounts above our expectations, our financial condition and operating results for that period may be adversely affected. As of March 31, 2023, we do not believe that there is a reasonable possibility that any material loss exceeding the amounts already recognized for these proceedings and matters, if any, has been incurred. Any outcome, whether favorable or unfavorable, may materially and adversely affect us due to legal costs and expenses, diversion of management attention and other factors. We expense legal costs in the period incurred. We cannot assure that additional contingencies of a legal nature or contingencies having legal aspects will not be asserted against us in the future, and these matters could relate to prior, current, or future transactions or events.

11. EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net earnings attributable to common shares by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net earnings per share include the potential dilution of securities that could participate in our earnings, but not securities that are anti-dilutive.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators used to calculate basic and diluted net earnings per common share as disclosed in our consolidated statements of operations for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 (in thousands, except per share data):

	2023		2022		2021
Net earnings attributable to common shareholders - basic and diluted	$	119,356	$	105,600	$	74,397
Basic and diluted common shares outstanding:
Weighted average common shares outstanding — basic		26,569		26,638		26,674
Effect of dilutive shares		85		228		160
Weighted average shares common outstanding — diluted		26,654		26,866		26,834
Earnings per common share - basic	$	4.49	$	3.96	$	2.79
Earnings per common share - diluted	$	4.48	$	3.93	$	2.77

12. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

SHARE REPURCHASE PLAN

On March 22, 2023, our board of directors authorized the repurchase of up to 1,000,000 shares of our outstanding common stock, over a 12-month period beginning May 28, 2023. On March 24, 2022, our board of directors authorized the repurchase of up to 1,000,000 shares of our outstanding common stock, over a 12-month period beginning May 28, 2022. On March 18, 2021, our board of directors authorized the repurchase of up to 1,000,000 shares of our outstanding common stock, adjusted for the stock split, over a 12-month period beginning May 28, 2021. These plans authorized purchases to be made from time to time in the open market, or in privately negotiated transactions, subject to availability. Any repurchased shares will have the status of treasury shares and may be used, when needed, for general corporate purposes.

During the year ended March 31, 2023, we purchased 72,973 shares of our outstanding common stock at an average cost of $55.69 per share for a total purchase price of $4.1 million under the share repurchase plan; we also acquired 58,080 shares of common stock at a value of $3.3 million to satisfy tax withholding obligations relating to the vesting of employees’ restricted stock.

F-27

During the year ended March 31, 2022, retroactively adjusted for the stock split, we purchased 227,990 shares of our outstanding common stock at an average cost of $48.48 per share for a total purchase price of $11.1 million under the share repurchase plan; we also acquired 55,430 shares of common stock at a value of $2.6 million to satisfy tax withholding obligations relating to the vesting of employees’ restricted stock.

13. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

SHARE-BASED PLANS

As of March 31, 2023, we had share-based awards outstanding under the following plans: (1) the 2017 Non-Employee Director Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2017 Director LTIP”), (2) the 2012 Employee Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2012 Employee LTIP”), and (3) the 2021 Employee Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2021 Employee LTIP”).

These share-based plans define fair market value as the closing sales price of a share of common stock as quoted on any established stock exchange for such date or the most recent trading day preceding such date if there were no trades on such date.

2012 Employee LTIP and 2021 Employee LTIP

The 2021 Employee LTIP was approved by our stockholders on September 16, 2021 and became effective October 1, 2021. Under the 2021 Employee LTIP, 3,000,000 shares were authorized for grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance awards, or other share-based awards to ePlus employees.

The 2021 Employee LTIP replaced the 2012 Employee LTIP that had previously been approved by our stockholders on September 13, 2012. Beginning September 16, 2021, we permanently ceased granting any additional shares under the 2012 Employee LTIP.

The purpose of these plans is to encourage our employees to acquire a proprietary interest in the growth and performance of ePlus, thus enhancing the value of ePlus for the benefit of its stockholders, and to enhance our ability to attract and retain exceptionally qualified individuals. These plans are administered by the Compensation Committee.

Shares issuable under these plans may consist of authorized but unissued shares or shares held in our treasury. Under these plans, the Compensation Committee will determine the time and method of exercise or vesting of the awards. Shares under these plans will not be used to compensate our outside directors, who may be compensated under the separate 2017 Director LTIP, as discussed below.

2017 Director LTIP

On September 12, 2017, our stockholders approved the 2017 Director LTIP that was adopted by the Board on July 24, 2017. Under the 2017 Director LTIP, 300,000 shares, retroactively adjusted for the stock split, were authorized for grant to non-employee directors. The purpose of the 2017 Director LTIP is to align the economic interests of the directors with the interests of stockholders by including equity as a component of pay and to attract, motivate and retain experienced and knowledgeable directors. Each director receives an annual grant of restricted stock having a grant-date fair value equal to the cash compensation earned by an outside director during our fiscal year ended immediately before the respective annual grant-date. These restricted shares are prohibited from being sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, or otherwise encumbered or disposed of. The shares vest half on the one-year anniversary and half on the second-year anniversary from the date of the grant. In addition, each director may also elect to receive stock in lieu of their cash compensation. Stock received in lieu of cash vests immediately.

RESTRICTED STOCK ACTIVITY

During the year ended March 31, 2023, we granted 19,804 restricted shares under the 2017 Director LTIP and 138,643 restricted shares under the 2021 Employee LTIP.

Cumulatively, as of March 31, 2023, we have granted a total of 101,280 restricted shares under the 2017 Director LTIP, 2,144,578 restricted shares under the 2012 Employee LTIP, and 138,643 restricted shares under the 2021 Employee LTIP.

F-28

The following table provides a summary of the non-vested restricted shares for the year ended March 31, 2023:

	Number of Shares			Weighted Average Grant-date Fair Value
Nonvested April 1, 2022		343,806		$	41.01
Granted		158,447		$	56.50
Vested		(179,336	)	$	39.49
Forfeited		(8,057	)	$	42.28
Non-vested March 31, 2023		314,860		$	49.57

In each of the years ended March 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, we used the closing stock price on the grant date or, if the grant date fell on a date the stock was not traded, the previous day’s closing stock price for the fair value of the award.

The weighted-average grant date fair value of restricted shares granted during the years ended March 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 was $56.50, $46.56, and $35.95, respectively.

The aggregated fair value of restricted shares that vested during the years ended March 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 was $7.1 million, $7.1 million, and $7.7 million, respectively.

Upon each vesting period of the restricted stock awards to employees, participants are subject to minimum tax withholding obligations. The 2012 Employee LTIP, the 2021 Employee LTIP, and the 2017 Director LTIP allows us to withhold a sufficient number of shares due to the participant to satisfy their minimum tax withholding obligations. For the year ended March 31, 2023, we withheld 58,080 shares of common stock at a value of $3.3 million, which was included in treasury stock. For the year ended March 31, 2022, we withheld 55,430 shares of common stock at a value of $2.6 million, which was included in treasury stock.

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

On September 15, 2022, our stockholders approved the 2022 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“2022 ESPP”) through which eligible employees may purchase shares of our stock at 6-month intervals at a discount off the lesser of the closing market price on the first or the last trading day of each offering period. The aggregate number of shares of our stock that may be issued to participants under the plan is 2.5 million. Our inaugural offering period under the 2022 ESPP is January 1, 2023, to June 30, 2023. Through March 31, 2023, we had not yet issued any shares under the 2022 ESPP.

COMPENSATION EXPENSE

The following table provides a summary of our total share-based compensation expense, including for restricted stock awards and our 2022 ESPP, and the related income tax benefit for the years ended March 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2023			2022			2021
Equity-based compensation expense	$	7,825		$	7,114		$	7,169
Income tax benefit		(2,097	)		(1,999	)		(2,179	)

We recognized the income tax benefit as a reduction to our provision for income taxes. As of March 31, 2023, the total unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested restricted stock was $9.7 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 27 months.

F-29

We also provide our employees with a contributory 401(k) profit sharing plan. We may make contributions, which are fully vested when they are made, to the plan. These contributions are not required. The decision whether to make contributions is entirely within our discretion. For the years ended March 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, we recognized expense for employer contributions to the plan of $4.2 million, $3.4 million, and $3.0 million, respectively.

14. INCOME TAXES

We account for our tax positions in accordance with Codification Topic 740. Under the guidance, we evaluate uncertain tax positions based on the two-step approach. The first step is to evaluate each uncertain tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained in an audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. For tax positions that are not likely of being sustained upon audit, the second step requires us to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

As of March 31, 2023, we do not have any unrecognized tax benefits for uncertain tax positions. As of March 31, 2022, our total gross unrecognized tax benefits recorded for uncertain income tax, and interest and penalties thereon, were negligible. We recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as part of income tax expense.

We file income tax returns, including returns for our subsidiaries, with federal, state, local, and foreign jurisdictions. The tax years ended March 31, 2020, March 31, 2021, and March 31, 2022, are subject to examination by federal and state taxing authorities. Various state and local income tax returns are also under examination by taxing authorities. We do not believe that the outcome of any examination will have a material impact on our financial statements.

A reconciliation of income taxes computed at the statutory federal income tax rate of 21.0% to the provision for income taxes included in the consolidated statements of operations is as follows (in thousands, except percentages):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2023			2022			2021
Income tax expense computed at the U.S. statutory federal rate	$	34,224		$	30,845		$	22,450
State income tax expense—net of federal benefit		8,754			8,937			6,941
Non-deductible executive compensation		1,708			1,749			2,052
Other		(1,068	)		(247	)		1,066
Provision for income taxes	$	43,618		$	41,284		$	32,509
Effective income tax rate		26.8	%		28.1	%		30.4	%

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2023			2022			2021
Current:
Federal	$	30,928		$	32,309		$	26,054
State		10,110			11,681			9,882
Foreign		499			894			770
Total current expense		41,537			44,884			36,706
Deferred:
Federal		1,301			(3,289	)		(3,067	)
State		970			(370	)		(1,096	)
Foreign		(190	)		59			(34	)
Total deferred expense (benefit)		2,081			(3,600	)		(4,197	)
Provision for income taxes	$	43,618		$	41,284		$	32,509

F-30

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows (in thousands):

	March 31,
	2023			2022
Deferred tax assets:
Accrued vacation	$	2,251		$	2,391
Deferred revenue		5,448			5,090
Allowance for credit losses		1,063			951
Restricted stock		654			616
Other deferred tax assets		1,697			743
Accrued bonus		2,323			2,532
Lease liabilities		3,939			1,857
Other credits and carryforwards		277			249
Gross deferred tax assets		17,652			14,429
Less: valuation allowance		(112	)		(250	)
Net deferred tax assets		17,540			14,179
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property and equipment		(2,926	)		(2,295	)
Operating leases		(3,789	)		(2,759	)
Prepaid expenses		(1,729	)		(887	)
Right-of-use assets		(3,885	)		(1,869	)
Tax deductible goodwill		(2,244	)		(1,319	)
Total deferred tax  liabilities		(14,573	)		(9,129	)
Net deferred tax asset	$	2,967		$	5,050

Management assesses the available positive and negative evidence to estimate whether sufficient future taxable income will be generated to permit use of the existing deferred tax assets. Based on this evaluation as of March 31, 2023, a valuation allowance of $0.1 million was recorded, to offset gross deferred tax assets primarily attributable to net operating losses at certain of the foreign subsidiaries and foreign tax credit carry forwards. We believe that it is more likely than not that we will realize the remaining gross deferred tax assets through generating taxable income or the reversal of existing temporary differences attributable to the gross deferred tax liabilities.

15. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

We account for the fair values of our assets and liabilities utilizing a three-tier value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value.

The following table provides the fair value of our assets and liabilities measured at fair value as categorized within the fair value hierarchy as of March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022 (in thousands):

			Fair Value Measurement Using
	Recorded Amount		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
March 31, 2023
Assets:
Money market funds	$	8,880	$	8,880	$	-	$	-
March 31, 2022
Assets:
Money market funds	$	18,138	$	18,138	$	-	$	-

F-31

16. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

NETWORK SOLUTIONS GROUP

On April 30, 2023, our subsidiary, ePlus Technology, inc., acquired certain assets and liabilities of the Network Solutions Group (NSG), formerly a business unit of CCI Systems, Inc., a Michigan-based provider of networking services and solutions. This acquisition will help drive additional growth for us in the service provider end-markets with enhanced engineering, sales, and services delivery capabilities specific to the industry. Our preliminary sum for consideration transferred is $59.6 million, equal to cash paid at closing. As of our filing date, our initial accounting for the business combination is incomplete.

FUTURE COM

On July 15, 2022, our subsidiary, ePlus Technology, inc., acquired certain assets and liabilities of Future Com, Ltd., a Texas-based provider of cybersecurity solutions, cloud security and security consulting services throughout the US. Our acquisition provides access to enhanced engineering, sales, and services delivery capabilities in the South-Central region of the United States, as well as bolstering the skills and expertise surrounding ePlus’ growing cybersecurity practice.

Our sum for consideration transferred is $13.3 million consisting of $13.0 million paid in cash at closing plus an additional $0.3 million that was subsequently paid to the sellers based on adjustments to our determination of the total net assets delivered. Our allocation of the purchase consideration to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is presented below (in thousands):

	Acquisition Date Amount
Accounts receivable	$	4,033
Other assets		129
Identified intangible assets		8,360
Accounts payable and other liabilities		(8,714	)
Contract liabilities		(214	)
Total identifiable net assets		3,594
Goodwill		9,694
Total purchase consideration	$	13,288

The identified intangible assets of $8.4 million consists of customer relationships with an estimated useful life of seven years. The fair value of acquired receivables equals the gross contractual amounts receivable. We expect to collect all acquired receivables.

We recognized goodwill related to this transaction of $9.7 million, which was assigned to our technology reporting unit. The goodwill recognized in the acquisition is attributable to the acquired assembled workforce and expected synergies, none of which qualify for recognition as a separate intangible asset. The total amount of goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The amount of revenues and earnings of the acquiree since the acquisition date are not material. Likewise, the impact to the revenue and earnings of the combined entity for the current reporting period as though the acquisition date had been April 1, 2022, is not material.

F-32

17. SEGMENT REPORTING

Our segment information is presented in accordance with a “management approach,” which designates the internal reporting used by the chief operating decision-maker (“CODM”) for deciding how to allocate resources and for assessing performance. Our CODM is our Chief Executive Officer and President. Our CODM conducts our operations through two operating segments- our technology segment and our financing segment. Our technology segment includes sales of information technology products, third-party software, third-party maintenance, advanced professional and managed services and our proprietary software to commercial, state, and local governments, and government contractors. Our financing segment consists of the financing of IT equipment, software and related services to commercial, state, and local governments, and government contractors. Our CODM uses several measures to allocate resources and assess performance. Our reported measure is earnings before taxes.

F-33

Our reportable segment information was as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2023							2022							2021
	Technology		Financing		Total			Technology		Financing		Total			Technology		Financing		Total
Net Sales
Product	$	1,750,802	$	52,473	$	1,803,275		$	1,492,411	$	87,983	$	1,580,394		$	1,305,789	$	60,369	$	1,366,158
Service		264,443		-		264,443			240,625		-		240,625			202,165		-		202,165
Total		2,015,245		52,473		2,067,718			1,733,036		87,983		1,821,019			1,507,954		60,369		1,568,323
Cost of Sales
Product		1,370,061		9,439		1,379,500			1,175,789		35,154		1,210,943			1,036,627		13,050		1,049,677
Service		170,694		-		170,694			149,094		-		149,094			125,092		-		125,092
Total		1,540,755		9,439		1,550,194			1,324,883		35,154		1,360,037			1,161,719		13,050		1,174,769
Gross Profit		474,490		43,034		517,524			408,153		52,829		460,982			346,235		47,319		393,554
Selling, general, and administrative		317,885		15,635		333,520			283,690		13,427		297,117			256,210		15,053		271,263
Depreciation and amortization		13,598		111		13,709			14,535		111		14,646			13,839		112		13,951
Interest and financing costs		2,897		1,236		4,133			928		975		1,903			521		1,484		2,005
Operating expenses		334,380		16,982		351,362			299,153		14,513		313,666			270,570		16,649		287,219
Operating income		140,110		26,052		166,162			109,000		38,316		147,316			75,665		30,670		106,335
Other income (expense), net						(3,188	)						(432	)						571
Earnings before tax					$	162,974						$	146,884						$	106,906
Net Sales
Contracts with customers	$	1,992,568	$	9,304	$	2,001,872		$	1,718,093	$	34,842	$	1,752,935		$	1,484,104	$	12,369	$	1,496,473
Financing and other		22,677		43,169		65,846			14,943		53,141		68,084			23,850		48,000		71,850
Total	$	2,015,245	$	52,473	$	2,067,718		$	1,733,036	$	87,983	$	1,821,019		$	1,507,954	$	60,369	$	1,568,323

Selected Financial Data - Statement of Cash Flow
Depreciation and amortization	$	14,999	$	3,590	$	18,589	$	15,592	$	8,713	$	24,305	$	14,568	$	5,423	$	19,991
Purchases of property, equipment and operating lease equipment	$	7,693	$	1,687	$	9,380	$	4,951	$	18,231	$	23,182	$	4,752	$	6,761	$	11,513
Selected Financial Data - Balance Sheet
Total assets	$	1,147,821	$	267,005	$	1,414,826	$	941,743	$	224,460	$	1,166,203	$	828,576	$	248,199	$	1,076,775

F-34

TECHNOLOGY SEGMENT DISAGGREGATION OF REVENUE

We analyze net sales for our technology segment by customer end market, by type, and by the timing of the transfer of goods and services and our position as principal or agent, which are summarized below (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2023			2022			2021
Customer end market:
Telecom, Media & Entertainment	$	532,921		$	502,408		$	371,913
Technology		393,594			250,485			251,683
State and local government and educational institutions		290,624			241,769			245,919
Healthcare		274,936			270,481			200,067
Financial Services		156,257			155,160			198,761
All others		366,913			312,733			239,611
Net sales		2,015,245			1,733,036			1,507,954
Less: Revenue from financing and other		(22,677	)		(14,943	)		(23,850	)
Revenue from contracts with customers	$	1,992,568		$	1,718,093		$	1,484,104
Type:
Data Center / Cloud	$	587,097		$	581,113		$	516,930
Networking		803,678			611,488			510,205
Security		214,459			158,927			155,186
Collaboration		57,472			57,244			47,504
Other		88,096			83,639			75,964
ePlus services		264,443			240,625			202,165
Net sales		2,015,245			1,733,036			1,507,954
Less: Revenue from financing and other		(22,677	)		(14,943	)		(23,850	)
Revenue from contracts with customers	$	1,992,568		$	1,718,093		$	1,484,104
Timing and position as principal or agent:
Transferred at a point in time as principal	$	1,566,760		$	1,342,799		$	1,174,582
Transferred at a point in time as agent		161,365			134,669			107,357
Transferred over time as principal		264,443			240,625			202,165
Revenue from contracts with customers	$	1,992,568		$	1,718,093		$	1,484,104

FINANCING SEGMENT DISAGGREGATION OF REVENUE

We analyze our revenues within our financing segment based on the nature of the arrangement, and our revenues from contracts with customers consist of proceeds from the sale of off-lease equipment. All revenues from contracts with customers in our financing segment are recognized at a point in time as principal.

GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

The geographic information for the years ended March 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 was as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2023		2022		2021
Net sales:
US	$	1,953,465	$	1,716,525	$	1,476,466
Non US		114,253		104,494		91,857
Total	$	2,067,718	$	1,821,019	$	1,568,323

F-35

Our long-lived tangible assets include property and equipment-net, operating leases-net, and equipment that has been returned to us at the termination of the lease.

	March 31,
	2023		2022
Long-lived tangible assets:
US	$	16,313	$	21,837
Non US		1,140		716
Total	$	17,453	$	22,553

Sales to Verizon Communications Inc. represented 22%, 24% and 19% of net sales for the years ended March 31, 2023, March 31, 2022, and March 31, 2021, respectively, all of which related to our technology segment.

F-36

ePlus inc. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

(Dollars in thousands)

	Balance at Beginning of Period		Charged to Costs and Expenses			Deductions/ Write-Offs			Balance at End of Period
Allowance for sales returns: (1)
Year ended March 31, 2021	$	1,038	$	2,909		$	(2,758	)	$	1,189
Year ended March 31, 2022	$	1,189	$	2,158		$	(2,101	)	$	1,246
Year ended March 31, 2023	$	1,246	$	3,991		$	(3,973	)	$	1,264
Allowance for credit losses:
Year ended March 31, 2021	$	3,189	$	1,436		$	(178	)	$	4,447
Year ended March 31, 2022	$	4,447	$	(102	)	$	(545	)	$	3,800
Year ended March 31, 2023	$	3,800	$	666		$	(112	)	$	4,354
Valuation for deferred taxes:
Year ended March 31, 2021	$	1,385	$	0		$	(1,385	)	$	0
Year ended March 31, 2022	$	0	$	250		$	0		$	250
Year ended March 31, 2023	$	250	$	(138	)	$	0		$	112

(1) These amounts represent the gross profit effect of sales returns during the respective years. Expected merchandise returns after year-end for sales made before year-end were $7.9 million, $7.8 million, and $7.4 million as of March 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively.

EX-3.1

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

EPLUS INC.

The present name of the corporation is ePlus inc. (the “Corporation”).  The Corporation was incorporated under the name “MLC Holdings, Inc.” by filing of its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on August 27, 1996.  This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, which restates and integrates and also further amends the provisions of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Laws of the State of Delaware (particularly Chapter 1, Title 8 of the Delaware Code, as amended, and referred to as the “Delaware General Corporation Law”).  The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended, integrated and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

FIRST

The name of the Corporation is ePlus inc.

SECOND

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19801, and the name of the Corporation’s registered agent in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company.

THIRD

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

FOURTH

The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is fifty-two million (52,000,000) shares consisting of fifty 50 million (50,000,000) shares of common stock having a par value of $.01 per share (the “Common Stock”) and two million (2,000,000) shares of preferred stock having a par value of $.01 per share (the “Preferred Stock”).

The Board of Directors of the Corporation is authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to provide by resolution or resolutions for the issuance of shares of the Preferred Stock as a class or in series, and, by filing a certificate of designations, pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, setting forth a copy of such resolution or resolutions to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of the class or of each such series and the qualifications, limitations, and restrictions thereof. The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to the class or each series shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following:

a)          the number of shares constituting any series and the distinctive designation of that series;

b)          the dividend rate of the shares of the class or of any series, whether dividends shall be cumulative, and if so, from which date or dates, and the relative rights of priority, if any of payment of dividends on shares of the class or of that series;

c)          whether the class or any series shall have voting rights, in addition to the voting rights provided by law, and if so, the terms of such voting rights;

d)          whether the class or any series shall have conversion privileges and, if so, the terms and conditions of conversion, including provision for adjustment of the conversion rate in such events as the Board of Directors shall determine;

e)          whether or not the shares of the class or of any series shall be redeemable, and, if so, the terms and conditions of such redemption, including the date or date upon or after which they shall be redeemable and the amount per share payable in case of redemption, which amount may vary under different conditions and at different redemption rates;

f)          whether the class or any series shall have a sinking fund for the redemption or purchase of shares of the class or of that series, and if so, the terms and amount of such sinking fund;

g)          the rights of the shares of the class or of any series in the event of voluntary or involuntary dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of shares of the class or of that series; and

h)          any other powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions of the class or of that series.

All rights accruing to the outstanding shares of the Corporation not expressly provided for to the contrary herein or in any certificate of designation shall be vested exclusively in the Common Stock.

FIFTH

The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

SIXTH

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter, or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

SEVENTH

No person shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

EIGHTH

The Corporation shall indemnify, in the manner and to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law (and in the case of any amendment thereto, to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than permitted prior thereto), any person (or the estate of any person) who is or was a party to, or is threatened to be made a party to, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether or not by or in the right of the Corporation, and whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan.  The corporation may, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any such person against any liability which may be asserted against such person.  To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the indemnification provided herein may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and any such expenses may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the person seeking indemnification to repay such amounts if it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified.  The indemnification provided herein shall not be deemed to limit the right of the Corporation to indemnify any other person for any such expenses to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor shall it be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any person seeking indemnification from the Corporation may be entitled under any agreement, the Corporation’s Bylaws, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.  The Corporation may, but only to the extent that the Board of Directors may (but shall not be obligated to) authorize from time to time, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article Eighth as they apply to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.

NINTH

From time to time any of the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation may be amended, altered, or repealed, and other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted in the manner and at the time prescribed by said laws, and all rights at any time conferred upon the stockholders of the Corporation by this Certificate of Incorporation are granted subject to the provisions of this Article Ninth.

EX-21

Exhibit 21

Subsidiaries of ePlus inc.

Technology

ePlus Technology, inc., a Commonwealth of Virginia corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ePlus inc.

ePlus Software, LLC, a Commonwealth of Virginia limited liability corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ePlus Technology, inc.

ePlus Technology Netherlands B.V., a Netherlands private company with limited liability, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ePlus Technology, inc.

ePlus Cloud Services, inc., a Commonwealth of Virginia corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ePlus Technology, inc.

SLAIT Consulting, LLC, a Commonwealth of Virginia limited liability corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ePlus Technology, inc.

IGXGlobal UK, Limited, an England and Wales Private limited Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ePlus Technology, inc.

Onecloud Consulting Inc, a California corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ePlus Technology, inc.

CloudUno Consulting India Private Limited, an Indian private limited company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Onecloud Consulting Inc.

Cloud Uno Pte. Ltd., a Singapore private limited company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Onecloud Consulting Inc.

ePlus EMEA, inc. Ltd., an Israel limited company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ePlus Technology, inc.

ePlus Technology Canada, inc., registered in Canada, wholly owned by ePlus Technology, inc.

ePlus Technology Services, inc., a Commonwealth of Virginia corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ePlus Technology, inc.

Financing

ePlus Group, inc., a Commonwealth of Virginia corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ePlus inc.

ePlus Financing Netherlands B.V., a Netherlands private company with limited liability, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ePlus Group, inc.

IGX Capital UK, Ltd., an England and Wales Private limited Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ePlus Group, inc.

ePlus Iceland, inc., a Commonwealth of Virginia corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ePlus Group, inc.

ePlus Government, inc., a Commonwealth of Virginia corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ePlus inc.

ePlus Capital, inc., a Commonwealth of Virginia corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ePlus inc.

ePlus Canada Company, registered in Canada, wholly owned by ePlus Capital, inc.

EX-23

Exhibit 23

 CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-220601, 333-261441, and 333-268147 on Forms S-8 and Registration Statement No. 333-269626 on Form S-3 of our reports dated May 24, 2023, relating to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule of ePlus inc. and subsidiaries, and the effectiveness of ePlus inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of ePlus inc. for the year ended March 31, 2023.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

McLean, Virginia

May 24, 2023

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Mark P. Marron, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of ePlus inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15 (f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: May 24, 2023

/s/ MARK P. MARRON

Mark P. Marron

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Elaine D. Marion, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of ePlus inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15 (f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: May 24, 2023

/s/ ELAINE D. MARION

Elaine D. Marion

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

EX-32

Exhibit 32

CERTIFICATION

PURSUANT TO 18 USC. SECTION 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE

SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of ePlus inc. on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2023, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), Mark P. Marron, Chief Executive Officer and President, and Elaine D. Marion, Chief Financial Officer, each hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to his or her knowledge:

a) the Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

b) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of ePlus inc.

Date: May 24, 2023

/s/ MARK P. MARRON

Mark P. Marron Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ ELAINE D. MARION

Elaine D. Marion Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to ePlus and will be retained by us and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request. The foregoing certification is being furnished pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350. It is not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and it is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing.

XML

Document and Entity Information - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2023	May 22, 2023	Sep. 30, 2022
Cover [Abstract]
Document Type	10-K
Amendment Flag	false
Document Annual Report	true
Document Period End Date	Mar. 31, 2023
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--03-31
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2023
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Document Transition Report	false
Entity File Number	1-34167
Entity Registrant Name	ePlus inc.
Entity Central Index Key	0001022408
Entity Incorporation, State or Country Code	DE
Entity Tax Identification Number	54-1817218
Entity Address, Address Line One	13595 Dulles Technology Drive
Entity Address, City or Town	Herndon
Entity Address, State or Province	VA
Entity Address, Postal Zip Code	20171-3413
City Area Code	703
Local Phone Number	984-8400
Title of 12(b) Security	Common Stock, $.01 par value
Trading Symbol	PLUS
Security Exchange Name	NASDAQ
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	Yes
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Interactive Data Current	Yes
Entity Filer Category	Large Accelerated Filer
Entity Small Business	false
Entity Emerging Growth Company	false
ICFR Auditor Attestation Flag	true
Entity Shell Company	false
Entity Public Float			$ 1,091,738,162
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		26,827,465
Auditor Firm ID	34
Auditor Name	DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Auditor Location	McLean, Virginia

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 103,093	$ 155,378
Accounts receivable-trade, net	504,122	430,380
Accounts receivable-other, net	55,508	48,673
Inventories	243,286	155,060
Financing receivables-net, current	89,829	61,492
Deferred costs	44,191	32,555
Other current assets	55,101	13,944
Total current assets	1,095,130	897,482
Financing receivables and operating leases-net	84,417	64,292
Deferred tax asset	3,682	5,050
Property, equipment, and other assets	70,447	45,586
Goodwill	136,105	126,543
Other intangible assets-net	25,045	27,250
TOTAL ASSETS	1,414,826	1,166,203
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	220,159	136,161
Accounts payable-floor plan	134,615	145,323
Salaries and commissions payable	37,336	39,602
Deferred revenue	114,028	86,469
Other current liabilities	24,372	28,095
Total current liabilities	561,326	460,036
Deferred tax liability	715	0
Other liabilities	60,998	35,529
TOTAL LIABILITIES	632,561	505,465
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 10)
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Preferred stock, $0.01 per share par value; 2,000 shares authorized; none outstanding	0	0
Common stock, $0.01 per share par value; 50,000 shares authorized; 26,905 outstanding at March 31, 2023 and 26,886 outstanding at March 31, 2022	272	270
Additional paid-in capital	167,303	159,480
Treasury stock, at cost, 261 shares at March 31, 2023 and 130 shares at March 31, 2022	(14,080)	(6,734)
Retained earnings	627,202	507,846
Accumulated other comprehensive income-foreign currency translation adjustment	1,568	(124)
Total Stockholders' Equity	782,265	660,738
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY	1,414,826	1,166,203
Recourse [Member]
Current liabilities:
Notes payable-current	5,997	7,316
Notes payable - long-term	0	5,792
Non-recourse [Member]
Current liabilities:
Notes payable-current	24,819	17,070
Notes payable - long-term	$ 9,522	$ 4,108

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Parenthetical) - $ / shares shares in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Preferred stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Preferred stock, shares authorized (in shares)	2,000	2,000
Preferred stock, shares outstanding (in shares)	0	0
Common stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, shares authorized (in shares)	50,000	50,000
Common stock, shares outstanding (in shares)	26,905	26,886
Treasury stock, shares (in shares)	261	130

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS - USD ($) shares in Thousands, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022	Mar. 31, 2021
Net sales
Total	$ 2,067,718	$ 1,821,019	$ 1,568,323
Cost of sales
Total	1,550,194	1,360,037	1,174,769
Gross profit	517,524	460,982	393,554
Selling, general, and administrative	333,520	297,117	271,263
Depreciation and amortization	13,709	14,646	13,951
Interest and financing costs	4,133	1,903	2,005
Operating expenses	351,362	313,666	287,219
Operating income	166,162	147,316	106,335
Other income (expense), net	(3,188)	(432)	571
Earnings before tax	162,974	146,884	106,906
Provision for income taxes	43,618	41,284	32,509
Net earnings	$ 119,356	$ 105,600	$ 74,397
Net earnings per common share-basic (in dollars per share)	$ 4.49	$ 3.96	$ 2.79
Net earnings per common share-diluted (in dollars per share)	$ 4.48	$ 3.93	$ 2.77
Weighted average common shares outstanding-basic (in shares)	26,569	26,638	26,674
Weighted average common shares outstanding-diluted (in shares)	26,654	26,866	26,834
Product [Member]
Net sales
Total	$ 1,803,275	$ 1,580,394	$ 1,366,158
Cost of sales
Total	1,379,500	1,210,943	1,049,677
Services [Member]
Net sales
Total	264,443	240,625	202,165
Cost of sales
Total	$ 170,694	$ 149,094	$ 125,092

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022	Mar. 31, 2021
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME [Abstract]
NET EARNINGS	$ 119,356	$ 105,600	$ 74,397
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME, NET OF TAX:
Foreign currency translation adjustments	1,692	(779)	1,646
Other comprehensive income (loss)	1,692	(779)	1,646
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME	$ 121,048	$ 104,821	$ 76,043

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022	Mar. 31, 2021
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net earnings	$ 119,356	$ 105,600	$ 74,397
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	18,589	24,305	19,991
Provision for credit losses	666	(102)	1,436
Share-based compensation expense	7,825	7,114	7,169
Deferred taxes	2,083	(3,581)	(4,198)
Payments from lessees directly to lenders-operating leases	0	(32)	(34)
Gain on disposal of property, equipment, and operating lease equipment	(3,479)	(4,136)	(2,742)
Changes in:
Accounts receivable	(78,679)	(50,803)	(5,056)
Inventories-net	(88,097)	(85,453)	(16,798)
Financing receivables-net	(41,015)	8,832	(42,104)
Deferred costs and other assets	(73,980)	(10,560)	(16,503)
Accounts payable-trade	75,270	(25,187)	76,772
Salaries and commissions payable, deferred revenue, and other liabilities	46,036	13,432	37,177
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	(15,425)	(20,571)	129,507
Cash flows from investing activities:
Proceeds from sale of property, equipment, and operating lease equipment	3,742	21,923	2,791
Purchases of property, equipment and operating lease equipment	(9,380)	(23,182)	(11,513)
Cash used in acquisitions, net of cash acquired	(13,288)	0	(27,034)
Net cash used in investing activities	(18,926)	(1,259)	(35,756)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Borrowings of non-recourse and recourse notes payable	193,051	114,105	66,403
Repayments of non-recourse and recourse notes payable	(196,069)	(99,991)	(74,328)
Repurchase of common stock	(7,224)	(13,608)	(6,948)
Repayments of financing of acquisitions	0	0	(556)
Net borrowings (repayments) on floor plan facility	(10,708)	46,670	(34,373)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	(20,950)	47,176	(49,802)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash	3,016	470	(618)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	(52,285)	25,816	43,331
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period	155,378	129,562	86,231
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period	103,093	155,378	129,562
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest	4,065	1,714	1,436
Cash paid for income taxes	51,984	47,143	31,690
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities	4,610	4,653	5,780
Schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities:
Proceeds from sale of property, equipment, and leased equipment	21	18	2,045
Purchases of property, equipment, and operating lease equipment	(1,453)	(98)	(372)
Borrowing of non-recourse and recourse notes payable	39,558	58,619	121,826
Repayments of non-recourse and recourse notes payable	0	(32)	(34)
Vesting of share-based compensation	9,897	8,481	7,937
Repurchase of common stock	(122)	0	0
New operating lease assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations	$ 11,886	$ 2,653	$ 1,146

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY - USD ($) shares in Thousands, $ in Thousands	Common Stock [Member]	Additional Paid-In Capital [Member]	Treasury Stock [Member]	Retained Earnings [Member]	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income [Member]	Total
Balance at Mar. 31, 2020	$ 144	$ 145,197	$ (68,424)	$ 410,219	$ (991)	$ 486,145
Balance (in shares) at Mar. 31, 2020	27,000
Issuance of restricted stock awards	$ 1	0	0	0	0	1
Issuance of restricted stock awards (in shares)	200
Share-based compensation	$ 0	7,169	0	0	0	7,169
Share-based compensation (in shares)	0
Repurchase of common stock	$ 0	0	$ (6,948)	0	0	(6,948)
Repurchase of common stock (in shares)			(194)
Net earnings	0	0	$ 0	74,397	0	74,397
Foreign currency translation adjustment	0	0	0	0	1,646	1,646
Balance at Mar. 31, 2021	$ 145	152,366	(75,372)	484,616	655	562,410
Balance (in shares) at Mar. 31, 2021	27,006
Issuance of restricted stock awards	$ 1	0	0	0	0	1
Issuance of restricted stock awards (in shares)	163
Share-based compensation	$ 0	7,114	0	0	0	7,114
Share-based compensation (in shares)	0
Repurchase of common stock	$ 0	0	$ (13,608)	0	0	(13,608)
Repurchase of common stock (in shares)			(283)
Stock split effected in the form of a dividend	135	0	$ 0	(135)	0	0
Retirement of treasury stock	(11)	0	82,246	(82,235)	0	0
Net earnings	0	0	0	105,600	0	105,600
Foreign currency translation adjustment	0	0	0	0	(779)	(779)
Balance at Mar. 31, 2022	$ 270	159,480	(6,734)	507,846	(124)	$ 660,738
Balance (in shares) at Mar. 31, 2022	26,886					26,886
Issuance of restricted stock awards	$ 2	0	0	0	0	$ 2
Issuance of restricted stock awards (in shares)	150
Share-based compensation	$ 0	7,823	0	0	0	7,823
Share-based compensation (in shares)	0
Repurchase of common stock	$ 0	0	$ (7,346)	0	0	(7,346)
Repurchase of common stock (in shares)			(131)
Net earnings	0	0	$ 0	119,356	0	119,356
Foreign currency translation adjustment	0	0	0	0	1,692	1,692
Balance at Mar. 31, 2023	$ 272	$ 167,303	$ (14,080)	$ 627,202	$ 1,568	$ 782,265
Balance (in shares) at Mar. 31, 2023	26,905					26,905

XML

ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2023

ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES [Abstract]

ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

1. ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS — Our company was founded in 1990 and is a Delaware corporation. ePlus inc. is sometimes referred to in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as “we,” “our,” “us,” “ourselves,” or “ePlus.” ePlus inc. is a holding company that through its subsidiaries provides information technology solutions which enable organizations to optimize their IT environment and supply chain processes. We also provide consulting, professional, and managed services and complete lifecycle management services including flexible financing solutions. We focus on selling to medium and large enterprises in the United States (“US”) and to customers in select international markets including the United Kingdom (“UK”), the European Union (“EU”), India, Singapore, and Israel.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION — The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of ePlus inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The accounts of acquired businesses are included in the consolidated financial statements from the dates of acquisition.

USE OF ESTIMATES — The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the US requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Estimates are used when accounting for items and matters including, but not limited to, revenue recognition, residual asset values, vendor consideration, lease classification, goodwill and intangibles, allowance for credit losses, inventory obsolescence, and the recognition and measurement of income tax assets and other provisions and contingencies. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES — We maintain an allowance for credit losses related to our accounts receivable and financing receivables. We record an expense in the amount necessary to adjust the allowance for credit losses to our current estimate of expected credit losses on financial assets. We estimate expected credit losses based on our internal rating of the customer’s credit quality, our historical credit losses, current economic conditions, and other relevant factors. Prior to providing credit, we assign an internal rating for each customer’s credit quality based on the customer’s financial status, rating agency reports and other financial information. We review our internal ratings for each customer at least annually or when there is an indicator of a change in credit quality, such as a delinquency or bankruptcy. We write off financing receivables when we deem them to be uncollectable.

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS — We account for business combinations using the acquisition method, which requires that the total purchase price for the acquired entity be allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. With limited exceptions, we measure most assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values at the acquisition date. We apply Accounting Standards Codification (“Codification”) Topic 606, Contracts with customers (“Codification Topic 606”), to recognize and measure contract assets and contract liabilities from contracts with customers. Our allocation process requires an analysis of intangible assets, such as customer relationships, trade names, acquired contractual rights and legal contingencies to identify and record all assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

We record any premium paid over the fair value of the acquired net assets as goodwill. Our initial purchase price allocations are subject to revision within the measurement period, not to exceed one year from the date of acquisition. We include the results of operations for the acquired company in our financial statements from the acquisition date.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — Cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of interest-bearing accounts and money market funds that consist of short-term US treasury securities. We consider all highly liquid investments, including those with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of acquisition, to be cash equivalents. We have a lockbox account whose purpose is to collect and distribute customer payments under financing arrangements. As of March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022, we were not holding any amounts in trust for third-party recipients, and there were no restrictions on the withdrawal of funds from our money market funds.

CONCENTRATIONS OF RISK — Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk include cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, and financing receivables. Cash and cash equivalents may include short-term investments that are maintained principally with financial institutions in the US. Our accounts receivable-trade balance as of March 31, 2023, and 2022 included approximately 13% and 14%, respectively, concentration of invoices due from Verizon Communications Inc. The risk on our accounts receivable and financing receivables is reduced by having a broad customer base in a diverse range of industries and through the ongoing evaluation of collectability of our portfolio. The credit risk is further mitigated by transferring certain of our financing receivables to financial institutions on a non-recourse basis and, for our lease receivables, by owning the underlying asset. A substantial portion of our sales are products from Cisco Systems, which represented approximately 40%, 39%, and 36%, of our technology segment net sales for the years ended March 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively.

DEFERRED COSTS — When a contract is within the scope of the scope of Codification Topic 606, we defer costs of fulfilling the contract when they generate or enhance resources that will be used by us in satisfying performance obligations in the future. Additionally, we capitalize costs that are incremental to obtaining the contracts, predominately sales commissions, and expense them in proportion to each completed contract performance obligation.

DEFERRED REVENUE — We recognize deferred revenue when cash payments are received or due in advance of our performance.

EARNINGS PER SHARE — Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net earnings attributable to common stockholders by the basic weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution of securities that could participate in our earnings, including restricted stock awards during each period.

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT — We follow the guidance in Codification Topic 820 Fair Value Measurements (“Codification Topic 820”) which governs how to measure fair value for financial reporting. This topic defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. This topic also establishes a fair value hierarchy that categorizes into three levels the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value:

● Level 1 – Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity can access at the measurement date.

● Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.

● Level 3 – Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. The fair values are determined based on model-based techniques such as discounted cash flow models using inputs that we could not corroborate with market data.

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS — For financial instruments such as cash, short-term investments, accounts receivables, accounts payable and other current liabilities, we consider the recorded value of the financial instruments to approximate the fair value due to their short maturities. On March 31, 2023, the carrying amounts of our notes receivable, recourse and non-recourse payables were $109.2 million, $6.0 million, and $34.3 million, respectively, and their fair values were $109.5 million, $6.0 million, and $34.5 million, respectively. On March 31, 2022, the carrying amounts of our notes receivable, recourse and non-recourse payables were $80.5 million, $13.1 million, and $21.2 million, respectively, and their fair values were $80.0 million, $13.1 million, and $21.2 million, respectively.

FINANCING RECEIVABLES AND OPERATING LEASES — Financing receivables and operating leases consist of notes receivable, sales-type leases, and operating leases. We issue financing receivables for periods generally between 2 to 6 years, with most terms ranging between 3 to 4 years. When we lease equipment under an operating lease, we recognize the underlying asset at cost and depreciate it on a straight-line bases over its estimated useful life. We estimate that the useful life for most information technology (“IT”) equipment under lease is 4 years.

FOREIGN CURRENCY MATTERS — Our functional currency is the US dollar. Our international subsidiaries typically use their local currency as their functional currency. We translate the assets and liabilities of our international subsidiaries into US dollars at the spot rate in effect at the applicable reporting date. We translate the revenues and expenses of our international subsidiaries into US dollars at the average exchange rates in effect during the applicable period. We report the resulting foreign currency translation adjustment as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), which is reflected as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. We report all foreign currency transaction gains or losses in other income (expense), net on our consolidated statement of operations. For the years ended March 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, we recognized a loss of $5.4 million, a loss of $0.5 million, and a gain of $0.5 million, respectively, due to foreign currency transactions.

GOODWILL — We test goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, as of October 1, and between annual tests if an event occurs, or circumstances change, that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount.

In a qualitative assessment, we assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not (that is, a likelihood of more than 50 percent) that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, we determine that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then the quantitative goodwill impairment test is unnecessary.

If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, we determine that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then we perform the quantitative goodwill impairment test. We may also elect the unconditional option to bypass the qualitative assessment for any reporting unit in any period and proceed directly to performing the quantitative goodwill impairment test.

In the quantitative impairment test, we compare the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired. Conversely, if the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss shall be recognized in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.

IMPLEMENTATION COSTS OF A HOSTING ARRANGEMENT- We capitalize implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software. We classify these capitalized costs in the same balance sheet line item as the amounts prepaid for the related hosting arrangement and we present the amortization of these capitalized costs in the same income statement line item as the service fees for the related hosting arrangement. Our long-term prepaids are included in our consolidated balance sheets as part of property, equipment, and other assets. We amortize the capitalized implementation costs over the term of the hosting arrangement.

INCOME TAXES — Deferred income taxes are accounted for in accordance with Codification Topic 740 Income Taxes (“Codification Topic 740”). Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial statement reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using tax rates currently in effect. Future tax benefits, such as net operating loss carry-forwards, are recognized to the extent that realization of these benefits is considered to be more likely than not. We review our deferred tax assets at least annually and make necessary valuation adjustments.

In addition, we account for uncertain tax positions in accordance with Codification Topic 740. Specifically, the Topic prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The interpretation also provides guidance on the related de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting for interim periods, disclosure, and transition of uncertain tax positions. In accordance with our accounting policy, we recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of tax expense.

INVENTORIES — Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is determined using a weighted average cost method. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. Our determination of the net realizable value for inventories is based on the terms of underlying purchase commitments from our customers, current economic conditions, and other relevant factors.

LESSEE ACCOUNTING — We lease office space for periods up to six years and lease warehouse space for periods of up to 10 years, and we have some lease options that can be exercised to extend beyond those lease term limits. At the lease commencement date, we recognize operating lease liabilities based on the present value of the future minimum lease payments. In determining the present value of future minimum lease payments, we use our incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the commencement date. When the future minimum payments encompass non-lease components, we account for the lease and non-lease components as a single lease component. We elected not to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for leases with an initial term of 12 months or less. We recognize lease expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term beginning on the commencement date.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT — Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. We recognize property and equipment obtained through a business combination at its fair market value as of the acquisition date. We compute depreciation and amortization using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which range from three to seven years. We typically depreciate internal use IT equipment over three years, perpetual software licenses over five years, furniture and fixtures over five years, and telecommunications equipment over seven years.

RESIDUAL ASSETS — Our estimate for the residual asset in a lease is the amount we expect to derive from the underlying asset following the end of the lease term. In a sales-type lease, we recognize the unguaranteed residual asset, measured on a discounted basis, upon lease commencement. In our subsequent accounting for the lease, we increase the unguaranteed residual asset using the effective interest method. We evaluate residual values for impairment on a quarterly basis. We recognize impairments as incurred. We do not recognize upward adjustments due to changes in estimates of residual values.

REVENUE RECOGNITION — We recognize most of our revenues from the sales of third-party products, third-party software, third-party maintenance, software support, and services, ePlus professional and managed services, and hosting ePlus proprietary software. We recognize revenue from these sales under the guidance in Codification Topic 606.

The core principle of Codification Topic 606 is that an entity should recognize revenue for the transfer of goods and services equal to an amount it expects to be entitled to receive for those goods and services. We account for a contract under Codification Topic 606 when it has approval and commitment from both parties, the rights of the parties are identified, payment terms are established, the contract has commercial substance, and collectability of consideration is probable.

Revenues are reported net of sales refunds, including an estimate of future returns based on an evaluation of historical sales returns, current economic conditions, volume, and other relevant factors.

Our contracts with customers may include multiple promises that are distinct performance obligations. For such arrangements, we allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price. We determine standalone selling prices using expected cost-plus margin.

We recognize revenue when (or as) we satisfy a performance obligation by transferring a promised good or service to a customer. A good or service is transferred when (or as) the customer obtains control of that good or service. Depending on the nature of each performance obligation, this may be at a point in time or over time, as further described below.

We typically invoice our customers for third-party products upon shipment, unless our customers lease the equipment through our financing segment, in which case the arrangement is accounted for as a lease in accordance with Codification Topic 842, Leases (“Codification Topic 842”). We typically invoice our customers for third-party software upon delivery and third-party services at the point of sale, unless our customers finance these products through our financing segment, in which case we record a financing receivable based on the terms of the arrangement. 

Product revenue

Sales of third-party products

We are the principal in sales of third-party products. As such, we recognize sales on a gross basis with the selling price to the customer recorded as sales and the acquisition cost of the product recognized as cost of sales. We recognize revenue from these sales at the point in time that control passes to the customer, which is typically upon delivery of the product to the customer.

In some instances, our customers may request that we bill them for a product but retain physical possession of the product until later delivery, commonly known as “bill-and-hold” arrangements. We have warehousing agreements with select customers wherein title to products ordered through the agreements transfers to our customer at the point we invoice the customer and after the product arrives at our warehouse. In these “bill-and-hold” arrangements, we recognize revenue when the customer has ordered the product through their warehousing agreement with us or signed a bill-and-hold agreement with us, the customer has legal title, the product is identified separately as belonging to the customer, and the product is ready for delivery to the customer.

We recognize sales of off-lease equipment within our financing segment when control passes to the customer, which is typically the date that title to the equipment is transferred per the sales agreement.

Sales of third-party software

We are typically the principal in sales of third-party software. Sales are recognized on a gross basis with the selling price to the customer recorded as sales and the acquisition cost of the product recognized as cost of sales. We recognize revenue from these sales at the point in time that control passes to the customer, which is typically upon delivery of the software to the customer.

Sales of third-party maintenance, software support, and services

We are the agent in sales of third-party maintenance, software support, and services as the third-party controls the service until it is transferred to the customer. Similarly, we are the agent in sales of third-party software and accompanying third-party support when the third-party software benefits the customer only in conjunction with the accompanying support. In these sales, we consider the third-party software and support as inputs to a single performance obligation. In all these sales where we are the agent, we recognize sales on a net basis at the point that our customer and vendor accept the terms and conditions of the arrangement.

Freight and sales tax

We present freight billed to our customers within sales and the related freight charged to us within cost of sales. We present sales tax collected from customers and remittances to governmental authorities on a net basis.

Financing revenue and other

We account for leases to customers in accordance with Codification Topic 842. We utilize a portfolio approach by grouping together many similar assets being leased to a single customer.

We classify our leases as either sales-type leases or operating leases. We classify leases as sales-type leases if any one of five criteria are met, each of which indicate that the lease transfers control of the underlying asset to the lessee. We classify our other leases as operating leases.

For sales-type leases, upon lease commencement, we recognize the present value of the lease payments and the residual asset discounted using the rate implicit in the lease. When we are financing equipment provided by another dealer, we typically do not have any selling profit or loss arising from the lease. When we are the dealer of the equipment being leased, we typically recognize revenue in the amount of the lease receivable and cost of sales in the amount of the carrying value of the underlying asset minus the unguaranteed residual asset. After the commencement date, we recognize interest income as part of net sales using the effective interest method.

For operating leases, we recognize the underlying asset as an operating lease asset. We depreciate the asset on a straight-line basis to its estimated residual value over its estimated useful life. We recognize the lease payments over the lease term on a straight-line basis as part of net sales.

In all of our leases, we recognize variable lease payments, primarily reimbursement for property taxes associated with the leased asset, as part of net sales in the period in which the changes in facts and circumstances on which the variable lease payments are based occur. We exclude from revenues and expenses any sales taxes reimbursed by the lessee.

We also finance third-party software and third-party services for our customers, which we classify as notes-receivable. We recognize interest income on our notes-receivable using the effective interest method.

We account for transfers of our financial assets, under Codification Topic 860 Transfers and Servicing (“Codification Topic 860”). When a transfer meets all the requirements for sale accounting, we derecognize the financial asset and record a net gain or loss that is included in net sales.

Service revenue

Sales of ePlus professional, managed services, and staffing

ePlus professional services offerings include assessments, project management, and staging, configuration, and integration. ePlus managed service offerings range from monitoring and notification to a fully outsourced network management or service desk solution. ePlus staffing delivers a full range of staffing solutions, including short-term, long-term, temporary-to-hire, and direct-hire IT professionals. In all these arrangements, we satisfy our performance obligation and recognize revenue over time.

In arrangements for ePlus professional services and staffing, we provide services under both time and materials and fixed price contracts. When services are provided on a time and materials basis, we recognize sales at agreed-upon billing rates as services are performed. When services are provided on a fixed fee basis, we recognize sales over time in proportion to our progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation. We typically measure progress based on costs incurred in proportion to total estimated costs, commonly referred to as the “cost-to-cost” method.

In arrangements for ePlus managed services, our arrangement is typically a single performance obligation comprised of a series of distinct services that are substantially the same and that have the same pattern of transfer (i.e., distinct days of service). We typically recognize sales from these services on a straight-line basis over the period services are provided.

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION — We account for share-based compensation in accordance with Codification Topic 718 Compensation—Stock Compensation.We account for forfeitures when they occur. There are no additional conditions for vesting other than service conditions.

We recognize compensation cost for awards of restricted stock with graded vesting on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. There are no additional conditions for vesting other than service conditions.

We recognize compensation cost for our employee stock purchase plan on a straight-line basis over the offering period, which is 6 months. We measure the award on the grant date at fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT COSTS — We capitalize costs for the development of internal use software under the Codification Topic 350-40 Intangibles—Goodwill and Other Intangibles, Subtopic Internal-Use Software. We did not have significant capitalized development costs for internal use software for either of the years ended March 31, 2023, or March 31, 2022. We capitalized development costs for internal use software of $0.2 million for the year ended March 31, 2021. We had capitalized costs, net of amortization, of approximately $1.0 million and $2.1 million as of March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022, respectively, that is included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as a component of other intangible assets-net.

TREASURY STOCK — We account for treasury stock under the cost method and include treasury stock as a component of stockholders’ equity on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

VENDOR CONSIDERATION — We receive payments and credits from vendors pursuant to volume incentive programs and shared marketing expense programs. Many of these programs extend over one or more quarters’ sales activities. Different programs have different vendor/program specific milestones to achieve. Amounts due from vendors as of March 31, 2023, and 2022 were $21.9 million and $12.9 million, respectively, which were included within accounts receivable-other, net in the accompanying balance sheets.

We recognize rebates pursuant to volume incentive programs, when the rebate is probable and reasonably estimable, based on a systematic and rational allocation of the cash consideration offered to the underlying transactions that result in our progress toward earning the rebate. When a rebate is not probable or not reasonably estimable, we recognized the rebate as the milestones are achieved or as cash is received.

We recognize rebates pursuant to shared marketing expense programs as a reduction of the related selling and administrative expenses in the period the program occurs when the consideration represents a reimbursement of specific, incremental, identifiable costs. We recognize consideration that exceeds the specific, incremental, identifiable costs as a reduction of cost of sales.

XML

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2023

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS [Abstract]

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

2. RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

RECENTLY ADOPTED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS — In October 2021, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2021-08, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers, that requires companies to apply Accounting Standards Codification Topic 606, Contracts with Customers, to recognize and measure contract assets and contract liabilities from contracts with customers acquired in a business combination. We early adopted this update beginning in the second quarter of our fiscal year ending March 31, 2023, and it did not have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements. The ongoing impact of this standard will be fact dependent on the transactions within its scope.

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS NOT YET ADOPTED — In September 2022, the FASB issued ASU 2022-04, Liabilities—Supplier Finance Programs (Subtopic 405-50): Disclosure of Supplier Finance Program Obligations. This update requires buyers in a supplier finance program to disclose certain qualitative and quantitative information about the program. This update is effective for us beginning in the first quarter of our fiscal year ending March 31, 2024, except for a requirement to provide a roll forward of our obligations during the annual period, which is effective for us beginning in the first quarter of our fiscal year ending March 31, 2025. We are currently evaluating the impact this update will have on our disclosures.

XML

REVENUES

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2023

REVENUES [Abstract]

REVENUES

3. REVENUES

CONTRACT BALANCES

Accounts receivable – trade consists entirely of amounts due from contracts with customers. In addition, we had $70.4 million, $47.5 million, and $54.6 million of receivables from contracts with customers included within financing receivables as of March 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively. The following table provides the balance of contract liabilities from contracts with customers (in thousands):

	March 31,
	2023		2022		2021
Current (included in deferred revenue)	$	113,713	$	85,826	$	72,299
Non-current (included in other liabilities)	$	47,217	$	30,086	$	26,042

Revenue recognized from the beginning contract liability balance was $70.3 million and $57.5 million for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2023, and 2022, respectively.

PERFORMANCE OBLIGATIONS

The following table includes revenue expected to be recognized in the future related to performance obligations, primarily non-cancelable contracts for ePlus managed services, that are unsatisfied or partially unsatisfied at the end of the reporting period (in thousands):

Year ending March 31, 2024		64,863
2025		28,269
2026		12,855
2027		4,132
2028 and thereafter		1,442
Total remaining performance obligations	$	111,561

The table does not include the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for (i) contracts with an original expected length of one year or less and (ii) contracts where we recognize revenue at the amount that we have the right to invoice for services performed.

XML

FINANCING RECEIVABLES AND OPERATING LEASES

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2023

FINANCING RECEIVABLES AND OPERATING LEASES [Abstract]

FINANCING RECEIVABLES AND OPERATING LEASES

4. FINANCING RECEIVABLES AND OPERATING LEASES

Our financing receivables and operating leases consist primarily of leases of IT and communication equipment and notes receivable from financing customer purchases of third-party software, maintenance, and services. Our leases often include elections for the lessee to purchase the underlying asset at the end of the lease term. Occasionally, our leases provide the lessee a bargain purchase option.

The following table provides the profit recognized for sales-type leases at their commencement date, including modifications that are recognized on a net basis, for the years ended March 31, 2023, and 2022 (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2023		2022
Net sales	$	22,677	$	14,943
Cost of sales		19,009		12,478
Gross profit	$	3,668	$	2,465

The following table provides interest income in aggregate on our sales-type leases and lease income on our operating leases for the years ended March 31, 2023, and 2022 (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2023		2022
Interest income on sales-type leases	$	3,943	$	3,904
Lease income on operating leases	$	17,421	$	24,711

FINANCING RECEIVABLES—NET

The following tables provide a disaggregation of our financing receivables - net (in thousands):

	Notes			Lease			Financing
March 31, 2023	Receivable			Receivables			Receivables
Gross receivables	$	117,008		$	60,157		$	177,165
Unguaranteed residual value (1)		-			8,161			8,161
Unearned income		(5,950	)		(8,050	)		(14,000	)
Allowance for credit losses (2)		(801	)		(981	)		(1,782	)
Total, net	$	110,257		$	59,287		$	169,544
Reported as:
Current	$	65,738		$	24,091		$	89,829
Long-term		44,519			35,196			79,715
Total, net	$	110,257		$	59,287		$	169,544

(1) Includes unguaranteed residual values of $4,222 thousand that we retained after selling the related lease receivable.

(2) Refer to Note 7, “Allowance for Credit Losses” for details.

	Notes			Lease			Financing
March 31, 2022	Receivable			Receivables			Receivables
Gross receivables	$	80,517		$	38,788		$	119,305
Unguaranteed residual value (1)		-			9,141			9,141
Unearned income		(2,728	)		(3,604	)		(6,332	)
Allowance for credit losses (2)		(708	)		(681	)		(1,389	)
Total, net	$	77,081		$	43,644		$	120,725
Reported as:
Current	$	45,415		$	16,077		$	61,492
Long-term		31,666			27,567			59,233
Total, net	$	77,081		$	43,644		$	120,725

(1) Includes unguaranteed residual values of $6,424 thousand that we retained after selling the related lease receivable.

(2) Refer to Note 7, “Allowance for Credit Losses” for details.

The following table provides the future scheduled minimum lease payments for investments in sales-type leases as of March 31, 2023 (in thousands):

Year ending March 31, 2024	$	28,478
2025		17,216
2026		9,662
2027		3,547
2028 and thereafter		1,254
Total	$	60,157

OPERATING LEASES—NET

Operating leases—net represents leases that do not qualify as sales-type leases. The components of the operating leases—net are as follows (in thousands):

	March 31, 2023			March 31, 2022
Cost of equipment under operating leases	$	15,301		$	13,044
Accumulated depreciation		(10,599	)		(7,985	)
Investment in operating lease equipment—net (1)	$	4,702		$	5,059

(1) Amounts include estimated unguaranteed residual values of $1,717 thousand as of both March 31, 2023, and 2022.

The following table provides the future scheduled minimum lease rental payments for operating leases as of March 31, 2023 (in thousands):

Year ending March 31, 2024	$	1,618
2025		829
2026		269
2027		38
Total	$	2,754

TRANSFERS OF FINANCIAL ASSETS

We enter into arrangements to transfer the contractual payments due under financing receivables and operating lease agreements, which are accounted for as secured borrowings.

For transfers accounted for as a secured borrowing, the corresponding investments serve as collateral for non-recourse notes payable. As of March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022, we had financing receivables of $35.7 million and $21.1 million, respectively, and operating leases of $2.5 million and $2.0 million, respectively which were collateral for non-recourse notes payable. See Note 9, “Notes Payable and Credit Facility.”

For transfers accounted for as sales, we derecognize the carrying value of the asset transferred plus any liability and recognize a net gain or loss on the sale, which are presented within net sales in the consolidated statement of operations. For the years ended March 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, we recognized net gains of $16.1 million, $18.2 million, and $14.5 million, respectively, and total proceeds from these sales were $706.0 million, $855.1 million, and $364.0 million, respectively.

When we retain servicing obligations in transfers accounted for as sales, we allocate a portion of the proceeds to deferred revenues, which is recognized as we perform the services. As of both March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022, we had deferred revenue of $0.5 million for servicing obligations.

In a limited number of transfers accounted for as sales, we indemnified the assignee in the event that the lessee elects to early terminate the lease. As of March 31, 2023, our total potential liability that could result from these indemnities is immaterial.

XML

LESSEE ACCOUNTING

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2023

LESSEE ACCOUNTING [Abstract]

LESSEE ACCOUNTING

5. LESSEE ACCOUNTING

We lease office space for periods up to six years and lease warehouse space for periods of up to 10 years, and we have some lease options that can be exercised to extend beyond those lease term limits. We recognize our right-of-use assets as part of property, equipment, and other assets. As of March 31, 2023, and 2022, we had right-of-use assets of $14.6 million and $6.9 million, respectively.

We recognize the current and long-term portions of our lease liability as part of other current liabilities and other liabilities, respectively.As of March 31, 2023, and 2022, we had current lease liabilities of $2.7 million and $3.6 million, respectively, and long-term lease liabilities of $12.0 million and $3.3 million, respectively. We recognized rent expense of $5.2 million and $5.3 million as part of selling, general, and administrative expenses during the years ended March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022, respectively.

Supplemental information about the remaining lease terms and discount rates applied as of March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022, are as follows:

	Year Ended March 31,
Lease term and Discount Rate	2023			2022
Weighted average remaining lease term (months)		81			29
Weighted average discount rate		4.8	%		3.2	%

The following table provides our future lease payments under our operating leases as of March 31, 2023 (in thousands):

Year ending March 31, 2024	$	2,796
2025		3,861
2026		1,884
2027		1,640
2028 and thereafter		7,775
Total lease payments		17,956
Less: interest		(3,191	)
Present value of lease liabilities	$	14,765

As of March 31, 2023, we were committed to one office lease that had not yet commenced with a total commitment of $0.3 million.

XML

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2023

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS [Abstract]

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

6. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

GOODWILL

The following table summarizes the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022, respectively (in thousands):

	Year ended March 31, 2023									Year ended March 31, 2022
	Goodwill			Accumulated Impairment Loss			Net Carrying Amount			Goodwill			Accumulated Impairment Loss			Net Carrying Amount
Beginning balance	$	135,216		$	(8,673	)	$	126,543		$	135,318		$	(8,673	)	$	126,645
Acquisitions		9,694			-			9,694			-			-			-
Foreign currency translations		(132	)		-			(132	)		(102	)		-			(102	)
Ending balance	$	144,778		$	(8,673	)	$	136,105		$	135,216		$	(8,673	)	$	126,543

Goodwill represents the premium paid over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets that are individually identified and separately recognized in business combinations. Our entire balance as of March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022, relates to our technology reportable segment, which we also determined to be one reporting unit. The carrying value of goodwill was $136.1 million and $126.5 million as of March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022, respectively. Our goodwill balance increased by $9.6 million for the year ended March 31, 2023, due to $9.7 million in goodwill additions from our acquisition of Future Com, Ltd., offset by foreign currency translation of $0.1 million. Please refer to Note 16, “Business Combinations” for details of our acquisition.

We test goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, as of the first day of our third fiscal quarter, and between annual tests if an event occurs, or circumstances change, that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value.

In our annual test as of October 1, 2022, we performed a quantitative assessment of goodwill and concluded that the fair value of our technology reporting unit exceeded its carrying value. Our conclusions would not be impacted by a ten percent change in our estimate of the fair value of the reporting unit.

In our annual test as of October 1, 2021, we performed a qualitative assessment of goodwill and concluded that, more likely than not, the fair value of our technology reporting unit continued to substantially exceed its carrying value.

OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Our other intangible assets consist of the following as of March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022 (in thousands):

	March 31, 2023							March 31, 2022
	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount
Purchased intangibles	$	85,449	$	(61,376	)	$	24,073	$	77,224	$	(52,087	)	$	25,137
Capitalized software development		10,516		(9,544	)		972		10,517		(8,404	)		2,113
Total	$	95,965	$	(70,920	)	$	25,045	$	87,741	$	(60,491	)	$	27,250

Purchased intangibles, consisting mainly of customer relationships, are generally amortized between 5 to 10 years. Capitalized software development is generally amortized over 5 years.

Total amortization expense for customer relationships and other intangible assets was $9.3 million, $10.1 million, and $10.3 million for the years ended March 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

The following table provides the future amortization expense for customer relationships and other intangible assets as of March 31, 2023 (in thousands):

Year ending March 31, 2024	$	8,104
2025		6,235
2026		4,448
2027		2,882
2028		1,658
2029 and thereafter		746
Total	$	24,073

XML

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2023

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES [Abstract]

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

7. ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The following table provides the activity in our allowance for credit losses for the years ended March 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 (in thousands):

	Accounts Receivable			Notes Receivable			Lease Receivables			Total
Balance as of March 31, 2020		1,781			798			610			3,189
Provision for credit losses		367			503			566			1,436
Write-offs and other		(84	)		(89	)		(5	)		(178	)
Balance as of March 31, 2021		2,064			1,212			1,171			4,447
Provision for credit losses		482			(312	)		(272	)		(102	)
Write-offs and other		(135	)		(192	)		(218	)		(545	)
Balance as of March 31, 2022		2,411			708			681			3,800
Provision for credit losses		273			93			300			666
Write-offs and other		(112	)		-			-			(112	)
Balance as of March 31, 2023		2,572			801			981			4,354

We evaluate our customers using an internally assigned credit quality rating “CQR”. The CQR categories of our financing receivables are:

• High CQR: This rating includes accounts with excellent to good business credit, asset quality and capacity to meet financial obligations. Loss rates in this category are less than 1%.

• Average CQR: This rating includes accounts with average credit risk that are more susceptible to loss in the event of adverse business or economic conditions. Loss rates in this category are in the range of 1% to 8%.

• Low CQR: This rating includes accounts that have marginal credit risk such that the customer’s ability to make repayment is impaired or may likely become impaired. The loss rates in this category in the normal course are greater than 8% and up to 100%.

The following table provides the amortized cost basis of our financing receivables by CQR and by credit origination year as of March 31, 2023(in thousands):

	Amortized cost basis by origination year ending March 31,
	2023		2022		2021		2020		2019		2018 and prior		Total		Transfers (2)			Net credit exposure
Notes receivable:
High CQR	$	72,155	$	11,378	$	11,267	$	370	$	30	$	-	$	95,200	$	(28,115	)	$	67,085
Average CQR		12,793		2,675		213		115		61		1		15,858		(1,432	)		14,426
Total	$	84,948	$	14,053	$	11,480	$	485	$	91	$	1	$	111,058	$	(29,547	)	$	81,511
Lease receivables:
High CQR	$	21,629	$	3,842	$	1,916	$	565	$	51	$	9	$	28,012	$	(1,437	)	$	26,575
Average CQR		23,796		3,430		770		35		3		-		28,034		(1,594	)		26,440
Total	$	45,425	$	7,272	$	2,686	$	600	$	54	$	9	$	56,046	$	(3,031	)	$	53,015
Total amortized cost (1)	$	130,373	$	21,325	$	14,166	$	1,085	$	145	$	10	$	167,104	$	(32,578	)	$	134,526

(1) Unguaranteed residual values of $4,222 thousand that we retained after selling the related lease receivable is excluded from amortized cost.

(2) Transfers consist of receivables that have been transferred to third-party financial institutions on a non-recourse basis.

The following table provides the amortized cost basis of our financing receivables by CQR and by credit origination year as of March 31, 2022 (in thousands):

	Amortized cost basis by origination year ending March 31,
	2022		2021		2020		2019		2018		2017		Total		Transfers (2)			Net credit exposure
Notes receivable:
High CQR	$	35,264	$	28,005	$	1,297	$	345	$	2	$	4	$	64,917	$	(30,274	)	$	34,643
Average CQR		8,922		2,976		758		213		3		-		12,872		(4,763	)		8,109
Total	$	44,186	$	30,981	$	2,055	$	558	$	5	$	4	$	77,789	$	(35,037	)	$	42,752
Lease receivables:
High CQR	$	14,549	$	5,002	$	2,499	$	902	$	50	$	11	$	23,013	$	(3,385	)	$	19,628
Average CQR		10,936		3,092		741		47		72		-		14,888		(347	)		14,541
Total	$	25,485	$	8,094	$	3,240	$	949	$	122	$	11	$	37,901	$	(3,732	)	$	34,169
Total amortized cost (1)	$	69,671	$	39,075	$	5,295	$	1,507	$	127	$	15	$	115,690	$	(38,769	)	$	76,921

(1) Unguaranteed residual values of $6,424 thousand that we retained after selling the related lease receivable is excluded from amortized cost.

(2) Transfers consist of receivables that have been transferred to third-party financial institutions on a non-recourse basis and receivables that are in the process of being transferred to third-party financial institutions.

The following table provides an aging analysis of our financing receivables as of March 31, 2023 (in thousands):

	31-60 Days Past Due		61-90 Days Past Due		> 90 Days Past Due		Total Past Due		Current		Total Billed		Unbilled		Amortized Cost
Notes receivable	$	1,020	$	862	$	473	$	2,355	$	7,703	$	10,058	$	101,000	$	111,058
Lease receivables		1,068		463		864		2,395		5,413		7,808		48,238		56,046
Total	$	2,088	$	1,325	$	1,337	$	4,750	$	13,116	$	17,866	$	149,238	$	167,104

The following table provides an aging analysis of our financing receivables as of March 31, 2022 (in thousands):

	31-60 Days Past Due		61-90 Days Past Due		> 90 Days Past Due		Total Past Due		Current		Total Billed		Unbilled		Amortized Cost
Notes receivable	$	187	$	37	$	23	$	247	$	5,307	$	5,554	$	72,235	$	77,789
Lease receivables		115		325		430		870		639		1,509		36,392		37,901
Total	$	302	$	362	$	453	$	1,117	$	5,946	$	7,063	$	108,627	$	115,690

Our financial assets on nonaccrual status were not significant as of March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022.

XML

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT-NET

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2023

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT-NET [Abstract]

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT-NET

8. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT—NET

Property and equipment—net is a component of Property, equipment, and other assets. Our balance consists of the following (in thousands):

	March 31,			March 31,
	2023			2022
Furniture, fixtures and equipment	$	29,818		$	28,640
Leasehold improvements		10,398			7,615
Capitalized software		3,235			3,822
Vehicles		445			476
Total assets		43,896			40,553
Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(31,963	)		(32,642	)
Property and equipment - net	$	11,933		$	7,911

Depreciation and amortization expense on property and equipment, including amounts recognized in cost of sales, was $5.5 million for the year ended March 31, 2023, and $5.4 million for both the years ended March 31, 2022, and March 31, 2021.

XML

NOTES PAYABLE AND CREDIT FACILITY

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2023

NOTES PAYABLE AND CREDIT FACILITY [Abstract]

NOTES PAYABLE AND CREDIT FACILITY

9. NOTES PAYABLE AND CREDIT FACILITY

CREDIT FACILITY

We finance the operations of our subsidiaries ePlus Technology, inc., ePlus Technology Services, inc., and SLAIT Consulting, LLC (collectively, the “Borrowers”) in our technology segment through a credit facility with Wells Fargo Commercial Distribution Finance, LLC (“WFCDF”). The WFCDF credit facility (the “WFCDF Credit Facility”) has a floor plan facility and a revolving credit facility.

On October 13, 2021, the Borrowers amended, restated, and replaced in entirety their then-existing credit agreements with WFCDF. On October 31, 2022, the Borrowers entered into the First Amendment to the credit agreement. Under this agreement and its amendment, the credit facility is provided by a syndicate of banks for which WFCDF acts as administrative agent and consists of a discretionary senior secured floor plan facility in favor of the Borrowers in the aggregate principal amount of up to $425.0 million, together with a sublimit for a revolving credit facility for up to $150.0 million.

On March 10, 2023, the Borrowers entered into a Second Amendment to the credit agreement which amended the Credit Agreement to increase the maximum aggregate amount of principal available under the floor plan facility from $425.0 million to $500.0 million and increase the maximum aggregate amount of principal available under the Revolving Facility from $150.0 million to $200.0 million.

Under the accounts payable floor plan facility, we had an outstanding balance of $134.6 million and $145.3 million as of March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022, respectively. On our balance sheet, our liability under the accounts payable floor plan facility is presented as accounts payable – floor plan.

Under the revolving credit facility, we had no balance outstanding as of March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022. On our balance sheet, our liability under the revolving credit facility is presented as part of recourse notes payable – current.

The fair value of the outstanding balances under the WFCDF Credit Facility were approximately equal to their carrying value as of March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022.

The amount of principal available is subject to a borrowing base determined by, among other things, the Borrowers’ accounts receivable and inventory, each pursuant to a formula and subject to certain reserves. Loans accrue interest at a rate per annum equal to Term SOFR Rate plus a Term SOFR Adjustment of 0.10% plus an Applicable Margin of 1.75%. Our weighted average interest rate on the accounts receivable component of our WFCDF Credit Facility was 5.35% during our year ended March 31, 2023, compared to 2.00% over the prior year.

Our borrowings under the WFCDF Credit Facility are secured by the assets of the Borrowers. Additionally, the WFCDF Credit Facility requires a guaranty of $10.5 million by ePlus inc.

Under the WFCDF Credit Facility, the Borrowers are restricted in their ability to pay dividends to ePlus inc. unless their available borrowing meets or met certain thresholds. As of March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022, their available borrowing met the thresholds such that there were no restrictions on their ability to pay dividends.

The WFCDF Credit Facility has an initial one-year term, which automatically renews for successive one-year terms thereafter. However, either the Borrowers or WFCDF may terminate the WFCDF Credit Facility at any time by providing a written termination notice to the other party no less than 90 days prior to such termination.

The loss of the WFCDF Credit Facility could have a material adverse effect on our future results as we currently rely on this facility and its components for daily working capital and liquidity for our technology segment and as an operational function of our accounts payable process.

RECOURSE NOTES PAYABLE

Recourse notes payable consist of borrowings that, in the event of default, the lender has recourse against us. As of March 31, 2023, and 2022 we had $6.0 million and $13.1 million, respectively, in recourse borrowings arising from one installment payment arrangement within our technology segment. Our payments under this installment agreement are due quarterly in amounts that are correlated to the payments due to us from a customer under a related notes receivable. We discounted our payments due under this installment agreement to calculate our payable balance using an interest rate of 3.50% as of both March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022.

NON-RECOURSE NOTES PAYABLE

Non-recourse notes payable consists of borrowings that, in the event of a default by a customer, the lender generally only has recourse against the customer, and the assets serving as collateral, but not against us. As of March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022, we had $34.3 million and $21.2 million, respectively, of non-recourse borrowings that were collateralized by investments in notes and leases. Principal and interest payments are generally due periodically in amounts that are approximately equal to the total payments due from the customer under the leases or notes receivable that collateralize the notes payable. The weighted average interest rate for our non-recourse notes payable was 5.01% and 3.59%, as of March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022, respectively.

Our recourse and non-recourse notes payable as of March 31, 2023, mature as follows:

	Recourse notes		Non-recourse
	payable		notes payable
Year ended March 31, 2024	$	5,997	$	24,819
2025		-		5,880
2026		-		2,589
2027		-		1,053
Total maturities	$	5,997	$	34,341

XML

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2023

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES [Abstract]

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

10. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are subject to various legal proceedings, as well as demands, claims and threatened litigation, that arise in the normal course of our business and have not been fully resolved. The ultimate outcome of any litigation or other legal dispute is uncertain. When a loss related to a legal proceeding or claim is probable and reasonably estimable, we accrue our best estimate for the ultimate resolution of the matter. If one or more legal matters are resolved against us in a reporting period for amounts above our expectations, our financial condition and operating results for that period may be adversely affected. As of March 31, 2023, we do not believe that there is a reasonable possibility that any material loss exceeding the amounts already recognized for these proceedings and matters, if any, has been incurred. Any outcome, whether favorable or unfavorable, may materially and adversely affect us due to legal costs and expenses, diversion of management attention and other factors. We expense legal costs in the period incurred. We cannot assure that additional contingencies of a legal nature or contingencies having legal aspects will not be asserted against us in the future, and these matters could relate to prior, current, or future transactions or events.

XML

EARNINGS PER SHARE

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2023

EARNINGS PER SHARE [Abstract]

EARNINGS PER SHARE

11. EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net earnings attributable to common shares by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net earnings per share include the potential dilution of securities that could participate in our earnings, but not securities that are anti-dilutive.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators used to calculate basic and diluted net earnings per common share as disclosed in our consolidated statements of operations for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 (in thousands, except per share data):

	2023		2022		2021
Net earnings attributable to common shareholders - basic and diluted	$	119,356	$	105,600	$	74,397
Basic and diluted common shares outstanding:
Weighted average common shares outstanding — basic		26,569		26,638		26,674
Effect of dilutive shares		85		228		160
Weighted average shares common outstanding — diluted		26,654		26,866		26,834
Earnings per common share - basic	$	4.49	$	3.96	$	2.79
Earnings per common share - diluted	$	4.48	$	3.93	$	2.77

XML

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2023

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY [Abstract]

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

12. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

SHARE REPURCHASE PLAN

On March 22, 2023, our board of directors authorized the repurchase of up to 1,000,000 shares of our outstanding common stock, over a 12-month period beginning May 28, 2023. On March 24, 2022, our board of directors authorized the repurchase of up to 1,000,000 shares of our outstanding common stock, over a 12-month period beginning May 28, 2022. On March 18, 2021, our board of directors authorized the repurchase of up to 1,000,000 shares of our outstanding common stock, adjusted for the stock split, over a 12-month period beginning May 28, 2021. These plans authorized purchases to be made from time to time in the open market, or in privately negotiated transactions, subject to availability. Any repurchased shares will have the status of treasury shares and may be used, when needed, for general corporate purposes.

During the year ended March 31, 2023, we purchased 72,973 shares of our outstanding common stock at an average cost of $55.69 per share for a total purchase price of $4.1 million under the share repurchase plan; we also acquired 58,080 shares of common stock at a value of $3.3 million to satisfy tax withholding obligations relating to the vesting of employees’ restricted stock.

During the year ended March 31, 2022, retroactively adjusted for the stock split, we purchased 227,990 shares of our outstanding common stock at an average cost of $48.48 per share for a total purchase price of $11.1 million under the share repurchase plan; we also acquired 55,430 shares of common stock at a value of $2.6 million to satisfy tax withholding obligations relating to the vesting of employees’ restricted stock.

XML

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2023

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION [Abstract]

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

13. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

SHARE-BASED PLANS

As of March 31, 2023, we had share-based awards outstanding under the following plans: (1) the 2017 Non-Employee Director Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2017 Director LTIP”), (2) the 2012 Employee Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2012 Employee LTIP”), and (3) the 2021 Employee Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2021 Employee LTIP”).

These share-based plans define fair market value as the closing sales price of a share of common stock as quoted on any established stock exchange for such date or the most recent trading day preceding such date if there were no trades on such date.

2012 Employee LTIP and 2021 Employee LTIP

The 2021 Employee LTIP was approved by our stockholders on September 16, 2021 and became effective October 1, 2021. Under the 2021 Employee LTIP, 3,000,000 shares were authorized for grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance awards, or other share-based awards to ePlus employees.

The 2021 Employee LTIP replaced the 2012 Employee LTIP that had previously been approved by our stockholders on September 13, 2012. Beginning September 16, 2021, we permanently ceased granting any additional shares under the 2012 Employee LTIP.

The purpose of these plans is to encourage our employees to acquire a proprietary interest in the growth and performance of ePlus, thus enhancing the value of ePlus for the benefit of its stockholders, and to enhance our ability to attract and retain exceptionally qualified individuals. These plans are administered by the Compensation Committee.

Shares issuable under these plans may consist of authorized but unissued shares or shares held in our treasury. Under these plans, the Compensation Committee will determine the time and method of exercise or vesting of the awards. Shares under these plans will not be used to compensate our outside directors, who may be compensated under the separate 2017 Director LTIP, as discussed below.

2017 Director LTIP

On September 12, 2017, our stockholders approved the 2017 Director LTIP that was adopted by the Board on July 24, 2017. Under the 2017 Director LTIP, 300,000 shares, retroactively adjusted for the stock split, were authorized for grant to non-employee directors. The purpose of the 2017 Director LTIP is to align the economic interests of the directors with the interests of stockholders by including equity as a component of pay and to attract, motivate and retain experienced and knowledgeable directors. Each director receives an annual grant of restricted stock having a grant-date fair value equal to the cash compensation earned by an outside director during our fiscal year ended immediately before the respective annual grant-date. These restricted shares are prohibited from being sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, or otherwise encumbered or disposed of. The shares vest half on the one-year anniversary and half on the second-year anniversary from the date of the grant. In addition, each director may also elect to receive stock in lieu of their cash compensation. Stock received in lieu of cash vests immediately.

RESTRICTED STOCK ACTIVITY

During the year ended March 31, 2023, we granted 19,804 restricted shares under the 2017 Director LTIP and 138,643 restricted shares under the 2021 Employee LTIP.

Cumulatively, as of March 31, 2023, we have granted a total of 101,280 restricted shares under the 2017 Director LTIP, 2,144,578 restricted shares under the 2012 Employee LTIP, and 138,643 restricted shares under the 2021 Employee LTIP.

The following table provides a summary of the non-vested restricted shares for the year ended March 31, 2023:

	Number of Shares			Weighted Average Grant-date Fair Value
Nonvested April 1, 2022		343,806		$	41.01
Granted		158,447		$	56.50
Vested		(179,336	)	$	39.49
Forfeited		(8,057	)	$	42.28
Non-vested March 31, 2023		314,860		$	49.57

In each of the years ended March 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, we used the closing stock price on the grant date or, if the grant date fell on a date the stock was not traded, the previous day’s closing stock price for the fair value of the award.

The weighted-average grant date fair value of restricted shares granted during the years ended March 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 was $56.50, $46.56, and $35.95, respectively.

The aggregated fair value of restricted shares that vested during the years ended March 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 was $7.1 million, $7.1 million, and $7.7 million, respectively.

Upon each vesting period of the restricted stock awards to employees, participants are subject to minimum tax withholding obligations. The 2012 Employee LTIP, the 2021 Employee LTIP, and the 2017 Director LTIP allows us to withhold a sufficient number of shares due to the participant to satisfy their minimum tax withholding obligations. For the year ended March 31, 2023, we withheld 58,080 shares of common stock at a value of $3.3 million, which was included in treasury stock. For the year ended March 31, 2022, we withheld 55,430 shares of common stock at a value of $2.6 million, which was included in treasury stock.

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

On September 15, 2022, our stockholders approved the 2022 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“2022 ESPP”) through which eligible employees may purchase shares of our stock at 6-month intervals at a discount off the lesser of the closing market price on the first or the last trading day of each offering period. The aggregate number of shares of our stock that may be issued to participants under the plan is 2.5 million. Our inaugural offering period under the 2022 ESPP is January 1, 2023, to June 30, 2023. Through March 31, 2023, we had not yet issued any shares under the 2022 ESPP.

COMPENSATION EXPENSE

The following table provides a summary of our total share-based compensation expense, including for restricted stock awards and our 2022 ESPP, and the related income tax benefit for the years ended March 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2023			2022			2021
Equity-based compensation expense	$	7,825		$	7,114		$	7,169
Income tax benefit		(2,097	)		(1,999	)		(2,179	)

We recognized the income tax benefit as a reduction to our provision for income taxes. As of March 31, 2023, the total unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested restricted stock was $9.7 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 27 months.

We also provide our employees with a contributory 401(k) profit sharing plan. We may make contributions, which are fully vested when they are made, to the plan. These contributions are not required. The decision whether to make contributions is entirely within our discretion. For the years ended March 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, we recognized expense for employer contributions to the plan of $4.2 million, $3.4 million, and $3.0 million, respectively.

XML

INCOME TAXES

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2023

INCOME TAXES [Abstract]

INCOME TAXES

14. INCOME TAXES

We account for our tax positions in accordance with Codification Topic 740. Under the guidance, we evaluate uncertain tax positions based on the two-step approach. The first step is to evaluate each uncertain tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained in an audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. For tax positions that are not likely of being sustained upon audit, the second step requires us to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

As of March 31, 2023, we do not have any unrecognized tax benefits for uncertain tax positions. As of March 31, 2022, our total gross unrecognized tax benefits recorded for uncertain income tax, and interest and penalties thereon, were negligible. We recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as part of income tax expense.

We file income tax returns, including returns for our subsidiaries, with federal, state, local, and foreign jurisdictions. The tax years ended March 31, 2020, March 31, 2021, and March 31, 2022, are subject to examination by federal and state taxing authorities. Various state and local income tax returns are also under examination by taxing authorities. We do not believe that the outcome of any examination will have a material impact on our financial statements.

A reconciliation of income taxes computed at the statutory federal income tax rate of 21.0% to the provision for income taxes included in the consolidated statements of operations is as follows (in thousands, except percentages):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2023			2022			2021
Income tax expense computed at the U.S. statutory federal rate	$	34,224		$	30,845		$	22,450
State income tax expense—net of federal benefit		8,754			8,937			6,941
Non-deductible executive compensation		1,708			1,749			2,052
Other		(1,068	)		(247	)		1,066
Provision for income taxes	$	43,618		$	41,284		$	32,509
Effective income tax rate		26.8	%		28.1	%		30.4	%

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2023			2022			2021
Current:
Federal	$	30,928		$	32,309		$	26,054
State		10,110			11,681			9,882
Foreign		499			894			770
Total current expense		41,537			44,884			36,706
Deferred:
Federal		1,301			(3,289	)		(3,067	)
State		970			(370	)		(1,096	)
Foreign		(190	)		59			(34	)
Total deferred expense (benefit)		2,081			(3,600	)		(4,197	)
Provision for income taxes	$	43,618		$	41,284		$	32,509

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows (in thousands):

	March 31,
	2023			2022
Deferred tax assets:
Accrued vacation	$	2,251		$	2,391
Deferred revenue		5,448			5,090
Allowance for credit losses		1,063			951
Restricted stock		654			616
Other deferred tax assets		1,697			743
Accrued bonus		2,323			2,532
Lease liabilities		3,939			1,857
Other credits and carryforwards		277			249
Gross deferred tax assets		17,652			14,429
Less: valuation allowance		(112	)		(250	)
Net deferred tax assets		17,540			14,179
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property and equipment		(2,926	)		(2,295	)
Operating leases		(3,789	)		(2,759	)
Prepaid expenses		(1,729	)		(887	)
Right-of-use assets		(3,885	)		(1,869	)
Tax deductible goodwill		(2,244	)		(1,319	)
Total deferred tax  liabilities		(14,573	)		(9,129	)
Net deferred tax asset	$	2,967		$	5,050

Management assesses the available positive and negative evidence to estimate whether sufficient future taxable income will be generated to permit use of the existing deferred tax assets. Based on this evaluation as of March 31, 2023, a valuation allowance of $0.1 million was recorded, to offset gross deferred tax assets primarily attributable to net operating losses at certain of the foreign subsidiaries and foreign tax credit carry forwards. We believe that it is more likely than not that we will realize the remaining gross deferred tax assets through generating taxable income or the reversal of existing temporary differences attributable to the gross deferred tax liabilities.

XML

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2023

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS [Abstract]

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

15. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

We account for the fair values of our assets and liabilities utilizing a three-tier value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value.

The following table provides the fair value of our assets and liabilities measured at fair value as categorized within the fair value hierarchy as of March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022 (in thousands):

			Fair Value Measurement Using
	Recorded Amount		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
March 31, 2023
Assets:
Money market funds	$	8,880	$	8,880	$	-	$	-
March 31, 2022
Assets:
Money market funds	$	18,138	$	18,138	$	-	$	-

XML

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2023

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS [Abstract]

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

16. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

NETWORK SOLUTIONS GROUP

On April 30, 2023, our subsidiary, ePlus Technology, inc., acquired certain assets and liabilities of the Network Solutions Group (NSG), formerly a business unit of CCI Systems, Inc., a Michigan-based provider of networking services and solutions. This acquisition will help drive additional growth for us in the service provider end-markets with enhanced engineering, sales, and services delivery capabilities specific to the industry. Our preliminary sum for consideration transferred is $59.6 million, equal to cash paid at closing. As of our filing date, our initial accounting for the business combination is incomplete.

FUTURE COM

On July 15, 2022, our subsidiary, ePlus Technology, inc., acquired certain assets and liabilities of Future Com, Ltd., a Texas-based provider of cybersecurity solutions, cloud security and security consulting services throughout the US. Our acquisition provides access to enhanced engineering, sales, and services delivery capabilities in the South-Central region of the United States, as well as bolstering the skills and expertise surrounding ePlus’ growing cybersecurity practice.

Our sum for consideration transferred is $13.3 million consisting of $13.0 million paid in cash at closing plus an additional $0.3 million that was subsequently paid to the sellers based on adjustments to our determination of the total net assets delivered. Our allocation of the purchase consideration to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is presented below (in thousands):

	Acquisition Date Amount
Accounts receivable	$	4,033
Other assets		129
Identified intangible assets		8,360
Accounts payable and other liabilities		(8,714	)
Contract liabilities		(214	)
Total identifiable net assets		3,594
Goodwill		9,694
Total purchase consideration	$	13,288

The identified intangible assets of $8.4 million consists of customer relationships with an estimated useful life of seven years. The fair value of acquired receivables equals the gross contractual amounts receivable. We expect to collect all acquired receivables.

We recognized goodwill related to this transaction of $9.7 million, which was assigned to our technology reporting unit. The goodwill recognized in the acquisition is attributable to the acquired assembled workforce and expected synergies, none of which qualify for recognition as a separate intangible asset. The total amount of goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The amount of revenues and earnings of the acquiree since the acquisition date are not material. Likewise, the impact to the revenue and earnings of the combined entity for the current reporting period as though the acquisition date had been April 1, 2022, is not material.

XML

SEGMENT REPORTING

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2023

SEGMENT REPORTING [Abstract]

SEGMENT REPORTING

17. SEGMENT REPORTING

Our segment information is presented in accordance with a “management approach,” which designates the internal reporting used by the chief operating decision-maker (“CODM”) for deciding how to allocate resources and for assessing performance. Our CODM is our Chief Executive Officer and President. Our CODM conducts our operations through two operating segments- our technology segment and our financing segment. Our technology segment includes sales of information technology products, third-party software, third-party maintenance, advanced professional and managed services and our proprietary software to commercial, state, and local governments, and government contractors. Our financing segment consists of the financing of IT equipment, software and related services to commercial, state, and local governments, and government contractors. Our CODM uses several measures to allocate resources and assess performance. Our reported measure is earnings before taxes.

Our reportable segment information was as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2023							2022							2021
	Technology		Financing		Total			Technology		Financing		Total			Technology		Financing		Total
Net Sales
Product	$	1,750,802	$	52,473	$	1,803,275		$	1,492,411	$	87,983	$	1,580,394		$	1,305,789	$	60,369	$	1,366,158
Service		264,443		-		264,443			240,625		-		240,625			202,165		-		202,165
Total		2,015,245		52,473		2,067,718			1,733,036		87,983		1,821,019			1,507,954		60,369		1,568,323
Cost of Sales
Product		1,370,061		9,439		1,379,500			1,175,789		35,154		1,210,943			1,036,627		13,050		1,049,677
Service		170,694		-		170,694			149,094		-		149,094			125,092		-		125,092
Total		1,540,755		9,439		1,550,194			1,324,883		35,154		1,360,037			1,161,719		13,050		1,174,769
Gross Profit		474,490		43,034		517,524			408,153		52,829		460,982			346,235		47,319		393,554
Selling, general, and administrative		317,885		15,635		333,520			283,690		13,427		297,117			256,210		15,053		271,263
Depreciation and amortization		13,598		111		13,709			14,535		111		14,646			13,839		112		13,951
Interest and financing costs		2,897		1,236		4,133			928		975		1,903			521		1,484		2,005
Operating expenses		334,380		16,982		351,362			299,153		14,513		313,666			270,570		16,649		287,219
Operating income		140,110		26,052		166,162			109,000		38,316		147,316			75,665		30,670		106,335
Other income (expense), net						(3,188	)						(432	)						571
Earnings before tax					$	162,974						$	146,884						$	106,906
Net Sales
Contracts with customers	$	1,992,568	$	9,304	$	2,001,872		$	1,718,093	$	34,842	$	1,752,935		$	1,484,104	$	12,369	$	1,496,473
Financing and other		22,677		43,169		65,846			14,943		53,141		68,084			23,850		48,000		71,850
Total	$	2,015,245	$	52,473	$	2,067,718		$	1,733,036	$	87,983	$	1,821,019		$	1,507,954	$	60,369	$	1,568,323

Selected Financial Data - Statement of Cash Flow
Depreciation and amortization	$	14,999	$	3,590	$	18,589	$	15,592	$	8,713	$	24,305	$	14,568	$	5,423	$	19,991
Purchases of property, equipment and operating lease equipment	$	7,693	$	1,687	$	9,380	$	4,951	$	18,231	$	23,182	$	4,752	$	6,761	$	11,513
Selected Financial Data - Balance Sheet
Total assets	$	1,147,821	$	267,005	$	1,414,826	$	941,743	$	224,460	$	1,166,203	$	828,576	$	248,199	$	1,076,775

TECHNOLOGY SEGMENT DISAGGREGATION OF REVENUE

We analyze net sales for our technology segment by customer end market, by type, and by the timing of the transfer of goods and services and our position as principal or agent, which are summarized below (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2023			2022			2021
Customer end market:
Telecom, Media & Entertainment	$	532,921		$	502,408		$	371,913
Technology		393,594			250,485			251,683
State and local government and educational institutions		290,624			241,769			245,919
Healthcare		274,936			270,481			200,067
Financial Services		156,257			155,160			198,761
All others		366,913			312,733			239,611
Net sales		2,015,245			1,733,036			1,507,954
Less: Revenue from financing and other		(22,677	)		(14,943	)		(23,850	)
Revenue from contracts with customers	$	1,992,568		$	1,718,093		$	1,484,104
Type:
Data Center / Cloud	$	587,097		$	581,113		$	516,930
Networking		803,678			611,488			510,205
Security		214,459			158,927			155,186
Collaboration		57,472			57,244			47,504
Other		88,096			83,639			75,964
ePlus services		264,443			240,625			202,165
Net sales		2,015,245			1,733,036			1,507,954
Less: Revenue from financing and other		(22,677	)		(14,943	)		(23,850	)
Revenue from contracts with customers	$	1,992,568		$	1,718,093		$	1,484,104
Timing and position as principal or agent:
Transferred at a point in time as principal	$	1,566,760		$	1,342,799		$	1,174,582
Transferred at a point in time as agent		161,365			134,669			107,357
Transferred over time as principal		264,443			240,625			202,165
Revenue from contracts with customers	$	1,992,568		$	1,718,093		$	1,484,104

FINANCING SEGMENT DISAGGREGATION OF REVENUE

We analyze our revenues within our financing segment based on the nature of the arrangement, and our revenues from contracts with customers consist of proceeds from the sale of off-lease equipment. All revenues from contracts with customers in our financing segment are recognized at a point in time as principal.

GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

The geographic information for the years ended March 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 was as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2023		2022		2021
Net sales:
US	$	1,953,465	$	1,716,525	$	1,476,466
Non US		114,253		104,494		91,857
Total	$	2,067,718	$	1,821,019	$	1,568,323

Our long-lived tangible assets include property and equipment-net, operating leases-net, and equipment that has been returned to us at the termination of the lease.

	March 31,
	2023		2022
Long-lived tangible assets:
US	$	16,313	$	21,837
Non US		1,140		716
Total	$	17,453	$	22,553

Sales to Verizon Communications Inc. represented 22%, 24% and 19% of net sales for the years ended March 31, 2023, March 31, 2022, and March 31, 2021, respectively, all of which related to our technology segment.

XML

SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2023

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts [Abstract]

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

ePlus inc. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

(Dollars in thousands)

	Balance at Beginning of Period		Charged to Costs and Expenses			Deductions/ Write-Offs			Balance at End of Period
Allowance for sales returns: (1)
Year ended March 31, 2021	$	1,038	$	2,909		$	(2,758	)	$	1,189
Year ended March 31, 2022	$	1,189	$	2,158		$	(2,101	)	$	1,246
Year ended March 31, 2023	$	1,246	$	3,991		$	(3,973	)	$	1,264
Allowance for credit losses:
Year ended March 31, 2021	$	3,189	$	1,436		$	(178	)	$	4,447
Year ended March 31, 2022	$	4,447	$	(102	)	$	(545	)	$	3,800
Year ended March 31, 2023	$	3,800	$	666		$	(112	)	$	4,354
Valuation for deferred taxes:
Year ended March 31, 2021	$	1,385	$	0		$	(1,385	)	$	0
Year ended March 31, 2022	$	0	$	250		$	0		$	250
Year ended March 31, 2023	$	250	$	(138	)	$	0		$	112

(1) These amounts represent the gross profit effect of sales returns during the respective years. Expected merchandise returns after year-end for sales made before year-end were $7.9 million, $7.8 million, and $7.4 million as of March 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively.

XML

ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2023

ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES [Abstract]

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

BASIS OF PRESENTATION — The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of ePlus inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The accounts of acquired businesses are included in the consolidated financial statements from the dates of acquisition.

USE OF ESTIMATES

USE OF ESTIMATES — The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the US requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Estimates are used when accounting for items and matters including, but not limited to, revenue recognition, residual asset values, vendor consideration, lease classification, goodwill and intangibles, allowance for credit losses, inventory obsolescence, and the recognition and measurement of income tax assets and other provisions and contingencies. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES — We maintain an allowance for credit losses related to our accounts receivable and financing receivables. We record an expense in the amount necessary to adjust the allowance for credit losses to our current estimate of expected credit losses on financial assets. We estimate expected credit losses based on our internal rating of the customer’s credit quality, our historical credit losses, current economic conditions, and other relevant factors. Prior to providing credit, we assign an internal rating for each customer’s credit quality based on the customer’s financial status, rating agency reports and other financial information. We review our internal ratings for each customer at least annually or when there is an indicator of a change in credit quality, such as a delinquency or bankruptcy. We write off financing receivables when we deem them to be uncollectable.

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS — We account for business combinations using the acquisition method, which requires that the total purchase price for the acquired entity be allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. With limited exceptions, we measure most assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values at the acquisition date. We apply Accounting Standards Codification (“Codification”) Topic 606, Contracts with customers (“Codification Topic 606”), to recognize and measure contract assets and contract liabilities from contracts with customers. Our allocation process requires an analysis of intangible assets, such as customer relationships, trade names, acquired contractual rights and legal contingencies to identify and record all assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

We record any premium paid over the fair value of the acquired net assets as goodwill. Our initial purchase price allocations are subject to revision within the measurement period, not to exceed one year from the date of acquisition. We include the results of operations for the acquired company in our financial statements from the acquisition date.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — Cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of interest-bearing accounts and money market funds that consist of short-term US treasury securities. We consider all highly liquid investments, including those with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of acquisition, to be cash equivalents. We have a lockbox account whose purpose is to collect and distribute customer payments under financing arrangements. As of March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022, we were not holding any amounts in trust for third-party recipients, and there were no restrictions on the withdrawal of funds from our money market funds.

CONCENTRATIONS OF RISK

CONCENTRATIONS OF RISK — Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk include cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, and financing receivables. Cash and cash equivalents may include short-term investments that are maintained principally with financial institutions in the US. Our accounts receivable-trade balance as of March 31, 2023, and 2022 included approximately 13% and 14%, respectively, concentration of invoices due from Verizon Communications Inc. The risk on our accounts receivable and financing receivables is reduced by having a broad customer base in a diverse range of industries and through the ongoing evaluation of collectability of our portfolio. The credit risk is further mitigated by transferring certain of our financing receivables to financial institutions on a non-recourse basis and, for our lease receivables, by owning the underlying asset. A substantial portion of our sales are products from Cisco Systems, which represented approximately 40%, 39%, and 36%, of our technology segment net sales for the years ended March 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively.

DEFERRED COSTS

DEFERRED COSTS — When a contract is within the scope of the scope of Codification Topic 606, we defer costs of fulfilling the contract when they generate or enhance resources that will be used by us in satisfying performance obligations in the future. Additionally, we capitalize costs that are incremental to obtaining the contracts, predominately sales commissions, and expense them in proportion to each completed contract performance obligation.

DEFERRED REVENUE

DEFERRED REVENUE — We recognize deferred revenue when cash payments are received or due in advance of our performance.

EARNINGS PER SHARE

EARNINGS PER SHARE — Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net earnings attributable to common stockholders by the basic weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution of securities that could participate in our earnings, including restricted stock awards during each period.

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT — We follow the guidance in Codification Topic 820 Fair Value Measurements (“Codification Topic 820”) which governs how to measure fair value for financial reporting. This topic defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. This topic also establishes a fair value hierarchy that categorizes into three levels the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value:

● Level 1 – Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity can access at the measurement date.

● Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.

● Level 3 – Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. The fair values are determined based on model-based techniques such as discounted cash flow models using inputs that we could not corroborate with market data.

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS — For financial instruments such as cash, short-term investments, accounts receivables, accounts payable and other current liabilities, we consider the recorded value of the financial instruments to approximate the fair value due to their short maturities. On March 31, 2023, the carrying amounts of our notes receivable, recourse and non-recourse payables were $109.2 million, $6.0 million, and $34.3 million, respectively, and their fair values were $109.5 million, $6.0 million, and $34.5 million, respectively. On March 31, 2022, the carrying amounts of our notes receivable, recourse and non-recourse payables were $80.5 million, $13.1 million, and $21.2 million, respectively, and their fair values were $80.0 million, $13.1 million, and $21.2 million, respectively.

FINANCING RECEIVABLES AND OPERATING LEASES

FINANCING RECEIVABLES AND OPERATING LEASES — Financing receivables and operating leases consist of notes receivable, sales-type leases, and operating leases. We issue financing receivables for periods generally between 2 to 6 years, with most terms ranging between 3 to 4 years. When we lease equipment under an operating lease, we recognize the underlying asset at cost and depreciate it on a straight-line bases over its estimated useful life. We estimate that the useful life for most information technology (“IT”) equipment under lease is 4 years.

FOREIGN CURRENCY MATTERS

FOREIGN CURRENCY MATTERS — Our functional currency is the US dollar. Our international subsidiaries typically use their local currency as their functional currency. We translate the assets and liabilities of our international subsidiaries into US dollars at the spot rate in effect at the applicable reporting date. We translate the revenues and expenses of our international subsidiaries into US dollars at the average exchange rates in effect during the applicable period. We report the resulting foreign currency translation adjustment as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), which is reflected as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. We report all foreign currency transaction gains or losses in other income (expense), net on our consolidated statement of operations. For the years ended March 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, we recognized a loss of $5.4 million, a loss of $0.5 million, and a gain of $0.5 million, respectively, due to foreign currency transactions.

GOODWILL

GOODWILL — We test goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, as of October 1, and between annual tests if an event occurs, or circumstances change, that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount.

In a qualitative assessment, we assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not (that is, a likelihood of more than 50 percent) that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, we determine that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then the quantitative goodwill impairment test is unnecessary.

If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, we determine that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then we perform the quantitative goodwill impairment test. We may also elect the unconditional option to bypass the qualitative assessment for any reporting unit in any period and proceed directly to performing the quantitative goodwill impairment test.

In the quantitative impairment test, we compare the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired. Conversely, if the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss shall be recognized in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.

IMPLEMENTATION COSTS OF A HOSTING ARRANGEMENT

IMPLEMENTATION COSTS OF A HOSTING ARRANGEMENT- We capitalize implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software. We classify these capitalized costs in the same balance sheet line item as the amounts prepaid for the related hosting arrangement and we present the amortization of these capitalized costs in the same income statement line item as the service fees for the related hosting arrangement. Our long-term prepaids are included in our consolidated balance sheets as part of property, equipment, and other assets. We amortize the capitalized implementation costs over the term of the hosting arrangement.

INCOME TAXES

INCOME TAXES — Deferred income taxes are accounted for in accordance with Codification Topic 740 Income Taxes (“Codification Topic 740”). Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial statement reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using tax rates currently in effect. Future tax benefits, such as net operating loss carry-forwards, are recognized to the extent that realization of these benefits is considered to be more likely than not. We review our deferred tax assets at least annually and make necessary valuation adjustments.

In addition, we account for uncertain tax positions in accordance with Codification Topic 740. Specifically, the Topic prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The interpretation also provides guidance on the related de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting for interim periods, disclosure, and transition of uncertain tax positions. In accordance with our accounting policy, we recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of tax expense.

INVENTORIES

INVENTORIES — Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is determined using a weighted average cost method. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. Our determination of the net realizable value for inventories is based on the terms of underlying purchase commitments from our customers, current economic conditions, and other relevant factors.

LESSEE ACCOUNTING

LESSEE ACCOUNTING — We lease office space for periods up to six years and lease warehouse space for periods of up to 10 years, and we have some lease options that can be exercised to extend beyond those lease term limits. At the lease commencement date, we recognize operating lease liabilities based on the present value of the future minimum lease payments. In determining the present value of future minimum lease payments, we use our incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the commencement date. When the future minimum payments encompass non-lease components, we account for the lease and non-lease components as a single lease component. We elected not to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for leases with an initial term of 12 months or less. We recognize lease expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term beginning on the commencement date.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT — Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. We recognize property and equipment obtained through a business combination at its fair market value as of the acquisition date. We compute depreciation and amortization using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which range from three to seven years. We typically depreciate internal use IT equipment over three years, perpetual software licenses over five years, furniture and fixtures over five years, and telecommunications equipment over seven years.

RESIDUAL ASSETS

RESIDUAL ASSETS — Our estimate for the residual asset in a lease is the amount we expect to derive from the underlying asset following the end of the lease term. In a sales-type lease, we recognize the unguaranteed residual asset, measured on a discounted basis, upon lease commencement. In our subsequent accounting for the lease, we increase the unguaranteed residual asset using the effective interest method. We evaluate residual values for impairment on a quarterly basis. We recognize impairments as incurred. We do not recognize upward adjustments due to changes in estimates of residual values.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

REVENUE RECOGNITION — We recognize most of our revenues from the sales of third-party products, third-party software, third-party maintenance, software support, and services, ePlus professional and managed services, and hosting ePlus proprietary software. We recognize revenue from these sales under the guidance in Codification Topic 606.

The core principle of Codification Topic 606 is that an entity should recognize revenue for the transfer of goods and services equal to an amount it expects to be entitled to receive for those goods and services. We account for a contract under Codification Topic 606 when it has approval and commitment from both parties, the rights of the parties are identified, payment terms are established, the contract has commercial substance, and collectability of consideration is probable.

Revenues are reported net of sales refunds, including an estimate of future returns based on an evaluation of historical sales returns, current economic conditions, volume, and other relevant factors.

Our contracts with customers may include multiple promises that are distinct performance obligations. For such arrangements, we allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price. We determine standalone selling prices using expected cost-plus margin.

We recognize revenue when (or as) we satisfy a performance obligation by transferring a promised good or service to a customer. A good or service is transferred when (or as) the customer obtains control of that good or service. Depending on the nature of each performance obligation, this may be at a point in time or over time, as further described below.

We typically invoice our customers for third-party products upon shipment, unless our customers lease the equipment through our financing segment, in which case the arrangement is accounted for as a lease in accordance with Codification Topic 842, Leases (“Codification Topic 842”). We typically invoice our customers for third-party software upon delivery and third-party services at the point of sale, unless our customers finance these products through our financing segment, in which case we record a financing receivable based on the terms of the arrangement. 

Product revenue

Sales of third-party products

We are the principal in sales of third-party products. As such, we recognize sales on a gross basis with the selling price to the customer recorded as sales and the acquisition cost of the product recognized as cost of sales. We recognize revenue from these sales at the point in time that control passes to the customer, which is typically upon delivery of the product to the customer.

In some instances, our customers may request that we bill them for a product but retain physical possession of the product until later delivery, commonly known as “bill-and-hold” arrangements. We have warehousing agreements with select customers wherein title to products ordered through the agreements transfers to our customer at the point we invoice the customer and after the product arrives at our warehouse. In these “bill-and-hold” arrangements, we recognize revenue when the customer has ordered the product through their warehousing agreement with us or signed a bill-and-hold agreement with us, the customer has legal title, the product is identified separately as belonging to the customer, and the product is ready for delivery to the customer.

We recognize sales of off-lease equipment within our financing segment when control passes to the customer, which is typically the date that title to the equipment is transferred per the sales agreement.

Sales of third-party software

We are typically the principal in sales of third-party software. Sales are recognized on a gross basis with the selling price to the customer recorded as sales and the acquisition cost of the product recognized as cost of sales. We recognize revenue from these sales at the point in time that control passes to the customer, which is typically upon delivery of the software to the customer.

Sales of third-party maintenance, software support, and services

We are the agent in sales of third-party maintenance, software support, and services as the third-party controls the service until it is transferred to the customer. Similarly, we are the agent in sales of third-party software and accompanying third-party support when the third-party software benefits the customer only in conjunction with the accompanying support. In these sales, we consider the third-party software and support as inputs to a single performance obligation. In all these sales where we are the agent, we recognize sales on a net basis at the point that our customer and vendor accept the terms and conditions of the arrangement.

Freight and sales tax

We present freight billed to our customers within sales and the related freight charged to us within cost of sales. We present sales tax collected from customers and remittances to governmental authorities on a net basis.

Financing revenue and other

We account for leases to customers in accordance with Codification Topic 842. We utilize a portfolio approach by grouping together many similar assets being leased to a single customer.

We classify our leases as either sales-type leases or operating leases. We classify leases as sales-type leases if any one of five criteria are met, each of which indicate that the lease transfers control of the underlying asset to the lessee. We classify our other leases as operating leases.

For sales-type leases, upon lease commencement, we recognize the present value of the lease payments and the residual asset discounted using the rate implicit in the lease. When we are financing equipment provided by another dealer, we typically do not have any selling profit or loss arising from the lease. When we are the dealer of the equipment being leased, we typically recognize revenue in the amount of the lease receivable and cost of sales in the amount of the carrying value of the underlying asset minus the unguaranteed residual asset. After the commencement date, we recognize interest income as part of net sales using the effective interest method.

For operating leases, we recognize the underlying asset as an operating lease asset. We depreciate the asset on a straight-line basis to its estimated residual value over its estimated useful life. We recognize the lease payments over the lease term on a straight-line basis as part of net sales.

In all of our leases, we recognize variable lease payments, primarily reimbursement for property taxes associated with the leased asset, as part of net sales in the period in which the changes in facts and circumstances on which the variable lease payments are based occur. We exclude from revenues and expenses any sales taxes reimbursed by the lessee.

We also finance third-party software and third-party services for our customers, which we classify as notes-receivable. We recognize interest income on our notes-receivable using the effective interest method.

We account for transfers of our financial assets, under Codification Topic 860 Transfers and Servicing (“Codification Topic 860”). When a transfer meets all the requirements for sale accounting, we derecognize the financial asset and record a net gain or loss that is included in net sales.

Service revenue

Sales of ePlus professional, managed services, and staffing

ePlus professional services offerings include assessments, project management, and staging, configuration, and integration. ePlus managed service offerings range from monitoring and notification to a fully outsourced network management or service desk solution. ePlus staffing delivers a full range of staffing solutions, including short-term, long-term, temporary-to-hire, and direct-hire IT professionals. In all these arrangements, we satisfy our performance obligation and recognize revenue over time.

In arrangements for ePlus professional services and staffing, we provide services under both time and materials and fixed price contracts. When services are provided on a time and materials basis, we recognize sales at agreed-upon billing rates as services are performed. When services are provided on a fixed fee basis, we recognize sales over time in proportion to our progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation. We typically measure progress based on costs incurred in proportion to total estimated costs, commonly referred to as the “cost-to-cost” method.

In arrangements for ePlus managed services, our arrangement is typically a single performance obligation comprised of a series of distinct services that are substantially the same and that have the same pattern of transfer (i.e., distinct days of service). We typically recognize sales from these services on a straight-line basis over the period services are provided.

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION — We account for share-based compensation in accordance with Codification Topic 718 Compensation—Stock Compensation.We account for forfeitures when they occur. There are no additional conditions for vesting other than service conditions.

We recognize compensation cost for awards of restricted stock with graded vesting on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. There are no additional conditions for vesting other than service conditions.

We recognize compensation cost for our employee stock purchase plan on a straight-line basis over the offering period, which is 6 months. We measure the award on the grant date at fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT COSTS

SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT COSTS — We capitalize costs for the development of internal use software under the Codification Topic 350-40 Intangibles—Goodwill and Other Intangibles, Subtopic Internal-Use Software. We did not have significant capitalized development costs for internal use software for either of the years ended March 31, 2023, or March 31, 2022. We capitalized development costs for internal use software of $0.2 million for the year ended March 31, 2021. We had capitalized costs, net of amortization, of approximately $1.0 million and $2.1 million as of March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022, respectively, that is included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as a component of other intangible assets-net.

TREASURY STOCK

TREASURY STOCK — We account for treasury stock under the cost method and include treasury stock as a component of stockholders’ equity on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

VENDOR CONSIDERATION

VENDOR CONSIDERATION — We receive payments and credits from vendors pursuant to volume incentive programs and shared marketing expense programs. Many of these programs extend over one or more quarters’ sales activities. Different programs have different vendor/program specific milestones to achieve. Amounts due from vendors as of March 31, 2023, and 2022 were $21.9 million and $12.9 million, respectively, which were included within accounts receivable-other, net in the accompanying balance sheets.

We recognize rebates pursuant to volume incentive programs, when the rebate is probable and reasonably estimable, based on a systematic and rational allocation of the cash consideration offered to the underlying transactions that result in our progress toward earning the rebate. When a rebate is not probable or not reasonably estimable, we recognized the rebate as the milestones are achieved or as cash is received.

We recognize rebates pursuant to shared marketing expense programs as a reduction of the related selling and administrative expenses in the period the program occurs when the consideration represents a reimbursement of specific, incremental, identifiable costs. We recognize consideration that exceeds the specific, incremental, identifiable costs as a reduction of cost of sales.

XML

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2023

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS [Abstract]

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

RECENTLY ADOPTED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS — In October 2021, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2021-08, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers, that requires companies to apply Accounting Standards Codification Topic 606, Contracts with Customers, to recognize and measure contract assets and contract liabilities from contracts with customers acquired in a business combination. We early adopted this update beginning in the second quarter of our fiscal year ending March 31, 2023, and it did not have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements. The ongoing impact of this standard will be fact dependent on the transactions within its scope.

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS NOT YET ADOPTED — In September 2022, the FASB issued ASU 2022-04, Liabilities—Supplier Finance Programs (Subtopic 405-50): Disclosure of Supplier Finance Program Obligations. This update requires buyers in a supplier finance program to disclose certain qualitative and quantitative information about the program. This update is effective for us beginning in the first quarter of our fiscal year ending March 31, 2024, except for a requirement to provide a roll forward of our obligations during the annual period, which is effective for us beginning in the first quarter of our fiscal year ending March 31, 2025. We are currently evaluating the impact this update will have on our disclosures.

XML

REVENUES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2023

REVENUES [Abstract]

Balance of Receivables, Contract Assets, and Contract Liabilities

The following table provides the balance of contract liabilities from contracts with customers (in thousands):

	March 31,
	2023		2022		2021
Current (included in deferred revenue)	$	113,713	$	85,826	$	72,299
Non-current (included in other liabilities)	$	47,217	$	30,086	$	26,042

Remaining Performance Obligations

The following table includes revenue expected to be recognized in the future related to performance obligations, primarily non-cancelable contracts for ePlus managed services, that are unsatisfied or partially unsatisfied at the end of the reporting period (in thousands):

Year ending March 31, 2024		64,863
2025		28,269
2026		12,855
2027		4,132
2028 and thereafter		1,442
Total remaining performance obligations	$	111,561

XML

FINANCING RECEIVABLES AND OPERATING LEASES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2023

FINANCING RECEIVABLES AND OPERATING LEASES [Abstract]

Sales-type Leases

The following table provides the profit recognized for sales-type leases at their commencement date, including modifications that are recognized on a net basis, for the years ended March 31, 2023, and 2022 (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2023		2022
Net sales	$	22,677	$	14,943
Cost of sales		19,009		12,478
Gross profit	$	3,668	$	2,465

The following table provides interest income in aggregate on our sales-type leases and lease income on our operating leases for the years ended March 31, 2023, and 2022 (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2023		2022
Interest income on sales-type leases	$	3,943	$	3,904
Lease income on operating leases	$	17,421	$	24,711

Notes Receivable Net and Investments in Leases

The following tables provide a disaggregation of our financing receivables - net (in thousands):

	Notes			Lease			Financing
March 31, 2023	Receivable			Receivables			Receivables
Gross receivables	$	117,008		$	60,157		$	177,165
Unguaranteed residual value (1)		-			8,161			8,161
Unearned income		(5,950	)		(8,050	)		(14,000	)
Allowance for credit losses (2)		(801	)		(981	)		(1,782	)
Total, net	$	110,257		$	59,287		$	169,544
Reported as:
Current	$	65,738		$	24,091		$	89,829
Long-term		44,519			35,196			79,715
Total, net	$	110,257		$	59,287		$	169,544

(1) Includes unguaranteed residual values of $4,222 thousand that we retained after selling the related lease receivable.

(2) Refer to Note 7, “Allowance for Credit Losses” for details.

	Notes			Lease			Financing
March 31, 2022	Receivable			Receivables			Receivables
Gross receivables	$	80,517		$	38,788		$	119,305
Unguaranteed residual value (1)		-			9,141			9,141
Unearned income		(2,728	)		(3,604	)		(6,332	)
Allowance for credit losses (2)		(708	)		(681	)		(1,389	)
Total, net	$	77,081		$	43,644		$	120,725
Reported as:
Current	$	45,415		$	16,077		$	61,492
Long-term		31,666			27,567			59,233
Total, net	$	77,081		$	43,644		$	120,725

(1) Includes unguaranteed residual values of $6,424 thousand that we retained after selling the related lease receivable.

(2) Refer to Note 7, “Allowance for Credit Losses” for details.

Future Scheduled Minimum Lease Payments

The following table provides the future scheduled minimum lease payments for investments in sales-type leases as of March 31, 2023 (in thousands):

Year ending March 31, 2024	$	28,478
2025		17,216
2026		9,662
2027		3,547
2028 and thereafter		1,254
Total	$	60,157

Investment in Operating Lease Equipment - Net

The components of the operating leases—net are as follows (in thousands):

	March 31, 2023			March 31, 2022
Cost of equipment under operating leases	$	15,301		$	13,044
Accumulated depreciation		(10,599	)		(7,985	)
Investment in operating lease equipment—net (1)	$	4,702		$	5,059

(1) Amounts include estimated unguaranteed residual values of $1,717 thousand as of both March 31, 2023, and 2022.

Future Minimum Rental Payments for Operating Leases

The following table provides the future scheduled minimum lease rental payments for operating leases as of March 31, 2023 (in thousands):

Year ending March 31, 2024	$	1,618
2025		829
2026		269
2027		38
Total	$	2,754

XML

LESSEE ACCOUNTING (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2023

LESSEE ACCOUNTING [Abstract]

Supplemental Information of Remaining Lease Terms and Discount Rates

Supplemental information about the remaining lease terms and discount rates applied as of March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022, are as follows:

	Year Ended March 31,
Lease term and Discount Rate	2023			2022
Weighted average remaining lease term (months)		81			29
Weighted average discount rate		4.8	%		3.2	%

Future Lease Payments Under Operating Leases

The following table provides our future lease payments under our operating leases as of March 31, 2023 (in thousands):

Year ending March 31, 2024	$	2,796
2025		3,861
2026		1,884
2027		1,640
2028 and thereafter		7,775
Total lease payments		17,956
Less: interest		(3,191	)
Present value of lease liabilities	$	14,765

XML

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2023

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS [Abstract]

Changes in Goodwill

The following table summarizes the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022, respectively (in thousands):

	Year ended March 31, 2023									Year ended March 31, 2022
	Goodwill			Accumulated Impairment Loss			Net Carrying Amount			Goodwill			Accumulated Impairment Loss			Net Carrying Amount
Beginning balance	$	135,216		$	(8,673	)	$	126,543		$	135,318		$	(8,673	)	$	126,645
Acquisitions		9,694			-			9,694			-			-			-
Foreign currency translations		(132	)		-			(132	)		(102	)		-			(102	)
Ending balance	$	144,778		$	(8,673	)	$	136,105		$	135,216		$	(8,673	)	$	126,543

Other Intangible Assets

Our other intangible assets consist of the following as of March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022 (in thousands):

	March 31, 2023							March 31, 2022
	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount
Purchased intangibles	$	85,449	$	(61,376	)	$	24,073	$	77,224	$	(52,087	)	$	25,137
Capitalized software development		10,516		(9,544	)		972		10,517		(8,404	)		2,113
Total	$	95,965	$	(70,920	)	$	25,045	$	87,741	$	(60,491	)	$	27,250

Future Amortization Expense for Customer Relationships and Other Intangible assets

The following table provides the future amortization expense for customer relationships and other intangible assets as of March 31, 2023 (in thousands):

Year ending March 31, 2024	$	8,104
2025		6,235
2026		4,448
2027		2,882
2028		1,658
2029 and thereafter		746
Total	$	24,073

XML

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2023

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES [Abstract]

Activity in Reserves for Credit Losses

The following table provides the activity in our allowance for credit losses for the years ended March 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 (in thousands):

	Accounts Receivable			Notes Receivable			Lease Receivables			Total
Balance as of March 31, 2020		1,781			798			610			3,189
Provision for credit losses		367			503			566			1,436
Write-offs and other		(84	)		(89	)		(5	)		(178	)
Balance as of March 31, 2021		2,064			1,212			1,171			4,447
Provision for credit losses		482			(312	)		(272	)		(102	)
Write-offs and other		(135	)		(192	)		(218	)		(545	)
Balance as of March 31, 2022		2,411			708			681			3,800
Provision for credit losses		273			93			300			666
Write-offs and other		(112	)		-			-			(112	)
Balance as of March 31, 2023		2,572			801			981			4,354

Amortized Cost Basis of Financing Receivables by Credit Quality Rating and Credit Origination Year

The following table provides the amortized cost basis of our financing receivables by CQR and by credit origination year as of March 31, 2023(in thousands):

	Amortized cost basis by origination year ending March 31,
	2023		2022		2021		2020		2019		2018 and prior		Total		Transfers (2)			Net credit exposure
Notes receivable:
High CQR	$	72,155	$	11,378	$	11,267	$	370	$	30	$	-	$	95,200	$	(28,115	)	$	67,085
Average CQR		12,793		2,675		213		115		61		1		15,858		(1,432	)		14,426
Total	$	84,948	$	14,053	$	11,480	$	485	$	91	$	1	$	111,058	$	(29,547	)	$	81,511
Lease receivables:
High CQR	$	21,629	$	3,842	$	1,916	$	565	$	51	$	9	$	28,012	$	(1,437	)	$	26,575
Average CQR		23,796		3,430		770		35		3		-		28,034		(1,594	)		26,440
Total	$	45,425	$	7,272	$	2,686	$	600	$	54	$	9	$	56,046	$	(3,031	)	$	53,015
Total amortized cost (1)	$	130,373	$	21,325	$	14,166	$	1,085	$	145	$	10	$	167,104	$	(32,578	)	$	134,526

(1) Unguaranteed residual values of $4,222 thousand that we retained after selling the related lease receivable is excluded from amortized cost.

(2) Transfers consist of receivables that have been transferred to third-party financial institutions on a non-recourse basis.

The following table provides the amortized cost basis of our financing receivables by CQR and by credit origination year as of March 31, 2022 (in thousands):

	Amortized cost basis by origination year ending March 31,
	2022		2021		2020		2019		2018		2017		Total		Transfers (2)			Net credit exposure
Notes receivable:
High CQR	$	35,264	$	28,005	$	1,297	$	345	$	2	$	4	$	64,917	$	(30,274	)	$	34,643
Average CQR		8,922		2,976		758		213		3		-		12,872		(4,763	)		8,109
Total	$	44,186	$	30,981	$	2,055	$	558	$	5	$	4	$	77,789	$	(35,037	)	$	42,752
Lease receivables:
High CQR	$	14,549	$	5,002	$	2,499	$	902	$	50	$	11	$	23,013	$	(3,385	)	$	19,628
Average CQR		10,936		3,092		741		47		72		-		14,888		(347	)		14,541
Total	$	25,485	$	8,094	$	3,240	$	949	$	122	$	11	$	37,901	$	(3,732	)	$	34,169
Total amortized cost (1)	$	69,671	$	39,075	$	5,295	$	1,507	$	127	$	15	$	115,690	$	(38,769	)	$	76,921

(1) Unguaranteed residual values of $6,424 thousand that we retained after selling the related lease receivable is excluded from amortized cost.

(2) Transfers consist of receivables that have been transferred to third-party financial institutions on a non-recourse basis and receivables that are in the process of being transferred to third-party financial institutions.

Aging Analysis of Financing Receivables

The following table provides an aging analysis of our financing receivables as of March 31, 2023 (in thousands):

	31-60 Days Past Due		61-90 Days Past Due		> 90 Days Past Due		Total Past Due		Current		Total Billed		Unbilled		Amortized Cost
Notes receivable	$	1,020	$	862	$	473	$	2,355	$	7,703	$	10,058	$	101,000	$	111,058
Lease receivables		1,068		463		864		2,395		5,413		7,808		48,238		56,046
Total	$	2,088	$	1,325	$	1,337	$	4,750	$	13,116	$	17,866	$	149,238	$	167,104

The following table provides an aging analysis of our financing receivables as of March 31, 2022 (in thousands):

	31-60 Days Past Due		61-90 Days Past Due		> 90 Days Past Due		Total Past Due		Current		Total Billed		Unbilled		Amortized Cost
Notes receivable	$	187	$	37	$	23	$	247	$	5,307	$	5,554	$	72,235	$	77,789
Lease receivables		115		325		430		870		639		1,509		36,392		37,901
Total	$	302	$	362	$	453	$	1,117	$	5,946	$	7,063	$	108,627	$	115,690

Our financial assets on nonaccrual status were not significant as of March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022.

XML

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT-NET (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2023

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT-NET [Abstract]

Property and Equipment-Net

Property and equipment—net is a component of Property, equipment, and other assets. Our balance consists of the following (in thousands):

	March 31,			March 31,
	2023			2022
Furniture, fixtures and equipment	$	29,818		$	28,640
Leasehold improvements		10,398			7,615
Capitalized software		3,235			3,822
Vehicles		445			476
Total assets		43,896			40,553
Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(31,963	)		(32,642	)
Property and equipment - net	$	11,933		$	7,911

XML

NOTES PAYABLE AND CREDIT FACILITY (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2023

NOTES PAYABLE AND CREDIT FACILITY [Abstract]

Recourse and Non-recourse Notes Payable

Our recourse and non-recourse notes payable as of March 31, 2023, mature as follows:

	Recourse notes		Non-recourse
	payable		notes payable
Year ended March 31, 2024	$	5,997	$	24,819
2025		-		5,880
2026		-		2,589
2027		-		1,053
Total maturities	$	5,997	$	34,341

XML

EARNINGS PER SHARE (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2023

EARNINGS PER SHARE [Abstract]

Reconciliation of Numerators and Denominators Used to Calculate Basic and Diluted Earnings per Common Share

The following table provides a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators used to calculate basic and diluted net earnings per common share as disclosed in our consolidated statements of operations for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 (in thousands, except per share data):

	2023		2022		2021
Net earnings attributable to common shareholders - basic and diluted	$	119,356	$	105,600	$	74,397
Basic and diluted common shares outstanding:
Weighted average common shares outstanding — basic		26,569		26,638		26,674
Effect of dilutive shares		85		228		160
Weighted average shares common outstanding — diluted		26,654		26,866		26,834
Earnings per common share - basic	$	4.49	$	3.96	$	2.79
Earnings per common share - diluted	$	4.48	$	3.93	$	2.77

XML

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2023

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION [Abstract]

Summary of Non-Vested Restricted Shares

The following table provides a summary of the non-vested restricted shares for the year ended March 31, 2023:

	Number of Shares			Weighted Average Grant-date Fair Value
Nonvested April 1, 2022		343,806		$	41.01
Granted		158,447		$	56.50
Vested		(179,336	)	$	39.49
Forfeited		(8,057	)	$	42.28
Non-vested March 31, 2023		314,860		$	49.57

Summary of Share-Based Compensation Expenses

The following table provides a summary of our total share-based compensation expense, including for restricted stock awards and our 2022 ESPP, and the related income tax benefit for the years ended March 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2023			2022			2021
Equity-based compensation expense	$	7,825		$	7,114		$	7,169
Income tax benefit		(2,097	)		(1,999	)		(2,179	)

XML

INCOME TAXES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2023

INCOME TAXES [Abstract]

Reconciliation of Income Taxes to Statutory Federal Income Tax Rate

A reconciliation of income taxes computed at the statutory federal income tax rate of 21.0% to the provision for income taxes included in the consolidated statements of operations is as follows (in thousands, except percentages):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2023			2022			2021
Income tax expense computed at the U.S. statutory federal rate	$	34,224		$	30,845		$	22,450
State income tax expense—net of federal benefit		8,754			8,937			6,941
Non-deductible executive compensation		1,708			1,749			2,052
Other		(1,068	)		(247	)		1,066
Provision for income taxes	$	43,618		$	41,284		$	32,509
Effective income tax rate		26.8	%		28.1	%		30.4	%

Components of Provision for Income Taxes

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2023			2022			2021
Current:
Federal	$	30,928		$	32,309		$	26,054
State		10,110			11,681			9,882
Foreign		499			894			770
Total current expense		41,537			44,884			36,706
Deferred:
Federal		1,301			(3,289	)		(3,067	)
State		970			(370	)		(1,096	)
Foreign		(190	)		59			(34	)
Total deferred expense (benefit)		2,081			(3,600	)		(4,197	)
Provision for income taxes	$	43,618		$	41,284		$	32,509

Components of Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

Significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows (in thousands):

	March 31,
	2023			2022
Deferred tax assets:
Accrued vacation	$	2,251		$	2,391
Deferred revenue		5,448			5,090
Allowance for credit losses		1,063			951
Restricted stock		654			616
Other deferred tax assets		1,697			743
Accrued bonus		2,323			2,532
Lease liabilities		3,939			1,857
Other credits and carryforwards		277			249
Gross deferred tax assets		17,652			14,429
Less: valuation allowance		(112	)		(250	)
Net deferred tax assets		17,540			14,179
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property and equipment		(2,926	)		(2,295	)
Operating leases		(3,789	)		(2,759	)
Prepaid expenses		(1,729	)		(887	)
Right-of-use assets		(3,885	)		(1,869	)
Tax deductible goodwill		(2,244	)		(1,319	)
Total deferred tax  liabilities		(14,573	)		(9,129	)
Net deferred tax asset	$	2,967		$	5,050

XML

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2023

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS [Abstract]

Fair Value Hierarchy of Financial Instruments

The following table provides the fair value of our assets and liabilities measured at fair value as categorized within the fair value hierarchy as of March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022 (in thousands):

			Fair Value Measurement Using
	Recorded Amount		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
March 31, 2023
Assets:
Money market funds	$	8,880	$	8,880	$	-	$	-
March 31, 2022
Assets:
Money market funds	$	18,138	$	18,138	$	-	$	-

XML

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2023

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS [Abstract]

Allocation of Purchase Price Consideration to Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed

Our allocation of the purchase consideration to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is presented below (in thousands):

	Acquisition Date Amount
Accounts receivable	$	4,033
Other assets		129
Identified intangible assets		8,360
Accounts payable and other liabilities		(8,714	)
Contract liabilities		(214	)
Total identifiable net assets		3,594
Goodwill		9,694
Total purchase consideration	$	13,288

XML

SEGMENT REPORTING (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2023

SEGMENT REPORTING [Abstract]

Segment Reporting Information, by Reportable Segment

Our reportable segment information was as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2023							2022							2021
	Technology		Financing		Total			Technology		Financing		Total			Technology		Financing		Total
Net Sales
Product	$	1,750,802	$	52,473	$	1,803,275		$	1,492,411	$	87,983	$	1,580,394		$	1,305,789	$	60,369	$	1,366,158
Service		264,443		-		264,443			240,625		-		240,625			202,165		-		202,165
Total		2,015,245		52,473		2,067,718			1,733,036		87,983		1,821,019			1,507,954		60,369		1,568,323
Cost of Sales
Product		1,370,061		9,439		1,379,500			1,175,789		35,154		1,210,943			1,036,627		13,050		1,049,677
Service		170,694		-		170,694			149,094		-		149,094			125,092		-		125,092
Total		1,540,755		9,439		1,550,194			1,324,883		35,154		1,360,037			1,161,719		13,050		1,174,769
Gross Profit		474,490		43,034		517,524			408,153		52,829		460,982			346,235		47,319		393,554
Selling, general, and administrative		317,885		15,635		333,520			283,690		13,427		297,117			256,210		15,053		271,263
Depreciation and amortization		13,598		111		13,709			14,535		111		14,646			13,839		112		13,951
Interest and financing costs		2,897		1,236		4,133			928		975		1,903			521		1,484		2,005
Operating expenses		334,380		16,982		351,362			299,153		14,513		313,666			270,570		16,649		287,219
Operating income		140,110		26,052		166,162			109,000		38,316		147,316			75,665		30,670		106,335
Other income (expense), net						(3,188	)						(432	)						571
Earnings before tax					$	162,974						$	146,884						$	106,906
Net Sales
Contracts with customers	$	1,992,568	$	9,304	$	2,001,872		$	1,718,093	$	34,842	$	1,752,935		$	1,484,104	$	12,369	$	1,496,473
Financing and other		22,677		43,169		65,846			14,943		53,141		68,084			23,850		48,000		71,850
Total	$	2,015,245	$	52,473	$	2,067,718		$	1,733,036	$	87,983	$	1,821,019		$	1,507,954	$	60,369	$	1,568,323

Selected Financial Data - Statement of Cash Flow
Depreciation and amortization	$	14,999	$	3,590	$	18,589	$	15,592	$	8,713	$	24,305	$	14,568	$	5,423	$	19,991
Purchases of property, equipment and operating lease equipment	$	7,693	$	1,687	$	9,380	$	4,951	$	18,231	$	23,182	$	4,752	$	6,761	$	11,513
Selected Financial Data - Balance Sheet
Total assets	$	1,147,821	$	267,005	$	1,414,826	$	941,743	$	224,460	$	1,166,203	$	828,576	$	248,199	$	1,076,775

Technology Segment Disaggregation of Revenue

We analyze net sales for our technology segment by customer end market, by type, and by the timing of the transfer of goods and services and our position as principal or agent, which are summarized below (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2023			2022			2021
Customer end market:
Telecom, Media & Entertainment	$	532,921		$	502,408		$	371,913
Technology		393,594			250,485			251,683
State and local government and educational institutions		290,624			241,769			245,919
Healthcare		274,936			270,481			200,067
Financial Services		156,257			155,160			198,761
All others		366,913			312,733			239,611
Net sales		2,015,245			1,733,036			1,507,954
Less: Revenue from financing and other		(22,677	)		(14,943	)		(23,850	)
Revenue from contracts with customers	$	1,992,568		$	1,718,093		$	1,484,104
Type:
Data Center / Cloud	$	587,097		$	581,113		$	516,930
Networking		803,678			611,488			510,205
Security		214,459			158,927			155,186
Collaboration		57,472			57,244			47,504
Other		88,096			83,639			75,964
ePlus services		264,443			240,625			202,165
Net sales		2,015,245			1,733,036			1,507,954
Less: Revenue from financing and other		(22,677	)		(14,943	)		(23,850	)
Revenue from contracts with customers	$	1,992,568		$	1,718,093		$	1,484,104
Timing and position as principal or agent:
Transferred at a point in time as principal	$	1,566,760		$	1,342,799		$	1,174,582
Transferred at a point in time as agent		161,365			134,669			107,357
Transferred over time as principal		264,443			240,625			202,165
Revenue from contracts with customers	$	1,992,568		$	1,718,093		$	1,484,104

Geographical Information

The geographic information for the years ended March 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 was as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2023		2022		2021
Net sales:
US	$	1,953,465	$	1,716,525	$	1,476,466
Non US		114,253		104,494		91,857
Total	$	2,067,718	$	1,821,019	$	1,568,323

Our long-lived tangible assets include property and equipment-net, operating leases-net, and equipment that has been returned to us at the termination of the lease.

	March 31,
	2023		2022
Long-lived tangible assets:
US	$	16,313	$	21,837
Non US		1,140		716
Total	$	17,453	$	22,553

XML

ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES, Cash and Cash Equivalents, Concentrations of Risk, Financial Instruments, Financing Receivables and Operating Leases (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022	Mar. 31, 2021
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS [Abstract]
Amounts held in trust for third party recipients	$ 0.0	$ 0.0
Minimum [Member]
FINANCING RECEIVABLES AND OPERATING LEASES [Abstract]
Financing receivables and operating leases term	2 years
Financing receivables and operating leases, term range	3 years
Estimated useful life	3 years
Maximum [Member]
FINANCING RECEIVABLES AND OPERATING LEASES [Abstract]
Financing receivables and operating leases term	6 years
Financing receivables and operating leases, term range	4 years
Estimated useful life	7 years
Information Technology Equipment [Member]
FINANCING RECEIVABLES AND OPERATING LEASES [Abstract]
Estimated useful life	4 years
Carrying Amount [Member]
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS [Abstract]
Notes receivable	$ 109.2	80.5
Carrying Amount [Member] | Recourse [Member]
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS [Abstract]
Notes payable	6.0	13.1
Carrying Amount [Member] | Non-recourse [Member]
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS [Abstract]
Notes payable	34.3	21.2
Fair Value [Member]
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS [Abstract]
Notes receivable	109.5	80.0
Fair Value [Member] | Recourse [Member]
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS [Abstract]
Notes payable	6.0	13.1
Fair Value [Member] | Non-recourse [Member]
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS [Abstract]
Notes payable	$ 34.5	$ 21.2
Accounts Receivable-Trade [Member] | Customer Concentration Risk [Member] | Verizon Communications Inc. [Member] | Technology Segment [Member]
CONCENTRATIONS OF RISK [Abstract]
Percentage of concentration risk	13.00%	14.00%
Net Sales [Member] | Customer Concentration Risk [Member] | Verizon Communications Inc. [Member] | Technology Segment [Member]
CONCENTRATIONS OF RISK [Abstract]
Percentage of concentration risk	22.00%	24.00%	19.00%
Net Sales [Member] | Product Concentration Risk [Member] | Cisco Systems [Member] | Technology Segment [Member]
CONCENTRATIONS OF RISK [Abstract]
Percentage of concentration risk	40.00%	39.00%	36.00%

XML

ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES, Foreign Currency Matters, Lessee Accounting, Property and Equipment (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022	Mar. 31, 2021
FOREIGN CURRENCY MATTERS [Abstract]
Foreign currency translation gain (loss)	$ (5.4)	$ (0.5)	$ 0.5
Minimum [Member]
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT [Abstract]
Property, plant and equipment, useful life	3 years
Maximum [Member]
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT [Abstract]
Property, plant and equipment, useful life	7 years
Office Building [Member] | Maximum [Member]
LESSEE ACCOUNTING [Abstract]
Operating lease term of contract	6 years
Warehouse [Member] | Maximum [Member]
LESSEE ACCOUNTING [Abstract]
Operating lease term of contract	10 years
Internal Use IT Equipment [Member]
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT [Abstract]
Property, plant and equipment, useful life	3 years
Software Licenses [Member]
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT [Abstract]
Property, plant and equipment, useful life	5 years
Furniture, Fixtures [Member]
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT [Abstract]
Property, plant and equipment, useful life	5 years
Telecommunications Equipment [Member]
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT [Abstract]
Property, plant and equipment, useful life	7 years

XML

ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES, Software Development Costs, Vendor Consideration (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022	Mar. 31, 2021
CAPITALIZATION OF COSTS OF SOFTWARE FOR INTERNAL USE [Abstract]
Intangible assets	$ 25,045	$ 27,250
VENDOR CONSIDERATION [Abstract]
Amount due from vendors	21,900	12,900
Software Capitalized for Internal [Member]
CAPITALIZATION OF COSTS OF SOFTWARE FOR INTERNAL USE [Abstract]
Intangible assets	0	0	$ 200
Other assets	$ 1,000	$ 2,100
Employee Stock Purchase Plan [Member]
SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION [Abstract]
Offering period	6 months

XML

REVENUES (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022	Mar. 31, 2021
Contract with Customer, Asset and Liability [Abstract]
Accounts receivable - trade	$ 70,400	$ 47,500	$ 54,600
Current (included in deferred revenue)	113,713	85,826	72,299
Non-current (included in other liabilities)	47,217	30,086	$ 26,042
Revenue recognized from the beginning contract liability	70,300	$ 57,500
Revenue, Performance Obligation Satisfied over Time [Abstract]
Remaining performance obligation	111,561
Revenue, Remaining Performance Obligation, Expected Timing of Satisfaction, Start Date [Axis]: 2024-04-01
Revenue, Performance Obligation Satisfied over Time [Abstract]
Remaining performance obligation	$ 64,863
Expected timing of satisfaction, period	1 year
Revenue, Remaining Performance Obligation, Expected Timing of Satisfaction, Start Date [Axis]: 2025-04-01
Revenue, Performance Obligation Satisfied over Time [Abstract]
Remaining performance obligation	$ 28,269
Expected timing of satisfaction, period	1 year
Revenue, Remaining Performance Obligation, Expected Timing of Satisfaction, Start Date [Axis]: 2026-04-01
Revenue, Performance Obligation Satisfied over Time [Abstract]
Remaining performance obligation	$ 12,855
Expected timing of satisfaction, period	1 year
Revenue, Remaining Performance Obligation, Expected Timing of Satisfaction, Start Date [Axis]: 2027-04-01
Revenue, Performance Obligation Satisfied over Time [Abstract]
Remaining performance obligation	$ 4,132
Expected timing of satisfaction, period	1 year
Revenue, Remaining Performance Obligation, Expected Timing of Satisfaction, Start Date [Axis]: 2028-04-01
Revenue, Performance Obligation Satisfied over Time [Abstract]
Remaining performance obligation	$ 1,442
Expected timing of satisfaction, period

XML

FINANCING RECEIVABLES AND OPERATING LEASES (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands		12 Months Ended
		Mar. 31, 2023		Mar. 31, 2022		Mar. 31, 2021	Mar. 31, 2020
Profit Recognized for Sales-type Leases [Abstract]
Net sales		$ 22,677		$ 14,943
Cost of sales		19,009		12,478
Gross profit		3,668		2,465
Interest Income on Sales-type Leases [Abstract]
Interest income on sales-type leases		3,943		3,904
Lease income on operating leases		17,421		24,711
Financing Receivables, Net [Abstract]
Unguaranteed residual value		4,222		6,424
Allowance for credit losses		(4,354)		(3,800)		$ (4,447)	$ (3,189)
Reported as [Abstract]
Current		89,829		61,492
Unguaranteed residual value for sales-type leases		4,222		6,424
Future scheduled minimum lease payments [Abstract]
Year ending March 31, 2024		28,478
2025		17,216
2026		9,662
2027		3,547
2028 and thereafter		1,254
Total		60,157
Investment in operating lease equipment - net [Abstract]
Cost of equipment under operating leases		15,301		13,044
Accumulated depreciation		(10,599)		(7,985)
Investment in operating lease equipment - net	[1]	4,702		5,059
Unguaranteed residual value of operating lease equipment net		1,717		1,717
Future scheduled minimum lease rental payments [Abstract]
Year ending March 31, 2024		1,618
2025		829
2026		269
2027		38
Total		2,754
Transfers of Financial Assets [Abstract]
Operating leases		14,600		6,900
Gain on sale of financing receivables		16,100		18,200		14,500
Proceeds from sale of financing receivables		706,000		855,100		364,000
Deferred revenue for servicing obligation		500		500
Notes Payable [Member] | Asset Pledged as Collateral [Member] | Nonrecourse [Member]
Transfers of Financial Assets [Abstract]
Finance receivables		35,700		21,100
Operating leases		2,500		2,000
Notes Receivable [Member]
Financing Receivables, Net [Abstract]
Gross receivables		117,008		80,517
Unguaranteed residual value		0	[2]	0	[3]
Unearned income		(5,950)		(2,728)
Allowance for credit losses		(801)	[4]	(708)		(1,212)	(798)
Total, net		110,257		77,081	[4]
Reported as [Abstract]
Current		65,738		45,415
Long-term		44,519		31,666
Total, net		110,257		77,081	[4]
Lease Receivables [Member]
Financing Receivables, Net [Abstract]
Gross receivables		60,157		38,788
Unguaranteed residual value		8,161	[2]	9,141	[3]
Unearned income		(8,050)		(3,604)
Allowance for credit losses		(981)	[4]	(681)		$ (1,171)	$ (610)
Total, net		59,287		43,644	[4]
Reported as [Abstract]
Current		24,091		16,077
Long-term		35,196		27,567
Total, net		59,287		43,644	[4]
Financing Receivables [Member]
Financing Receivables, Net [Abstract]
Gross receivables		177,165		119,305
Unguaranteed residual value		8,161	[2]	9,141	[3]
Unearned income		(14,000)		(6,332)
Allowance for credit losses		(1,782)	[4]	(1,389)
Total, net		169,544		120,725	[4]
Reported as [Abstract]
Current		89,829		61,492
Long-term		79,715		59,233
Total, net		$ 169,544		$ 120,725	[4]

[1] Amounts include estimated unguaranteed residual values of $1,717 thousand as of both March 31, 2023, and 2022.

[2] Includes unguaranteed residual values of $4,222 thousand that we retained after selling the related lease receivable.

[3] Includes unguaranteed residual values of $6,424 thousand that we retained after selling the related lease receivable.

[4] Refer to Note 7, “Allowance for Credit Losses” for details.

XML

LESSEE ACCOUNTING (Details) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2023 USD ($) Lease	Mar. 31, 2022 USD ($)
Lessee, Operating Lease [Abstract]
Right-of-use assets	$ 14,600	$ 6,900
Operating Lease, Right-of-Use Asset, Statement of Financial Position [Extensible Enumeration]	Property, equipment, and other assets	Property, equipment, and other assets
Current lease liabilities	$ 2,700	$ 3,600
Operating Lease, Liability, Current, Statement of Financial Position [Extensible Enumeration]	Other current liabilities	Other current liabilities
Long-term lease liabilities	$ 12,000	$ 3,300
Operating Lease, Liability, Noncurrent, Statement of Financial Position [Extensible Enumeration]	Other liabilities	Other liabilities
Rent expense	$ 5,200	$ 5,300
Operating Lease Not yet Commenced [Abstract]
Number of leases committed | Lease	1
Amount of leases committed	$ 300
Lease Term and Discount Rate [Abstract]
Weighted average remaining lease term (months)	81 months	29 months
Weighted average discount rate	4.80%	3.20%
Future Lease Payments under Operating Leases [Abstract]
Year ending March 31, 2024	$ 2,796
2025	3,861
2026	1,884
2027	1,640
2028 and thereafter	7,775
Total lease payments	17,956
Less: interest	(3,191)
Present value of lease liabilities	$ 14,765
Operating Lease, Liability, Current, Statement of Financial Position [Extensible List]	Other Liabilities, Current	Other Liabilities, Current
Operating Lease, Liability, Noncurrent, Statement of Financial Position [Extensible List]	Other Liabilities, Noncurrent	Other Liabilities, Noncurrent
Office Building [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Lessee, Operating Lease [Abstract]
Operating lease term	6 years
Warehouse [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Lessee, Operating Lease [Abstract]
Operating lease term	10 years

XML

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS, Goodwill (Details) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2023 USD ($) Unit	Mar. 31, 2022 USD ($) Unit
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Goodwill, Beginning Balance	$ 135,216	$ 135,318
Goodwill, Impairment Loss, Beginning Balance	(8,673)	(8,673)
Goodwill, Net Carrying Amount, Beginning Balance	126,543	126,645
Acquisitions	9,694	0
Foreign currency translations	(132)	(102)
Goodwill, Ending Balance	144,778	135,216
Goodwill, Impairment Loss, Ending Balance	(8,673)	(8,673)
Goodwill, Net Carrying Amount, Ending Balance	$ 136,105	$ 126,543
Number of reporting units | Unit	1	1
Increase in goodwill	$ 9,600
Percentage change in the fair value	10.00%

XML

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS, Other Intangible Assets (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022	Mar. 31, 2021
Other Intangible Assets [Abstract]
Gross carrying amount	$ 95,965	$ 87,741
Accumulated amortization	(70,920)	(60,491)
Net carrying amount	25,045	27,250
Future amortization expense [Abstract]
Net carrying amount	25,045	27,250
Purchased Intangibles [Member]
Other Intangible Assets [Abstract]
Gross carrying amount	85,449	77,224
Accumulated amortization	(61,376)	(52,087)
Net carrying amount	24,073	25,137
Future amortization expense [Abstract]
Net carrying amount	$ 24,073	25,137
Purchased Intangibles [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Other Intangible Assets [Abstract]
Estimated useful life	5 years
Purchased Intangibles [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Other Intangible Assets [Abstract]
Estimated useful life	10 years
Customer Relationships & Other Intangibles [Member]
Other Intangible Assets [Abstract]
Net carrying amount	$ 24,073
Total amortization expense	9,300	10,100	$ 10,300
Future amortization expense [Abstract]
Year ending March 31, 2024	8,104
2025	6,235
2026	4,448
2027	2,882
2028	1,658
2029 and thereafter	746
Net carrying amount	24,073
Capitalized Software Development [Member]
Other Intangible Assets [Abstract]
Gross carrying amount	10,516	10,517
Accumulated amortization	(9,544)	(8,404)
Net carrying amount	972	2,113
Future amortization expense [Abstract]
Net carrying amount	$ 972	$ 2,113
Capitalized Software Development [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Other Intangible Assets [Abstract]
Estimated useful life	5 years

XML

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES, Activity (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2023		Mar. 31, 2022	Mar. 31, 2021
Activity in reserves for credit losses [Roll Forward]
Balance	$ 3,800		$ 4,447	$ 3,189
Provision for credit losses	666		(102)	1,436
Write-offs and other	(112)		(545)	(178)
Balance	4,354		3,800	4,447
Accounts Receivable [Member]
Activity in reserves for credit losses [Roll Forward]
Balance	2,411		2,064	1,781
Provision for credit losses	273		482	367
Write-offs and other	(112)		(135)	(84)
Balance	2,572		2,411	2,064
Notes Receivable [Member]
Activity in reserves for credit losses [Roll Forward]
Balance	708		1,212	798
Provision for credit losses	93		(312)	503
Write-offs and other	0		(192)	(89)
Balance	801	[1]	708	1,212
Lease Receivables [Member]
Activity in reserves for credit losses [Roll Forward]
Balance	681		1,171	610
Provision for credit losses	300		(272)	566
Write-offs and other	0		(218)	(5)
Balance	$ 981	[1]	$ 681	$ 1,171

[1] Refer to Note 7, “Allowance for Credit Losses” for details.

XML

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES, Amortized Cost Basis (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2023		Mar. 31, 2022
Credit Risk Profile, Segregated by Class [Abstract]
2023/2022	$ 130,373	[1]	$ 69,671	[2]
2022/2021	21,325	[1]	39,075	[2]
2021/2020	14,166	[1]	5,295	[2]
2020/2019	1,085	[1]	1,507	[2]
2019/2018	145	[1]	127	[2]
2018/2017	10	[1]	15	[2]
Total	167,104	[1]	115,690	[2]
Non-recourse debt	(32,578)	[1],[3]	(38,769)	[2],[4]
Net credit exposure	134,526	[1]	76,921	[2]
Unguaranteed residual value	$ 4,222		6,424
Minimum [Member]
Credit Risk Profile, Segregated by Class [Abstract]
Loss rate on credit quality rating	8.00%
Maximum [Member]
Credit Risk Profile, Segregated by Class [Abstract]
Loss rate on credit quality rating	100.00%
Notes Receivable [Member]
Credit Risk Profile, Segregated by Class [Abstract]
2023/2022	$ 84,948		44,186
2022/2021	14,053		30,981
2021/2020	11,480		2,055
2020/2019	485		558
2019/2018	91		5
2018/2017	1		4
Total	111,058		77,789
Non-recourse debt	(29,547)	[3]	(35,037)	[4]
Net credit exposure	81,511		42,752
Unguaranteed residual value	0	[5]	0	[6]
Lease Receivables [Member]
Credit Risk Profile, Segregated by Class [Abstract]
2023/2022	45,425		25,485
2022/2021	7,272		8,094
2021/2020	2,686		3,240
2020/2019	600		949
2019/2018	54		122
2018/2017	9		11
Total	56,046		37,901
Non-recourse debt	(3,031)	[3]	(3,732)	[4]
Net credit exposure	53,015		34,169
Unguaranteed residual value	$ 8,161	[5]	9,141	[6]
High CQR [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Credit Risk Profile, Segregated by Class [Abstract]
Loss rate on credit quality rating	1.00%
High CQR [Member] | Notes Receivable [Member]
Credit Risk Profile, Segregated by Class [Abstract]
2023/2022	$ 72,155		35,264
2022/2021	11,378		28,005
2021/2020	11,267		1,297
2020/2019	370		345
2019/2018	30		2
2018/2017	0		4
Total	95,200		64,917
Non-recourse debt	(28,115)	[3]	(30,274)	[4]
Net credit exposure	67,085		34,643
High CQR [Member] | Lease Receivables [Member]
Credit Risk Profile, Segregated by Class [Abstract]
2023/2022	21,629		14,549
2022/2021	3,842		5,002
2021/2020	1,916		2,499
2020/2019	565		902
2019/2018	51		50
2018/2017	9		11
Total	28,012		23,013
Non-recourse debt	(1,437)	[3]	(3,385)	[4]
Net credit exposure	$ 26,575		19,628
Average CQR [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Credit Risk Profile, Segregated by Class [Abstract]
Loss rate on credit quality rating	1.00%
Average CQR [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Credit Risk Profile, Segregated by Class [Abstract]
Loss rate on credit quality rating	8.00%
Average CQR [Member] | Notes Receivable [Member]
Credit Risk Profile, Segregated by Class [Abstract]
2023/2022	$ 12,793		8,922
2022/2021	2,675		2,976
2021/2020	213		758
2020/2019	115		213
2019/2018	61		3
2018/2017	1		0
Total	15,858		12,872
Non-recourse debt	(1,432)	[3]	(4,763)	[4]
Net credit exposure	14,426		8,109
Average CQR [Member] | Lease Receivables [Member]
Credit Risk Profile, Segregated by Class [Abstract]
2023/2022	23,796		10,936
2022/2021	3,430		3,092
2021/2020	770		741
2020/2019	35		47
2019/2018	3		72
2018/2017	0		0
Total	28,034		14,888
Non-recourse debt	(1,594)	[3]	(347)	[4]
Net credit exposure	$ 26,440		$ 14,541

[1] Unguaranteed residual values of $4,222 thousand that we retained after selling the related lease receivable is excluded from amortized cost.

[2] Unguaranteed residual values of $6,424 thousand that we retained after selling the related lease receivable is excluded from amortized cost.

[3] Transfers consist of receivables that have been transferred to third-party financial institutions on a non-recourse basis.

[4] Transfers consist of receivables that have been transferred to third-party financial institutions on a non-recourse basis and receivables that are in the process of being transferred to third-party financial institutions.

[5] Includes unguaranteed residual values of $4,222 thousand that we retained after selling the related lease receivable.

[6] Includes unguaranteed residual values of $6,424 thousand that we retained after selling the related lease receivable.

XML

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES, Aging Analysis (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2023		Mar. 31, 2022
Age of the Recorded Notes Receivable Balance Disaggregated Based on Internally Assigned CQR [Abstract]
Billed	$ 17,866		$ 7,063
Unbilled	149,238		108,627
Total	167,104	[1]	115,690	[2]
Notes Receivable [Member]
Age of the Recorded Notes Receivable Balance Disaggregated Based on Internally Assigned CQR [Abstract]
Billed	10,058		5,554
Unbilled	101,000		72,235
Total	111,058		77,789
Lease Receivables [Member]
Age of the Recorded Notes Receivable Balance Disaggregated Based on Internally Assigned CQR [Abstract]
Billed	7,808		1,509
Unbilled	48,238		36,392
Total	56,046		37,901
Past Due [Member]
Age of the Recorded Notes Receivable Balance Disaggregated Based on Internally Assigned CQR [Abstract]
Total	4,750		1,117
Past Due [Member] | Notes Receivable [Member]
Age of the Recorded Notes Receivable Balance Disaggregated Based on Internally Assigned CQR [Abstract]
Total	2,355		247
Past Due [Member] | Lease Receivables [Member]
Age of the Recorded Notes Receivable Balance Disaggregated Based on Internally Assigned CQR [Abstract]
Total	2,395		870
31 to 60 Days Past Due [Member]
Age of the Recorded Notes Receivable Balance Disaggregated Based on Internally Assigned CQR [Abstract]
Total	2,088		302
31 to 60 Days Past Due [Member] | Notes Receivable [Member]
Age of the Recorded Notes Receivable Balance Disaggregated Based on Internally Assigned CQR [Abstract]
Total	1,020		187
31 to 60 Days Past Due [Member] | Lease Receivables [Member]
Age of the Recorded Notes Receivable Balance Disaggregated Based on Internally Assigned CQR [Abstract]
Total	1,068		115
61 to 90 Days Past Due [Member]
Age of the Recorded Notes Receivable Balance Disaggregated Based on Internally Assigned CQR [Abstract]
Total	1,325		362
61 to 90 Days Past Due [Member] | Notes Receivable [Member]
Age of the Recorded Notes Receivable Balance Disaggregated Based on Internally Assigned CQR [Abstract]
Total	862		37
61 to 90 Days Past Due [Member] | Lease Receivables [Member]
Age of the Recorded Notes Receivable Balance Disaggregated Based on Internally Assigned CQR [Abstract]
Total	463		325
> 90 Days Past Due [Member]
Age of the Recorded Notes Receivable Balance Disaggregated Based on Internally Assigned CQR [Abstract]
Total	1,337		453
> 90 Days Past Due [Member] | Notes Receivable [Member]
Age of the Recorded Notes Receivable Balance Disaggregated Based on Internally Assigned CQR [Abstract]
Total	473		23
> 90 Days Past Due [Member] | Lease Receivables [Member]
Age of the Recorded Notes Receivable Balance Disaggregated Based on Internally Assigned CQR [Abstract]
Total	864		430
Current [Member]
Age of the Recorded Notes Receivable Balance Disaggregated Based on Internally Assigned CQR [Abstract]
Total	13,116		5,946
Current [Member] | Notes Receivable [Member]
Age of the Recorded Notes Receivable Balance Disaggregated Based on Internally Assigned CQR [Abstract]
Total	7,703		5,307
Current [Member] | Lease Receivables [Member]
Age of the Recorded Notes Receivable Balance Disaggregated Based on Internally Assigned CQR [Abstract]
Total	$ 5,413		$ 639

[1] Unguaranteed residual values of $4,222 thousand that we retained after selling the related lease receivable is excluded from amortized cost.

[2] Unguaranteed residual values of $6,424 thousand that we retained after selling the related lease receivable is excluded from amortized cost.

XML

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT-NET (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022	Mar. 31, 2021
Property and equipment - net [Abstract]
Total assets	$ 43,896	$ 40,553
Accumulated depreciation and amortization	(31,963)	(32,642)
Property and equipment - net	11,933	7,911
Depreciation expense on property and equipment	5,500	5,400	$ 5,400
Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment [Member]
Property and equipment - net [Abstract]
Total assets	29,818	28,640
Leasehold Improvements [Member]
Property and equipment - net [Abstract]
Total assets	10,398	7,615
Capitalized Software [Member]
Property and equipment - net [Abstract]
Total assets	3,235	3,822
Vehicles [Member]
Property and equipment - net [Abstract]
Total assets	$ 445	$ 476

XML

NOTES PAYABLE AND CREDIT FACILITY (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 10, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022	Oct. 13, 2021
Recourse [Member]
Debt Maturity [Abstract]
Year ending March 31, 2024	$ 5,997
2025	0
2026	0
2027	0
Long-term debt	5,997
Non-recourse [Member]
Debt Maturity [Abstract]
Year ending March 31, 2024	24,819
2025	5,880
2026	2,589
2027	1,053
Long-term debt	$ 34,341
Notes Payable [Member] | Recourse [Member]
Notes Payable [Abstract]
Weighted average interest rate of notes	3.50%		3.50%
Debt Maturity [Abstract]
Long-term debt	$ 6,000		$ 13,100
Notes Payable [Member] | Non-recourse [Member]
Notes Payable [Abstract]
Weighted average interest rate of notes	5.01%		3.59%
Debt Maturity [Abstract]
Long-term debt	$ 34,300		$ 21,200
WFCDF [Member] | WFCDF Credit Facility [Member]
Credit Facility [Abstract]
Maximum borrowing capacity under credit facility		$ 500,000		$ 425,000
Guarantor obligations for credit facility, maximum	$ 10,500
Initial term	1 year
Renewal term	1 year
Period of notice required to terminate credit facility at year end	90 days
WFCDF [Member] | WFCDF Credit Facility [Member] | SOFR [Member]
Credit Facility [Abstract]
Basis spread on reference rate	1.75%
Debt instrument, interest rate adjustment	0.10%
WFCDF [Member] | WFCDF Credit Facility [Member] | Revolving Credit Facility [Member]
Credit Facility [Abstract]
Amount outstanding under credit facility	$ 0		0
Maximum borrowing capacity under credit facility		$ 200,000		$ 150,000
WFCDF [Member] | WFCDF Credit Facility [Member] | Accounts Payable Floor Plan Facility [Member]
Credit Facility [Abstract]
Amount outstanding under credit facility	$ 134,600		$ 145,300
WFCDF [Member] | WFCDF Credit Facility [Member] | Account Receivable Component [Member]
Notes Payable [Abstract]
Weighted average interest rate of notes	5.35%		2.00%

XML

EARNINGS PER SHARE, Calculation of Basic and Diluted Earnings per Common Share (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, shares in Thousands, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022	Mar. 31, 2021
Earnings Per Share, Basic and Diluted [Abstract]
Net earnings attributable to common shareholders - basic and diluted	$ 119,356	$ 105,600	$ 74,397
Basic and diluted common shares outstanding [Abstract]
Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic (in shares)	26,569	26,638	26,674
Effect of dilutive shares (in shares)	85	228	160
Weighted average shares common outstanding - diluted (in shares)	26,654	26,866	26,834
Earnings per common share - basic (in dollars per share)	$ 4.49	$ 3.96	$ 2.79
Earnings per common share - diluted (in dollars per share)	$ 4.48	$ 3.93	$ 2.77

XML

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022	Mar. 22, 2023	Mar. 24, 2022	Mar. 18, 2021
Share Repurchase Plan [Abstract]
Authorized number of shares under stock repurchase program (in shares)			1,000,000	1,000,000	1,000,000
Common stock repurchased during the period (in shares)	72,973	227,990
Average cost of share repurchased (in dollars per share)	$ 55.69	$ 48.48
Common stock repurchased during the period	$ 4.1	$ 11.1
Shares repurchased to satisfy tax withholding obligation (in shares)	58,080	55,430
Value of shares repurchased to satisfy tax withholding obligation	$ 3.3	$ 2.6

XML

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION, Director and Employee LTIP (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2023 shares
2021 Employee LTIP [Member]
Share-Based Plans [Abstract]
Number of shares authorized (in shares)	3,000,000
2017 Director LTIP [Member]
Share-Based Plans [Abstract]
Number of shares authorized (in shares)	300,000
2017 Director LTIP [Member] | Tranche One [Member]
Share-Based Plans [Abstract]
Shares vesting period	1 year
Shares vesting percentage	50.00%
2017 Director LTIP [Member] | Tranche Two [Member]
Share-Based Plans [Abstract]
Shares vesting period	2 years
Shares vesting percentage	50.00%

XML

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION, Stock Option and Restricted Stock Activity (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Millions	12 Months Ended			68 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022	Mar. 31, 2021	Mar. 31, 2023
Additional Disclosures [Abstract]
Vested share-based awards withheld to satisfy income tax obligations (in shares)	58,080	55,430
Vested share-based awards withheld to satisfy income tax obligations	$ 3.3	$ 2.6
Restricted Stock [Member]
Number of Shares [Roll Forward]
Nonvested at beginning of period (in shares)	343,806
Granted (in shares)	158,447
Vested (in shares)	(179,336)
Forfeited (in shares)	(8,057)
Nonvested at end of period (in shares)	314,860	343,806		314,860
Weighted Average Grant-date Fair Value [Roll Forward]
Nonvested at beginning of period (in dollars per share)	$ 41.01
Granted (in dollars per share)	56.5	$ 46.56	$ 35.95
Vested (in dollars per share)	39.49
Forfeited (in dollars per share)	42.28
Nonvested at end of period (in dollars per share)	$ 49.57	$ 41.01		$ 49.57
Aggregated fair value of restricted shares	$ 7.1	$ 7.1	$ 7.7
Additional Disclosures [Abstract]
Vested share-based awards withheld to satisfy income tax obligations (in shares)	58,080	55,430
Vested share-based awards withheld to satisfy income tax obligations	$ 3.3	$ 2.6
2017 Director LTIP [Member] | Restricted Stock [Member]
Number of Shares [Roll Forward]
Granted (in shares)	19,804			101,280
2012 Employee LTIP [Member] | Restricted Stock [Member]
Number of Shares [Roll Forward]
Granted (in shares)	2,144,578
2021 Employee LTIP [Member] | Restricted Stock [Member]
Number of Shares [Roll Forward]
Granted (in shares)	138,643

XML

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION, Employee Stock Purchase Plan (Details) - 2022 ESPP [Member] shares in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2023 shares
Employee Stock Purchase Plan [Abstract]
Offering period	6 months
Aggregate number of shares that can be issued to participants (in shares)	2.5
Number of shares issued under the plan (in shares)	0.0

XML

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION, Compensation Expense (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022	Mar. 31, 2021
Compensation Expense [Abstract]
Equity-based compensation expense	$ 7,825	$ 7,114	$ 7,169
Income tax benefit	(2,097)	(1,999)	(2,179)
401 (k) Profit Sharing Plan [Abstract]
Contribution to profit sharing plan	4,200	$ 3,400	$ 3,000
Restricted Stock [Member]
Compensation Expense [Abstract]
Unrecognized compensation expense	$ 9,700
Unrecognized compensation expense, period for recognition	27 months

XML

INCOME TAXES, Reconciliation of Income taxes Computed at the Statutory Federal Income Tax Rate to Provision for Income Taxes (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022	Mar. 31, 2021
INCOME TAXES [Abstract]
Unrecognized tax benefits for uncertain tax positions	$ 0
Statutory federal income tax rate	21.00%	21.00%	21.00%
Reconciliation of income taxes to the statutory rate [Abstract]
Income tax expense computed at the U.S. statutory federal rate	$ 34,224	$ 30,845	$ 22,450
State income tax expense - net of federal benefit	8,754	8,937	6,941
Non-deductible executive compensation	1,708	1,749	2,052
Other	(1,068)	(247)	1,066
Provision for income taxes	$ 43,618	$ 41,284	$ 32,509
Effective income tax rate	26.80%	28.10%	30.40%

XML

INCOME TAXES, Components of the Provision for Income Taxes (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022	Mar. 31, 2021
Current [Abstract]
Federal	$ 30,928	$ 32,309	$ 26,054
State	10,110	11,681	9,882
Foreign	499	894	770
Total current expense	41,537	44,884	36,706
Deferred [Abstract]
Federal	1,301	(3,289)	(3,067)
State	970	(370)	(1,096)
Foreign	(190)	59	(34)
Total deferred expense (benefit)	2,081	(3,600)	(4,197)
Provision for income taxes	$ 43,618	$ 41,284	$ 32,509

XML

INCOME TAXES, Deferred Tax Assets and Deferred Tax Liabilities (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022
Deferred tax assets [Abstract]
Accrued vacation	$ 2,251	$ 2,391
Deferred revenue	5,448	5,090
Allowance for credit losses	1,063	951
Restricted stock	654	616
Other deferred tax assets	1,697	743
Accrued bonus	2,323	2,532
Lease liabilities	3,939	1,857
Other credits and carryforwards	277	249
Gross deferred tax assets	17,652	14,429
Less: valuation allowance	(112)	(250)
Net deferred tax assets	17,540	14,179
Deferred tax liabilities [Abstract]
Property and equipment	(2,926)	(2,295)
Operating leases	(3,789)	(2,759)
Prepaid expenses	(1,729)	(887)
Right-of-use assets	(3,885)	(1,869)
Tax deductible goodwill	(2,244)	(1,319)
Total deferred tax liabilities	(14,573)	(9,129)
Net deferred tax asset	$ 2,967	$ 5,050

XML

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022
Assets [Abstract]
Money market funds	$ 8,880	$ 18,138
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member]
Assets [Abstract]
Money market funds	8,880	18,138
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member]
Assets [Abstract]
Money market funds	0	0
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Assets [Abstract]
Money market funds	$ 0	$ 0

XML

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands			12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2023	Jul. 15, 2022	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022	Mar. 31, 2021
Allocation of Purchase Price Consideration to Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed [Abstract]
Goodwill			$ 136,105	$ 126,543	$ 126,645
Network Solutions Group [Member] | Subsequent Event [Member]
Business Combination [Abstract]
Consideration transferred	$ 59,600
Future Com [Member]
Business Combination [Abstract]
Cash portion of the acquisition		$ 13,000
Consideration payable		300
Allocation of Purchase Price Consideration to Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed [Abstract]
Accounts receivable		4,033
Other assets		129
Identified intangible assets		8,360
Accounts payable and other liabilities		(8,714)
Contract liabilities		(214)
Total identifiable net assets		3,594
Goodwill		9,694
Total purchase consideration		$ 13,288
Future Com [Member] | Customer Relationships [Member]
Allocation of Purchase Price Consideration to Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed [Abstract]
Estimated useful lives			7 years

XML

SEGMENT REPORTING, Reportable Segment Information (Details) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2023 USD ($) Segment	Mar. 31, 2022 USD ($)	Mar. 31, 2021 USD ($)
SEGMENT REPORTING [Abstract]
Number of business segment | Segment	2
Reportable Segment Information [Abstract]
Net sales	$ 2,067,718	$ 1,821,019	$ 1,568,323
Cost of Sales [Abstract]
Cost of sales	1,550,194	1,360,037	1,174,769
Gross profit	517,524	460,982	393,554
Selling, general, and administrative expenses	333,520	297,117	271,263
Depreciation and amortization	13,709	14,646	13,951
Interest and financing costs	4,133	1,903	2,005
Operating expenses	351,362	313,666	287,219
Operating income	166,162	147,316	106,335
Other income (expense), net	(3,188)	(432)	571
Earnings before tax	162,974	146,884	106,906
Net Sales [Abstract]
Contracts with customers	2,001,872	1,752,935	1,496,473
Financing and other	65,846	68,084	71,850
Net sales	2,067,718	1,821,019	1,568,323
Selected Financial Data - Statement of Cash Flow [Abstract]
Depreciation and amortization	18,589	24,305	19,991
Purchases of property, equipment and operating lease equipment	9,380	23,182	11,513
Selected Financial Data - Balance Sheet [Abstract]
Total assets	1,414,826	1,166,203	1,076,775
Product [Member]
Reportable Segment Information [Abstract]
Net sales	1,803,275	1,580,394	1,366,158
Cost of Sales [Abstract]
Cost of sales	1,379,500	1,210,943	1,049,677
Net Sales [Abstract]
Net sales	1,803,275	1,580,394	1,366,158
Service [Member]
Reportable Segment Information [Abstract]
Net sales	264,443	240,625	202,165
Cost of Sales [Abstract]
Cost of sales	170,694	149,094	125,092
Net Sales [Abstract]
Net sales	264,443	240,625	202,165
Technology Segment [Member]
Reportable Segment Information [Abstract]
Net sales	2,015,245	1,733,036	1,507,954
Net Sales [Abstract]
Contracts with customers	1,992,568	1,718,093	1,484,104
Financing and other	22,677	14,943	23,850
Net sales	2,015,245	1,733,036	1,507,954
Technology Segment [Member] | Service [Member]
Reportable Segment Information [Abstract]
Net sales	264,443	240,625	202,165
Net Sales [Abstract]
Net sales	264,443	240,625	202,165
Operating Segments [Member] | Technology Segment [Member]
Reportable Segment Information [Abstract]
Net sales	2,015,245	1,733,036	1,507,954
Cost of Sales [Abstract]
Cost of sales	1,540,755	1,324,883	1,161,719
Gross profit	474,490	408,153	346,235
Selling, general, and administrative expenses	317,885	283,690	256,210
Depreciation and amortization	13,598	14,535	13,839
Interest and financing costs	2,897	928	521
Operating expenses	334,380	299,153	270,570
Operating income	140,110	109,000	75,665
Net Sales [Abstract]
Contracts with customers	1,992,568	1,718,093	1,484,104
Financing and other	22,677	14,943	23,850
Net sales	2,015,245	1,733,036	1,507,954
Selected Financial Data - Statement of Cash Flow [Abstract]
Depreciation and amortization	14,999	15,592	14,568
Purchases of property, equipment and operating lease equipment	7,693	4,951	4,752
Selected Financial Data - Balance Sheet [Abstract]
Total assets	1,147,821	941,743	828,576
Operating Segments [Member] | Technology Segment [Member] | Product [Member]
Reportable Segment Information [Abstract]
Net sales	1,750,802	1,492,411	1,305,789
Cost of Sales [Abstract]
Cost of sales	1,370,061	1,175,789	1,036,627
Net Sales [Abstract]
Net sales	1,750,802	1,492,411	1,305,789
Operating Segments [Member] | Technology Segment [Member] | Service [Member]
Reportable Segment Information [Abstract]
Net sales	264,443	240,625	202,165
Cost of Sales [Abstract]
Cost of sales	170,694	149,094	125,092
Net Sales [Abstract]
Net sales	264,443	240,625	202,165
Operating Segments [Member] | Financing Segment [Member]
Reportable Segment Information [Abstract]
Net sales	52,473	87,983	60,369
Cost of Sales [Abstract]
Cost of sales	9,439	35,154	13,050
Gross profit	43,034	52,829	47,319
Selling, general, and administrative expenses	15,635	13,427	15,053
Depreciation and amortization	111	111	112
Interest and financing costs	1,236	975	1,484
Operating expenses	16,982	14,513	16,649
Operating income	26,052	38,316	30,670
Net Sales [Abstract]
Contracts with customers	9,304	34,842	12,369
Financing and other	43,169	53,141	48,000
Net sales	52,473	87,983	60,369
Selected Financial Data - Statement of Cash Flow [Abstract]
Depreciation and amortization	3,590	8,713	5,423
Purchases of property, equipment and operating lease equipment	1,687	18,231	6,761
Selected Financial Data - Balance Sheet [Abstract]
Total assets	267,005	224,460	248,199
Operating Segments [Member] | Financing Segment [Member] | Product [Member]
Reportable Segment Information [Abstract]
Net sales	52,473	87,983	60,369
Cost of Sales [Abstract]
Cost of sales	9,439	35,154	13,050
Net Sales [Abstract]
Net sales	52,473	87,983	60,369
Operating Segments [Member] | Financing Segment [Member] | Service [Member]
Reportable Segment Information [Abstract]
Net sales	0	0	0
Cost of Sales [Abstract]
Cost of sales	0	0	0
Net Sales [Abstract]
Net sales	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0

XML

SEGMENT REPORTING, Technology Segment Disaggregation of Revenue (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022	Mar. 31, 2021
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Net sales	$ 2,067,718	$ 1,821,019	$ 1,568,323
Less: Revenue from financing and other	(65,846)	(68,084)	(71,850)
Revenue from contracts with customers	2,001,872	1,752,935	1,496,473
Product [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Net sales	1,803,275	1,580,394	1,366,158
ePlus Services [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Net sales	264,443	240,625	202,165
Technology Segment [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Net sales	2,015,245	1,733,036	1,507,954
Less: Revenue from financing and other	(22,677)	(14,943)	(23,850)
Revenue from contracts with customers	1,992,568	1,718,093	1,484,104
Technology Segment [Member] | Transferred at Point in Time [Member] | Sales Channel, Directly to Consumer [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Revenue from contracts with customers	1,566,760	1,342,799	1,174,582
Technology Segment [Member] | Transferred at Point in Time [Member] | Sales Channel, Through Intermediary [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Revenue from contracts with customers	161,365	134,669	107,357
Technology Segment [Member] | Transferred over Time [Member] | Sales Channel, Directly to Consumer [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Revenue from contracts with customers	264,443	240,625	202,165
Technology Segment [Member] | Data Center / Cloud [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Net sales	587,097	581,113	516,930
Technology Segment [Member] | Networking [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Net sales	803,678	611,488	510,205
Technology Segment [Member] | Security [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Net sales	214,459	158,927	155,186
Technology Segment [Member] | Collaboration [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Net sales	57,472	57,244	47,504
Technology Segment [Member] | Other [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Net sales	88,096	83,639	75,964
Technology Segment [Member] | ePlus Services [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Net sales	264,443	240,625	202,165
Technology Segment [Member] | Telecom, Media & Entertainment [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Net sales	532,921	502,408	371,913
Technology Segment [Member] | Technology [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Net sales	393,594	250,485	251,683
Technology Segment [Member] | State and Local Government and Educational Institutions [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Net sales	290,624	241,769	245,919
Technology Segment [Member] | Health Care [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Net sales	274,936	270,481	200,067
Technology Segment [Member] | Financial Services [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Net sales	156,257	155,160	198,761
Technology Segment [Member] | All others [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Net sales	$ 366,913	$ 312,733	$ 239,611

XML

SEGMENT REPORTING, Geographic Information (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022	Mar. 31, 2021
Net Sales [Abstract]
Net sales	$ 2,067,718	$ 1,821,019	$ 1,568,323
Long-lived Tangible Assets [Abstract]
Long-lived tangible assets	17,453	22,553
U.S. [Member]
Net Sales [Abstract]
Net sales	1,953,465	1,716,525	1,476,466
Long-lived Tangible Assets [Abstract]
Long-lived tangible assets	16,313	21,837
Non U.S [Member]
Net Sales [Abstract]
Net sales	114,253	104,494	$ 91,857
Long-lived Tangible Assets [Abstract]
Long-lived tangible assets	$ 1,140	$ 716

XML

SEGMENT REPORTING, Concentration Risk (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022	Mar. 31, 2021
Revenue [Member] | Customer Concentration Risk [Member] | Verizon Communications Inc. [Member] | Technology Segment [Member]
Concentration of Risk [Abstract]
Percentage of concentration risk	22.00%	24.00%	19.00%

XML

SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2023	Mar. 31, 2022	Mar. 31, 2021
Movement in Valuation Allowances and Reserves [Roll Forward]
Expected merchandise returns	$ 7,900	$ 7,800	$ 7,400
Allowance for Sales Returns [Member]
Movement in Valuation Allowances and Reserves [Roll Forward]
Balance at Beginning of Period	1,246	1,189	1,038
Charged to Costs and Expenses	3,991	2,158	2,909
Deductions/Write-Offs	(3,973)	(2,101)	(2,758)
Balance at End of Period	1,264	1,246	1,189
Allowance for Credit Losses [Member]
Movement in Valuation Allowances and Reserves [Roll Forward]
Balance at Beginning of Period	3,800	4,447	3,189
Charged to Costs and Expenses	666	(102)	1,436
Deductions/Write-Offs	(112)	(545)	(178)
Balance at End of Period	4,354	3,800	4,447
Valuation for Deferred Taxes [Member]
Movement in Valuation Allowances and Reserves [Roll Forward]
Balance at Beginning of Period	250	0	1,385
Charged to Costs and Expenses	(138)	250	0
Deductions/Write-Offs	0	0	(1,385)
Balance at End of Period	$ 112	$ 250	$ 0